HISTORY  OF  THE 


tEfimtig~0etmtb:  pmteh  jgftafces 


1866-1922 


V  / 


c^^r 


PREFACE 

HEADQUARTERS,  22ND  INFANTRY, 
Governors  Island,  New  York, 

MAY  31,  1922. 

An  historical  sketch  of  the  22nd  Infantry  was  first  prepared 
by  Major  O.  M.  Smith,  U.  S.  A.  Retired,  when  a  First  Lieu- 
tenant of  the  22nd  Infantry.  The  history  from  the  beginning 
of  the  Spanish- American  War  to  1904  was  written  by  Captain 
W.  H.  Wassell,  22nd  Infantry.  Captain  Daniel  S.  Appleton, 
22nd  Infantry,  brought  the  history  up  to  date  from  records 
supplied  by  the  Adjutant. 

The  regiment  is  indebted  to  Colonel  John  McA.  Palmer,  22nd 
Infantry,  and  Major  William  R.  Smith,  22nd  Infantry,  for  edit- 
ing and  preparing  this  work  for  publication. 

G.  C.  GRAHAM, 

Captain,   22nd   Infantry, 

Adjutant. 
Official. 


TO  THOSE   MEMBERS  OF  THE  REGIMENT  WHO,  IN  LINE  OF  DUTY, 

HAVE  CREATED  "BLANK  FILES"  IN  ITS  RANKS,  THIS 

BOOK  IS  RESPECTFULLY  DEDICATED. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


"The  Army 

of  the  United 

States, 

1789-1896." 

Theo.  F. 

Rodenbough 

and 

W.  L.  Haskin. 

General  Order 
No.  64. 
Headquarters 
15th  Army 
Corps,  Camp 
Sherman, 
Miss.,  Aug.  5, 
1863. 

History  of  the 

Thirteenth 

Regiment, 

United  States 

Infantry. 

McAlexander, 

1905. 

Act  of  Con- 
gress, July  28, 
1886. 

Diagram 
illustrating 
the  formation 
of  regiments. 
War  Plans 
Div.  General 
Staff. 

Executive 
Order  of 
May  4,  1861. 

Act  of  Con- 
gress, March 
3,  1869. 

Monthly 
Returns, 
22nd   Infantry, 
Sept.  and 
Oct.,  1871. 

Monthly 
Returns,  22nd 
Infantry, 
July-October, 
1872. 


Monthly 

General    Order 

General  Order, 

Return 

No.  25  Pacific 

No.  9, 

22nd  Infantry, 

Division,  1906. 

Maneuver 

May,  1873. 

Division, 

General   Order 

June  30,  1911. 

Monthly 
Return 
22nd  Infantry, 
June,  1873. 

No.  113, 
War  Depart- 
ment, 1906. 

General    Order 
No.  3,  Head- 
quarters 6th 
Brigade, 

Annual  Report 
of  the  General 

General    Order 
No.  14,  Head- 

March 26, 
1915. 

of  the  Army, 
1876. 

quarters 
22nd  Infantry, 
1906. 

Special  Order 
No.    73,    Head- 

quarters 6th 

G.  O.  76, 

Brigade,    April 

Headquarters 

Annual  Official 

18,  1916. 

of  the  Army, 

History  of  the 

July,  1890. 

22nd  U.  S. 

Special  Order 

Report  of 

Infantry 
1907. 

No.  25,  Head- 
quarters  Camp 

Inspector 

Jones, 

General 

Douglas,  Ariz., 

Breckinridge. 

Annual  Official 

June  26,  191  6. 

General  Order 

History  of  the 
22nd  U.  S. 

Special  Order 

No.  21,  Head- 

Infantry, 

No.  73,  Head- 

quarters, 5th 

1907. 

quarters, 

A.  C. 

Arizona   Dis- 

trict, Sept. 

See  letter  1st 

Official 

20,  1916. 

Brig.  2nd 
Div.,  7/12/98. 

Regimental 
History  of 

General  Orders 

Gen.  Ludlow  — 

the  22nd  U.  S. 

No.    11, 

with  ind. 

Infantry, 

Arizona  Dis- 

1910. 

trict,  Sept.  30, 

General   Order 

Published  at 

1916. 

No.    26,   Head- 
quarters, U.  S. 
Troops  in 
Cuba. 

Regimental 
Headquarters, 
Fort  Sam 
Houston, 
Tex.,  Feb.  15, 

Telegraphic 
Inst.,  Head- 
quarters 
Southern 

General  Orders 

1911. 

Department, 
March  22, 

Headquarters, 

1917. 

2nd  Div.  5th 
Army  Corps, 
Aug.  1471898. 

Regimental 
History  of  the 
22nd  Infantry, 

Special  Order 
No.  156,  Head- 

*See tele- 
gram to  Gen. 

Headquarters 
22nd  Infantry, 
Fort  Sam 

quarters, 
E.  D., 
June  20,  1917. 

Lawton. 

Houston, 

Tex.,  Jan.  1, 

Special  Order 

Annual 

1912. 

No.  139,  Head- 

official  History 

General   Order 

quarters,  22nd 

of  the  22nd 

No.  35,War 

Infantry, 

U.  S.  Infantry, 
1906. 

Department 
1911. 

August  3, 
1917. 

HISTORY  OF  THE 
TWENTY-SECOND    UNITED    STATES   INFANTRY 

CHAPTER  I 

Organization 

In  the  preparation  of  the  history  of  the  Twenty-second  In- 
fantry as  an  organization,  the  period  covered  has  been  limited 
strictly  to  those  consecutive  years  during  which  the  regiment  has 
borne  that  numerical  designation.  In  other  words,  the  history 
of  this  regiment  does  not  properly  include  that  of  any  unit,  or 
part  of  a  unit,  from  which  it  may  have  been  organized. 

However,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  Twenty-second  In- 
fantry was  organized  by  the  conversion  of  one  complete  unit  of 
the  Army  into  another,  it  will  not  be  amiss  to  sketch  briefly,  at 
least,  the  history  of  the  Second  Battalion,  Thirteenth  U.  S. 
Infantry,  which  was,  in  1866,  converted  in  its  entirety,  into  the 
Twenty-second  Regiment  of  Infantry. 

The  Thirteenth  Infantry  was  organized  by  direction  of  the 
President,  May  4,  1861,  at  Jefferson  Barracks,  Missouri.  Com- 
pany A  was  the  first  unit  of  the  regiment  to  come  into  actual 
existence,  its  organization  having  taken  place  on  October  8  of 
that  year.  On  November  13  of  the  same  year  Companies  B,  C, 
and  G  were  formed,  followed  on  April  1,  1862,  by  Companies 
D,  E,  and  F.  These  companies  constituted  the  First  Battalion, 
and  during  the  succeeding  years  of  the  Civil  War  seem  to  have 
borne  the  brunt  of  all  the  fighting  in  which  the  regiment  was 
engaged. 

The  principal  actions  in  which  the  Thirteenth  took  part  were 
Chickasaw  Bayou,  Mississippi,  December  29,  1862;  Arkansas 
Post,  January  11,  1863;  Walnut  Hills,  Mississippi,  May  19, 
1863 ;  Siege  of  Vicksburg,  concluded  July  4,  1863 ;  Collier sville, 
Tennessee,  October  11,  1863;  Missionary  Ridge,  Tennessee,  No- 
vember 24-25,  1863. 


History  of  the 

By  a  Board  of  Officers  convened  on  August  5,  1963,  the 
Thirteenth  Infantry  was  awarded  the  honor  of  having  inscribed 
on  its  colors  the  words  "First  at  Vicksburg",  the  regiment  "hav- 
ing in  a  body  planted  and  maintained  its  colors  on  the  parapet 
with  a  loss  of  43.3  per  cent.,  including  its  gallant  commander — 
Washington — who  died  on  the  parapet  *  *  *" 

The  organization  of  the  Second  Battalion,  Thirteenth  In- 
fantry, did  not  commence  until  1863 ;  Companies  A  and  B  being 
organized  at  Camp  Dennison,  Ohio,  in  May  of  that  year,  while 
Companies  C,  D,  E,  F,  G  and  H  did  not  appear  as  units  until 
July,  1865.  A  month  later  the  entire  battalion  left  Camp  Denni- 
son  for  Jefferson  Barracks,  Missouri,  where  it  arrived  on  Sep- 
tember 5.  Iij  November  of  the  same  year  the  battalion  went  to 
Fort  Larned  by  way  of  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas.  In  May, 
1866,  the  Second  Battalion  was  concentrated  at  Fort  Leaven- 
worth,  and  proceeded  thence  to  the  District  of  the  Upper  Mis- 
souri. In  this  District  stations  were  taken  by  units  of  the  bat- 
talion as  follows: 

Headquarters  and  Companies  A  and  B,  Fort  Randall ; 
Companies  C,  E  and  H,  Fort  Sully; 
Company  G,  Fort  Thompson ; 
Company  F.  Fort  James ; 
Company  D,  Fort  Dakota. 

Organization  of  the  Twenty-second  Infantry 

September  21,  1866,  in  pursuance  of  the  Act  of  Congress 
of  July  28,  1866,  the  designation  of  the  Second  Battalion,  Thir- 
teenth Infantry,  was  changed  to  the  Twenty-second  Regiment  of 
Infantry,  which  title  the  regiment  has  borne  to  the  present  day. 

The  first  Colonel  of  the  Twenty-second  was  David  S.  Stan- 
ley, who  commanded  the  regiment  for  eighteen  years,  until  he 
was  appointed  a  Brigadier-General  in  1884.  Colonel  Stanley 
died  March  13,  1902.  Other  field  officers  of  the  original  com- 
mand were  Elwell  S.  Otis  and  Hiram  Dryer;  the  former 
eventually  became  the  first  American  Governor-General  of  the 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Philippine  Islands,  and  Major  Dryer  died  while  holding  that 
rank  in  the  regiment  in  1867. 

The  regiment  at  this  time  consisted  of  eight  letter  companies, 
this  having  been  the  prescribed  organization  of  infantry  regi- 
ments prior  to  1866.  On  October  2,  1866,  Companies  I  and  K 
were  organized  at  Bedloes  Island,  New  York,  and  left  the  same 
day  to  take  station  at  Fort  Randall. 

Consolidation  of  the 
Twenty-second  and  Thirty-first  Regiments 

May  15,  1869,  the  Thirty-first  Infantry  was  consolidated 
with  the  Twenty-second,  the  former  regiment  having  been 
originally  the  Third  Battalion  of  the  Thirteenth.  On  this 
occasion  one-half  the  officers  of  the  Thirty-first  and  all  the 
enlisted  personnel  were  transferred  to  the  Twenty-second 
Infantry.  The  consolidation  of  the  two  regiments  was  effected 
by  first  combining  the  companies  of  the  Twenty-second;  Com- 
panies A  and  I  becoming  Company  A;  B  and  K  Company  B; 
C  and  F  Company  C;  D  and  E  Company  D;  H  retaining  its 
letter  designation.  In  the  same  manner  Companies  B  and  E 
of  the  Thirty-first  became  Company  E  of  the  Twenty-second; 
F  and  H  Company  F ;  C  and  G  Company  G ;  D  and  I  Company 
I ;  A  and  K  Company  K. 

Forty-two  years  following  this  consolidation  the  Twenty- 
second  Infantry  was  continuously  engaged  in  the  construction 
of  buildings  for  small  posts  in  the  Indian  country  of  the  West. 
In  1870,  Regimental  Headquarters  and  Companies  A,  E,  F,  and 
H  occupied  Fort  Sully;  while  Campanies  B,  C,  D,  and  G  took 
station  at  Fort  Randall  under  the  Lieutenant  Colonel.  At  the 
same  time  Company  I  was  sent  to  the  Crow  Creek  Indian 
Agency,  and  K  to  Lower  Brule  Agency,  these  two  posts  being 
on  opposite  sides  of  the  Missouri  River,  about  eight  miles  apart, 
and  midway  between  Forts  Sully  and  Randall.  Company  I 
remained  at  Crow  Creek  only  nine  months,  after  which  it  was 
transferred  to  Sully  and  the  Crow  Creek  buildings  were  turned 
over  to  the  Indians  to  be  used  as  school  houses. 


History  of  the 


CHAPTER  II 

EARLY  FRONTIER  SERVICE 
The  First  Yellowstone  Expedition 

In  the  Autumn  of  1871  the  first  expedition  to  the  Yellow- 
stone River  was  organized  at  Fort  Rice  as  an  escort  to  General 
T.  J.  Rosser's  surveying  party  along  the  projected  Northern 
Pacific  Railway.  The  expedition  consisted  of  Companies  A, 
C,  H  and  I,  Twenty-second  Infantry;  D  and  H  of  the  Seven- 
teenth ;  B  of  the  Twentieth ;  two  Catling  guns,  26  Indian  Scouts 
and  104  wagons.  The  column  left  Fort  Rice  September  9,  1871 ; 
reached  the  Yellowstone  River  at  the  mouth  of  Glendive  Creek 
October  2,  and  returned  to  Fort  Rice  on  October  16,  after 
marching  over  six  hundred  miles.  Upon  arrival  at  Fort  Rice 
the  units  of  the  expedition  were  returned  to  their  various  posts 
by  steamer. 

Second  Yellowstone  Expedition 

In  July,  1872,  a  second  expedition  was  organized  at  Fort 
Rice  under  the  command  of  Colonel  Stanley  of  the  Twenty- 
second.  This  expedition  was  composed  of  Regimental  Head- 
quarters and  Campanies  D,  F  and  G,  22nd  Infantry;  Com- 
panies A,  B,  C,  F,  H  and  K,  8th  Infantry;  Companies  A  and 
F,  17th  Infantry,  and  a  small  detachment  of  Indian  Scouts. 

This  force  left  Fort  Rice  July  26,  1872,  and  reached  the 
mouth  of  Powder  River  August  18.  On  that  day  Colonel 
Stanley  and  a  party  of  his  officers  were  fired  upon  by  Indians 
said  to  have  been  led  by  a  chief  named  Gaul.  Fortunately  there 
were  no  casualties,  and  the  Indians  were  quickly  driven  off  by 
troops  of  the  expedition.  On  the  way  back  to  Cabin  Creek 
skirmishes  were  fought  with  the  Indians  at  O'Fallon's  Creek, 
August  21-22.  The  command,  less  one  company  of  Infantry 
and  a  detachment  of  Engineers,  returned  to  Fort  Rice  October 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

15,  1872.  On  October  5,  1872,  1st  Lieutenant  Lewis  D.  Adair, 
22nd  Infantry,  died  of  wounds  received  in  action  with  the 
Indians,  the  first  recorded  battle  casualty  among  officers  of  the 
regiment. 

Third  Yellowstone  Expedition 

In  May,  1873,  the  third  Yellowstone  expedition  was  organized 
at  Fort  Rice  under  Colonel  Stanley.  The  force  was  composed 
of  ten  troops  of  the  7th  Cavalry;  Company  C,  6th  Infantry; 
Companies  B,  C,  F  and  H,  8th  Infantry;  Companies  A,  D, 
E,  F,  H  and  I,  9th  Infantry;  Companies  A,  B  and  H,  17th 
Infantry;  and  Regimental  Headquarters  and  Companies  B,  E, 
H,  I  and  K,  22nd  Infantry.  As  on  the  previous  expedition,  a 
detachment  of  Indian  Scouts  was  attached. 

June  20,  1873,  the  column  left  Fort  Rice,  and  on  July  31 
reached  the  Yellowstone  River  about  fifteen  miles  from  the 
present  town  of  Glendive,  proceeding  to  Pompey's  Pillar  on  the 
left  bank  of  the  river.  On  August  4,  the  advance  guard,  fur- 
nished by  the  7th  Cavalry,  was  attacked  by  Indians  and  three 
casualties  were  inflicted,  including  the  Regimental  Veterinarian, 
who  was  killed.  August  11  the  7th  Cavalry  again  engaged  the 
Indians  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Big  Horn  River,  where 
Lieutenant  Charles  Braden,  7th  Cavalry,  was  severely  wounded, 
and  Lieutenant  H.  H.  Ketchum,  Adjutant  of  the  22nd  Infantry, 
had  his  horse  shot  under  him.  During  the  night  of  August  11, 
the  battalion  of  the  22nd  kept  up  a  desultory  fire  on  the  Indians, 
who  persisted  in  harassing  the  outposts.  The  Indians  were 
finally  driven  to  cover  by  the  artillery  detachment  under  Lieu- 
tenant Webster,  22nd  Infantry,  composed  of  men  of  that 
regiment. 

From  Pompey's  Pillar  the  expedition  marched  to  the  Mussel 
Shell  River,  thence  to  the  Great  Porcupine,  following  the  latter 
until  the  Yellowstone  was  again  reached.  Much  hardship  was 
encountered  in  this  unexplored  country,  water  was  scarce,  and 
even  when  found  was  usually  filled  with  impurities.  Finally, 
on  September  22,  the  column  reached  Fort  Lincoln  and  the 


History  of  the 

companies  proceeded  to  their  respective  stations.  During  this 
expedition  a  total  of  over  twelve  hundred  miles  was  covered 
by  marching,  yet  the  command  as  a  whole  returned  in  the  best 
possible  physical  condition. 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  WHITE  LEAGUE 
Expeditions  Against  the  Sioux 

In  July,  1874,  the  22nd  Infantry  changed  stations  with  the 
First  Infantry.  Regimental  Headquarters  and  Companies  D,  F 
and  H  took  station  at  Fort  Wayne,  Michigan;  Company  A,  at 
Madison  Barracks,  New  York;  Companies  B  and  K,  at  Fort 
Porter,  New  York;  C  and  G,  Fort  Brady;  E,  Fort  Mackinac; 
I,  Fort  Gratiot,  Michigan.  The  advantages  of  garrison  life  and 
duties  were  not  to  last  long,  however,  for  on  September  16, 
Companies  A,  B,  D,  F,  H,  I  and  K  were  directed  by  telegraphic 
orders  to  proceed  to  New  Orleans,  where  an  organization  known 
as  the  White  League  had  caused  some  fear  and  concern  as  to 
the  safety  of  that  locality.  The  command  left  their  stations 
on  the  17th,  and  reached  New  Orleans  on  the  20th.  These 
companies  of  the  regiment  remained  on  duty  in  the  vicinity  of 
New  Orleans  until  May,  1875.  There  were,  however,  few 
activities  of  other  than  a  routine  nature  during  this  period. 

In  July,  1876,  the  now  famed  Custer  Massacre  was  the  cause 
of  again  sending  the  22nd  Infantry  into  the  field,  and  on  July  11, 
less  Company  A,  the  same  command  left  Fort  Wayne  to  join 
General  Terry  at  the  mouth  of  the  Rosebud  River  in  Montana, 
Companies  E,  F,  G,  H,  I  and  K,  under  Lieut. -Colonel  E.  S. 
Otis,  represented  the  regiment  and  were  conveyed  by  the  steam- 
boat Carroll  to  General  Terry's  mobilization  point.  Hostile 
Indians  were  encountered  on  several  occasions,  notably  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Powder  River,  where  a  formidable  force  was 
encountered  and  only  driven  off  after  a  stubborn  fight. 

The  command  reached  General  Terry's  camp  on  August  Ir 
and  on  the  8th  started  to  march  up  the  valley  of  the  Rosebud. 
On  the  10th  William  F.  Cody,  familiarly  known  as  "Buffala 
Bill",  was  encountered  with  his  detachment  of  Indian  Scouts, 


History  of  the 

Cody  informed  General  Terry  that  he  might  expect  to  meet  a 
force  under  Crook  within  a  few  hours,  and,  in  fact,  a  junction 
of  the  two  columns  was  effected  that  night. 

The  campaign  which  followed  provided  little  in  the  way  of 
combat.  Constant  marching,  scouting  and  bivouacking  under 
disheartening  conditions  failed  to  reveal  a  fighting  force  of  the 
Indians,  and  on  August  31  the  entire  command  was  concentrated 
at  the  mouth  of  Glendive  Creek  and  the  campaign  was  dis- 
continued. 

Accompanied  by  two  units  of  the  17th  Infantry,  the  22nd 
remained  in  Montana  most  of  the  winter,  their  duties  being 
limited  to  providing  escorts  for  wagon  trains  to  the  camp  near 
Fort  Keogh.  At  Spring  Creek,  on  the  morning  of  October  6, 
1876,  one  of  these  escorts,  composed  of  Companies  G,  H  and  K, 
22nd  Infantry,  and  Company  C  of  the  17th,  was  attacked  by 
Indians  in  force.  The  attack  was  repulsed,  but  the  Indians 
succeeded  in  stampeding  many  of  the  expedition's  animals, 
mostly  mules,  and  thereby  so  crippled  the  transportation  that 
the  command  was  compelled  to  return  to  Glendive. 

On  October  14,  Colonel  Otis  again  set  out  with  the  same 
units,  reinforced  by  Company  G,  17th  Infantry.  The  Indians 
again  attacked  in  force  on  the  morning  of  the  15th,  but  the 
train  was  well  protected  and  the  attacking  force  accomplished 
nothing.  An  amusing  communication  was  received  by  Colonel 
Otis  the  following  day,  written  by  a  half-breed  said  to  have 
been  well  known  to  the  troops.  The  letter  is  quoted  in  full: 

"YELLOWSTONE. 

"I  want  to  know  what  you  are  doing  travelling  on  this 
road.  You  scare  all  the  buffalo  away.  I  want  to  hunt  on  the 
place.  I  want  you  to  turn  back  from  here.  If  you  don't 
I'll  fight  you  again.  I  want  you  to  leave  what  you  have 
got  here,  and  turn  back  from  here. 

I  am  your  friend, 

SITTING  BULL. 

"I  mean  all  the  rations  you  have  got  and  some  powder. 
Wish  you  would  write  as  soon  as  you  can." 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Colonel  Otis  replied  that  he  would  be  pleased  to  accommo- 
date Sitting  Bull's  force  with  a  fight,  but  that  he  had  to  take  his 
train  on  to  Tongue  River.  On  further  consideration  the  Indians 
decided  not  to  press  matters,  and  no  further  action  took  place. 
Colonel  Otis,  in  his  official  report  of  the  fight  of  October  15, 
highly  commends  the  officers  and  men  of  his  command  for 
their  untiring  and  efficient  performance  of  duty. 

In  December,  1876,  Companies  E  and  F,  22nd  Infantry, 
formed  part  of  General  Miles'  expedition  against  the  Indians 
under  Sitting  Bull  and  Crazy  Horse  in  the  Big  Horn  Mountains. 
This  expedition  campaigned  under  the  greatest  hardships,  due 
to  the  excessively  cold  weather  and  heavy  snowfalls.  The  two 
companies  returned  to  Tongue  River  on  January  18,  1877.  Two 
months  later  Companies  E  and  F  were  joined  by  Companies  G 
and  H  at  that  station. 

During  the  campaigns  of  1876  some  few  casualties  occurred 
in  the  regiment,  notably  the  death  from  wounds  of  Private  Bern- 
ard McCann,  Company  F;  Corporal  (later  Sergeant)  Julius 
Schon,  Company  I,  22nd  Infantry,  was  awarded  a  Medal  of 
Honor  for  distinguished  conduct  during  the  campaign  of  1876 
against  the  Sioux  Indians,  in  carrying  a  dispatch  to  Fort  Buford, 
Dakota,  and  safely  delivering,  it  to  the  Post  Commander. 

On  April  30,  1877,  an  expedition  was  organized  under 
General  Miles  to  attack  a  renegade  band  of  Indians,  chiefly 
Minneconjous,  led  by  Lame  Deer.  General  Miles'  com- 
mand was  composed  of  Companies  E,  F,  G,  and  H,  22nd 
Infantry,  two  companies  of  the  5th  Infantry,  and  four  troops 
of  the  2nd  Cavalry.  The  train  was  left  on  the  Tongue  River, 
about  60  miles  from  the  starting  point,  under  guard  of  Company 
G,  22nd  Infantry,  and  Companies  E  and  H  of  the  5th.  Com- 
panies E,  F,  and  H,  22nd  Infantry,  with  the  2nd  Cavalry  de- 
tachment, moved  up  the  Rosebud,  and  on  May  7  attacked  the 
Indians  near  the  mouth  of  Muddy  Creek.  The  herd  of  450 
Indian  ponies  was  taken  in  a  surprise  attack  by  a  detachment  of 
scouts  under  Lieutenant  Casey.  A  dash  by  the  cavalry  con- 
vinced Lame  Deer  and  Iron  Star  that  they  must  surrender  in 
order  to  save  themselves,  but  they  met  with  great  difficulty  in 


History  of  the 

convincing  their  followers  of  this  necessity.  The  resultant  delay 
caused  the  death  of  both  these  chiefs  and  fourteen  of  their  men. 

The  450  ponies  provided  mounts  for  the  entire  battalion  of 
the  22nd,  and  the  following  morning,  after  completing  the  de- 
struction of  the  Indian  camp,  the  command  started  back  to  the 
Tongue  River.  The  Indians  made  one  effort  to  recapture  their 
ponies,  but  were  quickly  driven  off  by  the  troops. 

Following  this  action  Company  E  returned  to  camp,  Com- 
panies F,  G  and  H  delaying  their  return  until  May  .31  in  order 
to  scout  in  the  direction  of  the  Little  Big  Horn.  May  26  Com- 
panies I  and  K  left  Glendive  to  complete  the  consolidation  of 
the  battalion  under  Colonel  Hough.  Almost  immediately,  how- 
ever, Colonel  Hough  was  detached  and  ordered  to  Fort  Mackinac, 
and  the  battalion  of  the  22nd  Infantry  came  under  the  command 
of  Colonel  Lazelle  of  the  First  Infantry.  Under  this  officer  a 
long  scout  was  made  into  the  Black  Hills.  The  trail  of  Lame 
Deer's  Indians  was  picked  up  and  followed  for  several  days, 
but  no  action  of  any  importance  took  place.  Arriving  near  the 
Indian  camp  at  Sentinel  Butts,  the  22nd  Infantry  was  relieved, 
and  under  command  of  Brevet  Major  C.  J.  Dickey,  it  proceeded 
by  marching  to  Fort  Abraham  Lincoln. 

When  the  command  reached  this  post  news  was  received  that 
the  companies  would  proceed  to  their  home  stations  from  Duluth 
by  boat,  but  the  railroad  riots  in  Chicago  drew  the  command 
to  that  city,  where  Colonel  Hough  again  took  command.  A 
few  days  later  Companies  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  I  and  K  were 
ordered  to  Wilkes-Barre,  Pennsylvania,  in  connection  with  mining 
riots.  In  October,  1877,  the  companies  all  returned  to  their 
proper  stations.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  in  the  preceding 
year  the  greater  part  of  the  command  had  marched  a  little  over 
three  thousand  miles. 


10 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER  IV 

CAMPAIGNS  AGAINST  THE  UTE,  APACHE,  AND  NAVAJO 

INDIANS 

Sioux  Uprising  of  1890-1891 

In  April,  1879,  while  the  22nd  Infantry  was  in  the  act  of 
complying  with  orders  to  proceed  to  the  Department  of  Texas, 
Companies  D,  E,  F,  and  K  were  detached  and  sent  to  Fort 
Gibson,  Indian  Territory;  this  move  being  made  on  account  of 
slight  difficulty  with  the  Indians  in  that  locality.  In  the  Depart- 
ment of  Texas  Companies  B,  C,  H,  and  I  took  station  at  Fort 
McKavett;  Company  A  at  Fort  Griffin.  A  few  weeks  later 
Company  E  settled  down  at  Fort  Vinita,  Indian  Territory, 
while  Company  K  went  to  Coffeeville,  Kansas ;  these  two  com- 
panies being  charged  with  the  duty  of  keeping  undesirable  land 
grafters  and  others  out  of  Oklahoma. 

In  the  latter  part  of  1879  signs  of  war  with  the  Ute  Indians 
in  Colorado  began  to  appear.  As  a  result  of  this  danger  the 
companies  of  the  22nd  Infantry  at  Fort  Gibson  were  sent  under 
Colonel  Hough  to  Alamosa,  Colorado,  by  train;  thence  by 
marching  to  Animos,  where  they  joined  detachments  of  the  15th 
Infantry  and  the  9th  Cavalry  and  became  part  of  the  command 
of  Colonel  G.  P.  Buell.  The  mission  of  this  force  was  to  prevent 
a  junction  of  the  Northern  and  Southern  Ute  Indians. 

In  January,  1880,  the  detachment  of  the  22nd  Infantry 
returned  to  Gibson  by  way  of  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico.  From 
Gibson  Company  E  proceeded  to  San  Antonio,  Texas,  for  sta- 
tion; Companies  D  and  K  marched  over  a  hundred  miles  to 
Fort  Clark,  where  they  joined  Regimental  Headquarters  and 
Company  H. 

The  regiment  remained  in  Texas  until  it  was  ordered  to  the 
Department  of  the  Missouri  in  November,  1882.  Headquarters 
of  the  regiment  then  took  station  with  Company  E  at  Santa  Fe, 

11 


History  of  the 

New  Mexico ;  Company  A  went  to  Fort  Garland ;  B,  G,  H,  and 
K  to  Fort  Lewis ;  C,  D,  F,  and  I  to  Fort  Lyon,  the  latter  posts 
all  in  Colorado. 

In  September,  1885,  trouble  with  marauding  Apache  In- 
dians caused  Company  E  to  be  sent  from  Santa  Fe  to  Datil 
Creek,  where  it  was  engaged  in  maintaining  the  supply  channels 
for  troops  operating  against  the  Apaches  in  the  Mogallones. 
Company  E  returned  to  Santa  Fe  on  April  26,  1886.  From  this 
time  until  November  of  the  same  year  the  entire  regiment  was 
camped  at  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  De  La  Plata,  on  the  lookout 
for  disturbances  among  the  Ute  and  Navajo  Indians.  Company 
E,  during  this  period,  was  detailed  as  guard  over  the  White 
Spring  Apache  Indians  on  their  way  to  St.  Augustine,  Florida, 
where  they  were  being  sent  for  a  period  of  restraint  on  the 
Military  Reservation.  The  Company  returned  to  Santa  Fe  Sep- 
tember 30,  1886. 

Several  months'  quiet  was  now  enjoyed  by  the  entire  regi- 
ment, but  in  July,  1887,  further  trouble  from  the  Indians  being 
expected,  two  camps  of  one  company  each  were  established; 
one  near  North  Montezuma,  110  miles  from  Fort  Lewis;  the 
other  near  Mcelmo,  both  in  Utah.  The  former  camp  was  con- 
tinued until  September  5th,  and  the  latter  until  October  14th, 
on  which  dates  the  camps  were  discontinued  and  the  companies 
returned  to  Fort  Lewis. 

During  the  months  of  November  and  December,  1887,  and 
January,  1888,  a  military  reconnaissance  was  made  from  Fort 
Lewis  to  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado  River  by  1st  Lieu- 
tenant Edward  W.  Casey,  with  a  detachment  consisting  of  1st 
Lieutenant  Theodore  Mosher,  2nd  Lieutenant  Frank  B.  Jones, 
and  8  enlisted  men,  all  of  the  22nd  Infantry.  The  officers  were 
mounted  on  their  private  horses,  the  enlisted  men  on  government 
mules. 

1st  Lieutenant  N.  S.  Jarvis,  assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A., 
and  two  civilian  packers  accompanied  the  expedition.  The  party 
left  Fort  Lewis  on  the  2nd  of  November,  forded  the  San  Juan 
River  at  the  mouth  of  the  De  La  Plata  River,  into  the  Navajo 
Indian  Reservation,  crossed  the  La-ka-chu-kai  Mountains  and 

12 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

proceeded  by  the  valley  of  the  Chililee  to  Canon  de  Chelly,  up 
this  canon  for  fifteen  miles,  thence  via  Bonita  Canon,  reaching 
Fort  Defiance,  Arizona,  November  16. 

From  Fort  Defiance  the  route  was  by  Ganado,  Keam's  Canon 
and  the  Moqui  villages  of  Tewa,  Sichomivi,  and  Walpi;  thence 
by  the  Blue  Canon  to  the  small  Mormon  settlement  of  Tuba  City. 
The  Little  Colorado  River  was  crossed  about  30  miles  above  its 
mouth;  thence  along  the  base  of  the  Coconino  Mountains,  the 
entrance  to  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado  was  reached  De- 
cember 7.  The  descent  to  the  river  bed,  over  a  faint  trail, 
was  effected  the  same  day. 

Five  days  were  spent  on  the  river  bank,  during  which  period 
the  canon  was  examined  to  the  eastward  for  ten  miles,  as  far 
as  the  mouth  of  the  Little  Colorado. 

December  13,  the  return  march  was  begun.  To  Tuba  City, 
the  former  trail  of  the  expedition  was  followed;  thence  via 
Red  Lake,  skirting  the  Mesa  La  Vaca,  through  Marsh's  pass, 
along  the  base  of  the  Hay  Stack  Mountains,  across  the  Chililee 
Valley,  by  Ojo  La  Casa  through  a  pass  in  the  Carriso  Moun- 
tains to  the  San  Juan  River,  which  was  crossed  on  the  ice,  at 
Hyde's  Store,  December  31.  From  Hyde's  the  wagon  road  via 
Ute  Mountain,  Montezuma  Valley,  and  the  Mancis  River  was 
followed,  through  much  snow,  to  Fort  Lewis,  Colorado,  where 
the  reconnaissance  came  to  an  end  January  5,  1888. 

The  expedition  travelled  seven  hundred  and  forty-seven 
miles  (456  en  route  to  the  Canon  and  291  on  the  return  trip), 
passing  through  portions  of  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  Arizona 
and  Utah,  and  crossing  the  Navajo  Indian  reservation. 

The  return  to  Fort  Lewis  was  accompanied  by  much  hard- 
ship from  cold  and  snow.  Two  animals  fell  from  the  trail  into 
the  Grand  Canon  and  were  lost,  while  several  others  succumbed 
to  short  rations  and  the  severity  of  the  weather. 

Thermometric  and  barometric  observations  were  regularly 
made  throughout  the  period  covered  by  the  reconnaissance,  and 
the  distances  travelled  were  measured  daily  by  means  of  an 

13 


History  of  the 

odometer,  for  which  a  single  wheel,  drawn  by  a  mule,  was 
devised.  A  mountain  transit  was  also  used  by  Lieut.  Jones. 

The  information  gathered  by  the  reconnaissance,  which  in- 
cluded lines  for  heliographic  communication,  was  duly  set  forth 
in  the  report  on,  and  on  the  map  of,  the  country  traversed, 
prepared  and  submitted  by  its  accomplished  commander,  Lieut. 
Casey. 

In  May,  1888,  the  regiment  changed  station  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Dakota;  headquarters,  band,  Companies  A,  B,  C,  D, 
F,  H  and  K  going  to  Fort  Keogh,  Montana ;  Companies  E  and  G 
to  Fort  Totten,  Dakota;  and  Company  I  to  Fort  Abraham 
Lincoln,  Dakota.  Early  in  June  the  different  companies  had 
reached  their  respective  stations  and  began  a  period  of  service 
in  the  northwest  which  lasted  for  seven  years. 

In  July,  1890,  Company  E  changed  station  from  Fort  Totten 
to  Fort  Buford,  North  Dakota. 

July  21,  1890,  Companies  I  and  K  were  skeletonized  and 
ceased  to  exist,  except  as  paper  organizations.  The  officers  and 
enlisted  men  of  these  two  companies  were  transferred  to  other 
companies  of  the  regiment,  and  all  records  were  filed  at  head- 
quarters of  the  regiment. 

In  the  latter  part  of  1890  there  was  an  uprising  of  the  Indians 
at  Pine  Ridge  and  Rosebud  agencies,  in  South  Dakota.  A  de- 
tachment consisting  of  Companies  A,  B,  D,  G  and  H  was 
immediately  ordered  to  take  the  field.  The  campaign  which 
followed  was  of  a  trying  and  tedious  nature,  accompanied  by 
all  the  discomforts  of  field  operations  in  extreme  cold  weather, 
but  with  little  action.  Company  D,  however,  commanded  by 
Lieutenant  J.  G.  Ballance,  made  a  very  remarkable  march  to 
the  relief  of  a  troop  of  the  8th  Cavalry,  under  Captain  Fountain, 
reported  to  have  been  surrounded  by  Indians  at  Cane  Hills,  South 
Dakota.  The  company  left  Beisigl's  ranch  on  the  evening  of 
December  23,  1890,  in  a  terrific  snow  storm.  At  1  A.  M., 
December  25,  the  command  reached  New  England  City,  having 
covered  a  distance  of  sixty-three  miles.  Here  the  company 
rested  for  only  a  few  hours,  when  the  march  was  resumed. 

14 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

After  proceeding  about  twenty  miles  a  detachment  of  Captain 
Fountain's  men  were  found  on  outpost.  These  men  reported 
that  the  remainder  of  the  troop  were  in  no  danger.  Company  D 
immediately  returned  to  New  England  City. 

July,  1891,  found  all  organizations  of  the  22nd  Infantry 
which  had  taken  part  in  the  Indian  campaigns  of  that  year, 
once  again  in  their  permanent  stations.  But  in  December,  1890, 
owing  to  the  restlessness  of  the  Cheyenne  Indians  on  the  Tongue 
River  agency,  Company  F,  22nd  Infantry,  was  sent  to  relieve  a 
troop  of  the  1st  Cavalry  in  that  territory.  Company  C  relieved 
F  in  April,  and  the  former  company  was  withdrawn  in  May,  1891. 

In  April,  1891,  Company  L,  I,  22nd  Infantry,  was  trans- 
formed into  an  Indian  company,  and  organized  at  a  strength  of 
fifty-five  native  Sioux.  In  the  summer  of  the  same  year,  Com- 
panies A,  G  and  E  were  transferred  from  their  old  stations  to 
Fort  Keogh,  bringing  the  entire  regiment  together  at  that  post, 
with  the  single  exception  of  the  Indian  company  which  remained 
at  Fort  Yates.  This  was  the  first  occasion  in  the  history  of  the 
22nd  Infantry  that  the  entire  regiment  had  been  brought  to- 
gether as  a  unit. 

In  December,  1891,  there  were  disturbances  among  the  North- 
ern Cheyennes  on  the  Tongue  River  agency.  Company  A  was 
sent  to  the  scene.  The  old  temporary  camp,  known  as  Camp 
Crook,  south  of  the  agency,  was  abandoned  and  a  site  selected  in 
the  vicinity  for  the  new  Camp  Merritt,  named  after  the  depart- 
ment commander.  In  spite  of  severe  hardships  from  intense 
cold,  the  company  erected  log  quarters  for  officers  and  enlisted 
men.  While  thus  engaged,  Lieut.  W.  E.  Bruce  contracted  pneu- 
monia, due  to  exposure,  and  died  on  February  27,  1892.  He 
was  a  young  officer  of  great  promise  and  his  death  was  keenly 
felt  by  the  regiment. 

A  garrison  of  one  company,  replaced  every  three  months 
from  Keogh,  was  maintained  at  Camp  Merritt  throughout  the 
balance  of  the  time  the  regiment  was  stationed  at  Keogh. 

A  telegram  from  Department  Headquarters  was  received 
on  July  13,  1892,  directing  that  all  of  the  regiment  available  be 
sent  immediately  to  the  scene  of  the  mining  riots  in  the  Coeur 

15 


History  of  the 

D'Alene  region,  in  Idaho.  The  telegram  was  received  at  4  P.  M. 
At  9:30  P.  M.,  Companies  B,  D,  F,  G  and  H  were  at  the  rail- 
road station  equipped  and  prepared  for  thirty  days'  field  service. 

Upon  arrival  in  the  Coeur  D'Alene,  July  15,  the  command 
was  divided  between  Wallace  and  Mullan,  and  was  active  for  the 
following  two  weeks  in  guarding  mines,  arresting  riot  leaders 
and  otherwise  in  preserving  order.  The  command  was  relieved 
on  July  27,  when  order  was  considered  to  have  been  restored, 
and  returned  to  Fort  Keogh. 

April  25,  1894,  Companies  A,  B,  C,  D,  F  and  H  left  Fort 
Keogh  under  orders  to  intercept  and  arrest  the  Hogan  division 
of  Coxey's  "army".  This  contingent  of  the  unemployed  had 
been  organized  in  Helena  and  Butte,  Montana.  Their  object 
was  reported  to  be  to  reach  Washington  and  there  join  the  main 
corps  of  Coxey's  forces.  Although  unarmed,  the  "army"  had 
given  considerable  trouble  and  inconvenience  to  civil  author- 
ities, and  the  situation  became  critical  when  the  Hoganites  seized 
a  train  of  cars  on  the  Northern  Pacific  and  thereby  completely 
blocked  all  traffic  on  the  lines.  Mails  were  delayed  for  several 
weeks.  The  entire  northwest  was  literally  crippled  by  a  few 
hundred  men. 

At  the  time  the  regiment  received  its  orders  there  were  alarm- 
ing rumors  afloat — "the  army  was  composed  of  desperadoes, 
fully  armed,  whose  whole  intent  was  to  murder  and  rob  peaceful 
citizens."  On  the  evening  of  April  25th,  the  regiment  was  held 
at  the  railroad  station  at  Keogh,  ready  to  embark  at  a  moment's 
notice.  Shortly  came  the  word  that  the  "army"  was  at  Forsyth, 
forty-two  miles  west  of  Keogh,  requisitioning  an  engine  from  the 
roundhouse  to  continue  their  eastward  journey. 

This  resulted  in  an  order  to  intercept  the  "army"  before  it 
could  leave  Forsyth.  In  compliance  with  this  order,  six  com- 
panies were  dispatched  in  box  cars  at  great  speed  over  a  road 
so  rough  and  full  of  curves  as  to  make  the  ride  memorable. 
The  train  carrying  this  detachment  managed  to  reach  Forsyth 
just  as  the  Hogan  engine  was  about  to  leave.  The  troops  pre- 
vented the  departure  of  the  "army". 

16 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Four  hundred  and  eighty  members  of  Coxey's  band  were 
rounded  up  without  resort  to  force ;  in  fact  the  "army"  was  glad 
to  give  itself  up  to  the  United  States  forces.  The  men  were 
taken  back  to  Helena,  where  Companies  A,  C  and  H  guarded 
them  until  July  26th. 

On  December  30,  1894,  a  fire  at  Fort  Keogh  destroyed  two 
complete  sets  of  barracks,  resulting  in  the  transfer  of  Companies 
B  and  D  to  Fort  Assiniboine,  Montana,  for  station.  The  com- 
panies reached  the  new  station  on  January  19,  1895. 

In  August,  1895,  Company  E  of  the  regiment  was  transferred 
from  Fort  Pembina,  North  Dakota,  to  Fort  Assiniboine,  Mon- 
tana, this  company  having  taken  station  at  the  former  post  late 
in  1892.  In  September,  1895,  Company  A  was  transferred 
from  Fort  Keogh,  and  Company  D  from  Fort  Assiniboine  to 
Fort  Yates,  and  Companies  B  and  E  from  Fort  Assiniboine  to 
Fort  Harrison ;  the  latter  companies  constituted  the  original  gar- 
rison of  Fort  Harrison,  at  that  time  recently  completed. 

The  following  year  the  22nd  Infantry  lost  two  of  its  officers 
by  death.  First  Lieut.  John  A.  Wills  died  at  Ashville,  Tenn., 
on  February  16th,  and  Second  Lieut.  H.  G.  Hambright  was 
thrown  from  his  horse  and  killed  at  Fort  Yates  on  April  15th. 

In  June,  1896,  there  came  a  break  in  the  long  period  of  fron- 
tier service,  when  the  entire  regiment  was  ordered  to  Fort  Crook, 
Nebraska,  for  station,  the  command  arriving  at  that  post  on  June 
29th.  There  followed  the  longest  period  of  undisturbed  garrison 
service  which  had  fallen  to  the  lot  of  the  regiment  since  its 
organization.  The  regiment  was  engaged  in  no  active  service 
at  any  time  from  the  date  of  its  arrival  at  Fort  Crook  until  the 
outbreak  of  the  Spanish- American  War.  The  only  break  in 
the  otherwise  routine  duties  was  the  participation  of  the  entire 
regiment  in  the  exercises  attendant  upon  the  unveiling  of  the 
Logan  monument  in  Chicago  in  July,  1897. 

The  occasion  of  the  regiment's  assuming  a  garrison  status 
at  Fort  Crook,  Nebraska,  in  June,  1896,  marked  also  a  culmina- 
tion of  a  long,  active  and  arduous  period  of  service  on  the 
vastly  extended  Western  frontier.  During  this  time  the  bat- 
talions, companies  and  detachments  of  the  regiment  had  marched 

17 


History  of  the 

and  fought  over  many  thousands  of  miles  of  hitherto  unex- 
plored country.  The  success  of  the  widely  varying  missions  of 
the  command  speaks  for  itself,  and,  in  accordance  with  the  basic 
principles  of  warfare,  can  only  be  attributed  to  the  high  state 
of  esprit,  training  and  morale  of  officers  and  men.  In  the  course 
of  these  years  the  casualties  in  the  regiment  had  fortunately  been 
small,  but  to  those  few  who  gave  their  lives  in  the  operations 
involving  the  pacification  of  the  powerful  and  sometimes  unruly 
tribes  of  the  Indians,  and  the  upholding  of  law  and  order  in 
the  remote  fastnesses  of  the  early  West,  the  great  body  of  Ameri- 
can citizens  must  award  both  honor  and  gratitude  for  their  serv- 
ices in  behalf  of  the  progress  of  American  civilization. 


18 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER  V 

THE  SPANISH-AMERICAN  WAR 
El  Caney  and  Santiago 

The  approach  of  the  war  with  Spain  in  1898  found  the  22nd 
Infantry  in  ideal  condition  for  taking  the  field  against  an 
enemy.  Like  all  other  regular  regiments  of  this  period,  the 
22nd  had  been  brought  to  a  high  state  of  efficiency  both  in  respect 
to  organization  and  equipment.  Its  effective  strength  at  the 
beginning  of  the  war  was  thirty-five  officers  and  five  hundred 
and  nine  enlisted  men.  Most  of  the  non-commissioned  officers 
and  many  of  the  privates  were  men  of  long  service — the  regular 
troops,  organized  into  the  5th  army  corps  and  constituting  almost 
entirely  the  force  sent  against  the  Spanish  forces  at  Santiago, 
Cuba,  formed  the  finest  and  the  most  effective  army  of  its  size 
ever  organized  into  one  command. 

With  the  news,  on  February  23,  1898,  of  the  destruction  of 
the  battleship  Maine  in  Havana  harbor,  came  the  settled  belief 
that  war  with  Spain  was  inevitable.  Preparations  were  quietly 
begun  and  on  Saturday  evening,  April  15,  definite  instructions 
were  received  relative  to  the  movement  of  the  regiment  closer 
to  the  field  of  active  operations. 

April  18,  in  compliance  with  orders  from  Headquarters, 
Department  of  the  Missouri,  dated  April  15,  the  regiment 
entrained  at  Fort  Crook  for  Mobile,  Alabama.  Twenty-nine 
officers  and  four  hundred  and  eighty  enlisted  men  constituted 
the  command. 

That  the  people  were  solidly  behind  the  approaching  war 
was  continuously  evidenced  during  the  journey  to  Mobile.  At 
every  stop  enthusiastic  citizens  greeted  the  regiment  with  brass 
bands  and  cheers.  The  entry  into  the  Southern  States  was  like 
a  triumphal  procession.  The  train  was  loaded  with  flowers  and 
the  engine  was  almost  hidden  under  banks  of  blossoms. 

19 


History  of  the 

The  regiment  went  into  camp  near  Mobile  April  20.  Drills, 
reviews  and  inspections  occupied  the  troops  until  April  28, 
when  camp  was  broken  under  instructions  from  Headquarters 
U.  S.  Troops,  Mobile,  Alabama,  and  the  regiment  began  its 
journey  to  Tampa,  Florida.  The  order  to  move  was  received 
with  great  enthusiasm. 

The  entire  camp  took  the  order  as  an  indication  that  there 
would  soon  be  field  service  for  everybody,  and  as  the  regiment 
marched  away  from  camp  the  troops  remaining  gave  cheer  after 
cheer  speeding  the  men  on  their  way  to  the  front. 

The  regiment  arrived  at  Tampa,  May  2,  and  went  into  camp 
at  Tampa  heights,  where  it  remained  until  its  departure  for 
Cuba,  spending  the  intervening  time  in  company,  battalion  and 
regimental  drill. 

Assignment  to  the  2nd  Brigade,  Infantry  Division,  came  on 
May  2.  On  May  6,  the  regiment  was  transferred  to  the  1st 
Brigade,  Infantry  Division  and  on  May  25,  it  was  finally  assigned 
to  the  1st  Brigade,  2nd  Division,  5th  Army  Corps. 

June  7,  the  regiment  broke  camp  and  proceeded  by  rail  to 
Port  Tampa,  Florida,  arriving  there  at  1  p.  M.  The  same  night 
it  went  board  the  transport  Orizaba,  No.  24.  The  Orizaba 
dropped  anchor  in  the  bay  and  remained  there  until  8  A.  M., 
June  14,  when  the  5th  Army  Corps  started  on  its  expedition 
against  Santiago  de  Cuba.  At  this  period  the  enlisted  strength 
of  the  regiment  had  been  reduced  to  four  hundred  and  sixty- 
nine,  by  reason  of  discharges  and  details  of  various  nature. 

Santiago  had  been  made  the  objective  of  the  expedition 
because  of  the  fact  that  the  Spanish  fleet  had  been  blockaded  in 
the  harbor  there,  and  its  capture  or  destruction  necessitated 
the  assistance  of  an  army. 

June  20,  Colonel  Wikoff  was  placed  in  command  of  the  3rd 
Brigade,  1st  Division,  5th  Army  Corps,  and  Lieutenant-Colonel 
Patterson  took  command  of  the  regiment. 

The  expedition  arrived  off  Morro  Castle,  at  the  harbor 
entrance  to  Santiago,  about  noon  June  20.  The  2nd  Division, 
5th  Army  Corps,  was  ordered  to  disembark  first,  accompanied 
by  the  Catling  gun  detachment. 

20 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

The  steep  and  rocky  coast  of  Cuba  in  the  vicinity  of  Santiago 
bay  offers  no  good  landing  place.  An  iron  pier  used  for  unload- 
ing ore  at  Daquiri,  the  point  selected  for  disembarkation,  offered 
but  slight  aid  in  the  way  of  a  landing  place.  This  pier  the 
Spaniards  had  unsuccessfully  attempted  to  destroy  by  fire. 

Early  in  the  morning  of  the  22nd,  the  regiment  was  trans- 
ferred to  small  boats  and  towed  toward  the  smoldering  dock. 
Then  men  showed  characteristic  American  dash  and  desire  for 
action.  As  the  men  were  unloaded  from  the  Orizaba,  cheers 
burst  from  the  decks  of  the  nearby  transports  awaiting  orders 
to  debark.  Regimental  bands  played  and  shells  screeched  over- 
head, bursting  far  up  on  the  heights  as  the  fleet  out  at  sea 
bombarded  the  wooded  mountains  that  rise  from  the  beach. 

Tugging  launches  puffed  and  whistled  their  way  toward 
shore.  Near  the  ore  pier  a  wall  of  surf  roared  an  angry  welcome 
and  broke  into  swamping  torrents.  Boat  bumped  boat  as  they 
crowded  toward  the  dock  and  were  swept  against  the  piles, 
bobbing  here  and  there  until  caught  by  a  line  from  the  land- 
Out  scrambled  the  regiment,  tossing  blanket  rolls  ahead  of  them, 
but  carefully  handing  rifles  to  helping  comrades — a  surf- 
drenched,  panting  regiment,  that  caught  its  breath  again  and 
cheered  as  their  colors  unfurled — the  first  on  Cuban  shore. 

After  a  brief  rest  the  regiment  marched  inland  about  four 
miles  on  the  road  to  Siboney  and  camped  on  Daquiri  creek. 

June  23,  the  regiment  was  placed  in  advance  and  by  noon 
had  taken  possession  of  Siboney,  the  Spanish  force  of  six  hun- 
dred retiring  and  offering  no  resistance.  Here  the  first  Spanish 
colors  taken  in  the  campaign  were  captured  by  men  from  Com- 
pany B  (Crittenden's)  after  the  town  had  been  entered. 

The  regiment  was  ordered  in  from  outpost  on  June  24,  and 
sent  to  reinforce  Young's  brigade  engaged  at  Las  Guasimas, 
four  miles  distant,  but  did  not  arrive  until  after  the  action.  It 
camped  that  night  near  Sevilla  in  advance  of  the  morning's 
battlefield. 

The  regiment  moved  to  Sevilla  on  the  25th  and  remained  in 
camp  there  until  the  morning  of  the  27th,  when  it  moved  forward 

21 


History  of  the 

four  miles  on  the  road  to  Santiago.  It  remained  in  this  position 
until  June  30,  parts  of  the  companies  on  outpost  at  all  times. 

The  march  toward  Santiago  was  resumed  at  4  P.  M.,  June  30, 
and  that  night  the  regiment  bivouacked  along  the  Caney  road, 
east  of  the  town  and  in  sight  of  the  Spanish  outposts. 

The  general  plan  of  the  Santiago  campaign  was  to  send  one 
division  (Lawton's)  against  Caney;  after  taking  the  town  the 
division  to  swing  to  the  southwest  and  take  position  on  the 
right  of  the  line  (two  divisions)  in  front  of  Santiago. 

As  part  of  the  1st  Brigade  of  Lawton's  division  the  22nd 
Infantry  was  to  occupy  the  roads  leading  from  Caney  to  San- 
tiago, and  cut  off  the  Caney  garrison  should  it  attempt  to 
escape. 

At  4:30  A.  M.,  July  1,  the  twenty-four  officers  and  four 
hundred  and  thirty-six  enlisted  men  comprising  the  22nd  Infan- 
try marched  down  a  trail  overgrown  with  brush  and  vines  until 
it  reached  the  main  Santiago-Caney  road  near  the  Ducoureaux 
house — covering  this  road  was  a  part  of  the  regiment's  assigned 
position.  The  2nd  Battalion  was  then  deployed  and  skirmished 
northward  through  the  jungle  to  see  if  there  were  any  other 
roads  over  which  the  Spaniards  could  retreat  to  Santiago. 

Meanwhile,  the  1st  Battalion  moved  rapidly  northward  along 
the  main  road,  until  at  about  1,200  yards  the  advance  guard, 
Company  A,  received  a  sharp  Mauser  fire  from  the  town.  The 
battalion  then  deployed  east  and  west  of  the  road.  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  Patterson,  who  accompanied  the  1st  Battalion  was 
severely  wounded  here  and  Major  Van  Home  took  command 
of  the  regiment. 

For  half  an  hour  the  advance  was  through  dense  under- 
growth and  tangled  vegetation  that  prevented  the  battalion  from 
seeing  more  than  ten  feet  to  the  front.  To  keep  the  line  the 
men  were  obliged  to  continually  call  to  the  skirmishers  on  either 
side  of  them. 

The  Spanish  fire,  coming  from  a  chain  of  intrenched  block- 
houses and  almost  invisible  rifle  pits,  swept  the  ground.  At  800 
yards  a  clearing  was  reached,  beyond  which  the  battalion  caught 

22 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

its  first  glimpse  of  the  enemy's  position.  The  men  were  ordered 
to  lie  down  and  take  such  cover  as  the  ground  afforded. 

Volleys  by  company  and  platoon  were  fired  during  the  brief 
moments  when  the  enemy  exposed  themselves.  To  husband 
ammunition,  sharpshooters  determined  the  range  by  actual  firing 
before  volleys  were  fired. 

General  Ludlow,  Brigade  Commander,  took  position  with 
Company  A  at  this  period  of  the  fighting  and  from  this  point 
issued  his  orders  during  the  remainder  of  the  day. 

The  battalion  was  advanced  to  700  yards  with  severe  losses. 
For  three  hours  it  had  been  under  heavy  fire  from  an  intrenched 
and  skillful  enemy  that  had  made  elaborate  plans  to  beat  back 
an  attack  from  this  very  direction. 

Meanwhile,  the  second  battalion,  the  extreme  left  of  the 
line,  slowly  forced  its  way  through  the  underbrush  for  half 
a  mile,  swung  to  the  east,  and  under  heavy  fire  from  the  then 
concealed  positions,  laboriously  hacked  its  way  through  the 
chaparral  until  it  found  the  Cuabietas  road  leading  westward 
from  the  fated  village.  Part  of  the  regiment's  assigned  position 
was  the  covering  of  this  road. 

So  difficult  was  the  advance  that  it  was  impossible  to  keep 
the  line  together.  Company  F  (Getty's)  became  separated  from 
the  rest  of  the  battalion.  This  company  reconnoitered  the 
ground  west  of  the  battalion's  position  and  after  receiving  the 
enemy's  fire  from  the  San  Miguel  blockhouse  without  replying 
to  it,  rejoined  the  battalion  at  the  edge  of  a  fire-swept  clearing 
500  yards  from  the  enemy's  main  position.  As  a  result  of  this 
reconnoitering,  Captain  Getty  succeeded  in  cutting  the  Caney 
telephone  line  along  the  Cuabietas  road. 

From  noon  until  one  o'clock  there  was  a  lull  in  the  firing. 
Taking  advantage  of  it,  General  Ludlow  moved  the  second  bat- 
talion still  farther  to  the  west  and  north,  advanced  the  first 
battalion  to  within  500  yards  of  the  enemy,  and  placed  the  8th 
Infantry  between  the  first  and  second  battalions  of  the  22nd 
Infantry. 

After  one  o'clock  the  enemy  renewed  its  fire  with  increased 
vigor  and  the  men  of  the  command  were  compelled  to  hug  the 

23 


History  of  the 

ground  at  the  edge  of  the  clearing  and  watch  for  the  scarce 
moments  when  the  enemy  would  expose  themselves. 

The  heat  was  almost  insufferable,  water  was  almost  impos- 
sible to  obtain.  Any  movement  along  the  line  was  sure  to  bring 
a  well-directed  volley  from  soldiers  who  were  veterans  in  bush 
warfare.  Men  lay  sweltering  on  the  ground  waiting  for  some- 
thing to  shoot  at ;  bullets  ploughed  the  ground  in  front  and  threw 
dirt  over  their  sweaty  faces.  The  regiment  prayed  for  some- 
thing more  than  momentary  shots  at  the  enemy. 

Finally  the  regiment  located  the  intrenched  blockhouses  and 
rifle  pits  south  of  the  village.  These  defenses  had  been  con- 
structed and  placed  by  a  master  hand;  they  afforded  the  de- 
fenders almost  perfect  protection  and  the  enemy  was  able  to 
sweep  with  their  fire  all  parts  of  the  regiment's  position. 

Loopholes  in  the  blockhouses  and  parapets  of  the  trenches 
were  so  sloped  that  unaimed  fire  covered  the  field.  From  these 
loopholes,  at  short  intervals  came  puffs  of  smoke  and  then  a 
hail  of  bullets.  Occasionally  the  defenders  stood  upright  in 
the  trenches  to  fire  volleys  and  for  a  brief  interval  the  parapet 
appeared  dotted  with  straw  hats.  A  moment  later  the  enemy 
was  once  more  invisible.  At  times  a  Spaniard  would  dart  from 
trench  to  blockhouse. 

Late  in  the  afternoon  when  the  town  was  captured,  the 
enemy  trenches  were  found  filled  with  dead  and  wounded. 
Despite  difficulties  of  target,  the  regiment  shot  accurately. 

From  due  south  of  the  town  came  enemy  fire  that  remained 
unanswered.  Tall  trees  in  this  direction  concealed  the  main 
buildings  of  the  town  and  field  glasses  could  discover  no  enemy. 
To  return  this  fire  by  infantry  would  have  been  a  waste  of 
ammunition.  The  artillery  seemed  to  have  no  effect  on  this 
position  so  far  as  stopping  the  enemy's  fire  from  this  direction. 
Capron's  battery  changed  position  about  2:30  o'clock  and  fired 
a  few  shots  at  the  defenses  south  of  the  town  but  produced 
not  the  slightest  diminution  in  the  fire  coming  from  the  works 
there. 

Heat,  thirst,  inability  to  see  the  enemy,  absolute  ignorance 
in  regard  to  the  damage  inflicted  on  the  Spaniards  and  visible 

24 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

evidence  of  our  own  losses  produced  some  discouragement  and 
an  intense  desire  to  meet  the  enemy  at  close  quarters.  Orders 
to  charge  the  town  would  have  met  with  enthusiastic  response, 
but  the  plan  of  battle  required  the  regiment  to  hold  its  exposed 
position  covering  the  two  roads  to  Santiago. 

Suddenly  from  the  stone  fort  east  of  the  village  came  the 
sound  of  American  cheers.  The  stone  fort,  its  intrenchments 
cut  in  solid  rock,  had  fallen.  Gallant  troops,  gallantly  led,  had 
cut  through  wire  entanglements,  charged  up  the  hill  and  stormed 
the  fort.  The  flag  of  the  United  States  now  appeared  where 
all  morning  had  waved  the  Spanish  colors.  It  was  then  three 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon. 

The  larger  garrison  stubbornly  remained  in  the  village  for 
an  hour  and  a  half  longer  and  held  some  of  the  other  defensive 
works,  but  finally,  under  the  destructive  fire  of  Ludlow's  brigade, 
was  forced  to  evacuate  its  position. 

The  Spaniards  attempted  a  retreat  to  Santiago,  choosing 
the  Cuabietas  road.  But  this  road  was  barred  by  the  2nd 
battalion  of  the  22nd — a  battalion  that  with  patience  and  per- 
sistence had  lain  all  day  under  heavy  fire  waiting  for  this 
moment.  The  retreating  Spaniards  were  met  with  company 
volleys.  Quickly  the  retreat  was  changed  to  a  rout  and  the 
rout  to  a  surrender.  Sixty-five  prisoners  and  a  quantity  of 
arms  and  ammunition  were  taken  by  Companies  D  and  F. 
Few,  if  any,  of  the  retreating  force  escaped.  Along  the  line 
of  their  march  were  186  dead  and  wounded,  among  the  former 
the  gallant  defender  of  Caney,  General  Vera  del  Rey. 

The  battle  was  won — but  the  victors  had  suffered  severe 
losses.  Of  the  twenty- four  officers  of  the  regiment  who  par- 
ticipated in  the  battle,  six  had  been  wounded;  of  four  hundred 
and  thirty-six  enlisted  men,  forty-four  had  been  killed  and 
wounded.  The  total  loss  was  nearly  eleven  per  cent.  San 
Juan,  too,  was  marked  with  the  regiment's  blood :  Colonel  Wikoff 
was  killed  early  in  the  day,  while  gallantly  superintending  the 
deployment  of  his  brigade. 

25 


History  of  the 

Care  of  the  dead  and  wounded — our  own  and  those  of  the 
enemy — next  demanded  attention.  Our  dead  were  buried  on 
the  field.  The  wounded  were  carried  back  to  a  partially  shel- 
tered spot  beneath  the  trees  where  the  brigade  hospital  had  been 
located.  In  the  enemy's  positions  were  ample  proofs  of  the 
stubbornness  of  their  defense  and  the  accuracy  of  our  fire.  In 
one  small  trench  were  counted  thirty-seven  dead  Spaniards. 

At  six  o'clock  in  the  evening,  orders  were  received  to  march 
back  to  the  Ducoureaux  house  and  thence  to  Santiago.  The 
regiment  slept  along  the  road,  many  without  blanket  rolls,  all 
without  rations. 

The  march  toward  Santiago  was  resumed  at  3 :30  A.  M.,  July 
2.  At  noon  the  regiment  was  placed  in  position  and  entrenched 
on  the  extreme  right  of  the  line.  The  morning's  march  was 
under  desultory  fire,  but  fortunately  only  one  man  was  wounded. 
Most  of  this  fire  came  from  bullets  aimed  so  high  as  to  clear  our 
entrenchments  and  strike  far  beyond,  or  from  sharpshooters 
effectively  concealed  in  the  trees. 

The  activity  of  the  regiment  in  the  battle  of  July  1  earned 
for  it  congratulatory  orders  from  high  sources.  The  following 
order  was  the  first  received : 

GENERAL  ORDERS 

HEADQUARTERS  IST  BRIG.,  2ND  DIVISION, 
STH  ARMY  CORPS. 

In  front  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,  July  3,  1898. 

The  Brigadier  General  Commanding  desires  to  con- 
gratulate the  officers  and  men  of  this  command  on  the  gal- 
lantry and  fortitude  displayed  by  them  in  the  investment  and 
capture  of  Caney  on  Friday,  July  first,  inst. 

Infantry  attacks  on  fortified  positions  well  defended 
are  recognized  as  the  most  difficult  of  military  undertakings 
and  are  rarely  successful.  The  defense  was  conducted  with 
admirable  skill  behind  an  elaborate  system  of  blockhouses, 
entrenchments  and  loop  holes.  Nevertheless  after  a  stub- 
born and  bloody  combat  of  nearly  eight  hours,  the  place 

26 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

was  taken  and  its  garrison  practically  annihilated.  The  ex- 
ploit is  the  more  notable  that  the  affair  was  entered  upon 
and  carried  through  by  men  most  of  whom  had  never  been 
under  fire.  The  high  percentage  of  casualties  shows  the 
severity  of  the  work;  14%  of  loss  among  officers  and  8% 
of  the  enlisted  forces.  This  action,  though  relatively  of 
minor  importance,  will  take  its  place  as  one  of  the  con- 
spicuous events  in  military  history,  by  reason  of  its  success 
under  conditions  of  great  difficulty,  and  all  who  contributed 
toward  the  achievement  have  reason  for  present  and  future 
congratulations. 

BY  COMMAND  OF  BRIGADIER  GENERAL  LUDLOW: 
(Signed)  W.  H.  KEU,, 

Captain,  22nd  Infantry, 
Act.  Asst.  Adjt.  General. 

A  second  order  of  congratulation  was  issued  on  July  4,  1898, 
from  General  Shafter's  5th  Army  Corps  Headquarters. 

At  10:30,  the  night  of  the  second  of  July,  the  Spaniards 
made  a  determined  attack  on  our  lines  with  heavy  fire  from  both 
artillery  and  infantry. 

The  entire  regiment  was  put  in  the  trenches  and  after  half 
an  hour  of  spirited  fighting  the  attack  was  repulsed.  Casualties 
in  the  regiment:  two  men  killed  and  two  wounded. 

The  regiment  remained  in  camp  July  3.  At  about  9  o'clock 
heavy  firing  to  the  south  of  Santiago  was  heard,  continuing  sev- 
eral hours.  That  a  naval  engagement  was  on  was  confirmed  by 
repeated  rumors.  The  lines  waited  anxiously  for  news  of  the 
result. 

At  noon  the  enemy  sent  out  a  flag  of  truce  and  all  firing  was 
suspended  by  order  of  General  Shafter. 

Disheartening  rumors  about  the  result  of  the  naval  engage- 
ment began  to  spread  along  the  line — Cervera's  fleet  had  broken 
out  of  Santiago  harbor  and  destroyed  the  American  fleet.  Rumor 
next  destroyed  Cervera's  fleet.  Then  false  reports  came  thick 
and  fast  first  in  favor  of  the  Americans  and  next  in  favor  of 
the  enemy. 

27 


History  of  the 

Finally  the  regiment  heard  the  same  kind  of  good,  American 
cheers  that  had  gladdened  its  heart  late  on  the  afternoon  of  July 
1,  very  faint  at  first,  then  taken  up  by  regiment  after  regiment, 
growing  constantly  louder  until  at  last  it  reached  the  22nd  on  the 
extreme  right — a  mighty  cheer  announcing  the  truth  that  the 
American  fleet  had  won.  Man  danced  on  the  trenches ;  regimen- 
tal bands  blared  forth  triumphant  airs,  Santiago  became  alive 
with  music  and  cheers  and  waving  flags. 

The  regiment,  throughout  the  investment  of  Santiago,  had 
position  on  the  extreme  right  of  the  line,  and  as  the  line  was  ex- 
tended from  time  to  time  the  22nd  was  moved  out  and  compelled 
to  construct  new  trenches.  July  4  it  broke  camp  at  7  A.  M., 
marched  three  miles  and  took  position  to  the  right  closer  to 
Santiago. 

July  5  to  July  9,  the  regiment  remained  in  camp,  with  out- 
posts in  the  trenches.  On  the  10th,  the  line  was  again  extended 
to  the  right  and  intrenched.  At  4:30  p.  M.  this  day  the  truce 
was  concluded,  the  Spaniards  opening  fire  and  continuing  until 
7  P.  M.  The  regiment  remained  in  the  trenches  during  the  night. 

July  11  and  12,  the  regiment  was  moved  to  its  final  position. 

This  position  was  attained  only  after  overcoming  many  dif- 
ficulties. The  22nd  Infantry  was  now  intrenched  with  full 
battalion  front  between  two  roads  leading  to  the  city.  The 
second  battalion  was  behind  the  first  with  the  Eighth  Infantry 
as  reserve. 

In  forwarding  General  Ludlow's  report  of  the  position  to  the 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Fifth  Corps,  Major  General  Lawton 
lauded  the  extension  of  the  right  of  the  line  as  follows : 

"General  Ludlow  has  practically  executed  the  orders 
communicated  to  him  to  move  forward,  extending  his  right 
to  the  northeast  point  of  Santiago  bay,  thus  completely  cut- 
ting off  the  Spaniards  from  communication  in  that  direction. 
This  movement  has  been  executed  during  the  night  under 
the  most  trying  conditions  of  weather.  Neither  of  the  other 
brigades  succeeded  in  changing  their  lines  to  the  front  right 
because  of  the  terrific  storm  which  was  experienced  last 

28 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

night.  General  Ludlow  has  displayed  great  energy  and 
perseverance  for  which  I  heartily  commend  him  and  request 
that  it  be  given  consideration". 

In  the  final  position  the  regiment's  trenches  were  one  hundred 
and  sixty  yards  from  the  trenches  of  the  enemy.  During  this 
period  of  investment  the  men  worked  at  times  day  and  night  in 
the  trenches,  often  in  heavy  rains,  often  under  and  returning 
fire — always  on  scant  rations. 

The  Cuban  force  to  the  right,  supposedly  completing  the  in- 
vestment, withdrew  from  its  position,  leaving  a  gap  between  the 
regiment  and  the  bay,  and  rendering  increased  vigilance  necessary. 

July  13  the  regiment  remained  in  camp. 

July  14,  from  11 :30  A.  M.  to  3  P.  M.,  the  regiment  occupied 
the  trenches  pending  the  informal  surrender  of  Santiago. 

July  15  and  16  the  regiment  again  remained  in  camp. 

At  8:45  A.  M.,  July  17,  the  regiment  was  formed  in  the 
trenches,  and,  midway  between  the  representatives  of  the  two 
armies  the  city,  surrounding  provinces  and  24,000  troops  were 
formally  surrendered. 

At  noon  the  American  flag  was  raised  over  the  governor's 
palace,  the  regiment  during  this  ceremony  parading  in  front  of 
the  trenches.  Immediately  afterward  the  following  message 
from  the  President  of  the  United  States  was  published  in  each 
regiment : 

WASHINGTON,  July  16,  1898. 
GENERAL  SHAFTER: 

The  President  of  the  United  States  sends  you  and  your 
brave  army  the  profound  thanks  of  the  American  people 
for  the  gallant  achievement  at  Santiago,  resulting  in  the 
surrender  of  the  city  and  all  of  the  Spanish  troops  and 
territory  under  General  Toral.  Your  splendid  command 
has  endured,  not  only  hardships  and  sacrifices  incident  to 
campaign  and  battle,  but  in  stress  of  heat  and  weather  has 
triumphed  over  obstacles  which  would  have  overcome  men 
less  brave  and  determined.  One  and  all  have  displayed 

29 


History  of  the 

the  most  conspicuous  gallantry  and  earned  the  gratitude 
of  the  nation.  The  heart  of  the  people  turns  with  tender 
sympathy  to  the  sick  and  wounded.  May  the  Father  of 
Mercy  protect  and  comfort  them. 

(Signed)     WIUJAM  McKiN^EY. 

The  following  day,  July  18,  the  regiment  was  moved  back 
to  the  hills.  It  had  suffered  greatly  from  unavoidable  exposure. 
Great  discomfort,  sickness  and  suffering  prevailed.  During  the 
almost  daily  rains,  the  men  had  been  able  to  get  only  the  slight 
protection  afforded  by  shelter  halves;  frequently  it  had  been 
necessary  to  bivouac  without  even  these.  For  days  and  nights 
they  had  worn  the  same  wet  clothing  and  had  slept  on  wet 
ground.  Malaria  and  dysentery  had  spread  until  only  a  few 
officers  and  men  were  available  for  duty,  and  even  these  kept 
their  feet  only  because  they  were  less  sick  than  the  others. 

The  only  bright  spot  in  this  period  of  depression  came  from 
the  activities  of  Captain  J.  T.  Clarke,  assistant  Surgeon.,  U.  S. 
A.,  and  E.  H.  Fitzgerald,  Regimental  Chaplain.  Though  sick 
and  suffering  themselves,  these  two  men  were  unceasing  in 
their  cheering  efforts  to  lighten  the  burden  of  officers  and  men. 

On  July  19,  General  Shafter  issued  an  order  commending 
the  American  troops  for  their  success  in  Cuba  and  particularly 
in  the  investment  and  capture  of  Santiago.  This  order  set 
forth  in  detail  the  difficulties  of  the  operations,  citing  the  obstacles 
encountered  in  the  tropical  undergrowth  and  terrain  of  the 
island. 

August  11,  orders  came  to  return  to  the  United  States. 
The  command  was  inspected  for  yellow  fever  cases  or  suspects, 
and  infected  clothing  was  burned.  All  that  was  left  of  the 
regiment  embarked  on  the  Mobile  August  12,  and  sailed  for 
home  at  1 :30  P.  M.,  August  13. 

The  departure  of  Ludlow's  brigade  involved  the  dissolution 
of  the  2nd  Division  of  the  5th  Army  Corps.  Its  gallant  com- 
mander, Major-General  Lawton,  paid  it  a  parting  tribute  in 
an  order  describing  in  detail  the  operations  of  the  corps  on 

30 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Cuban  soil  and  expressing  his  appreciation  of  the  gallant  and 
soldierly  manner  in  which  the  duties  and  labors  required  had 
been  performed. 

The  regiment's  already  long  list  of  hardships  was  added 
to  on  the  return  journey  to  the  United  States.  No  provision  had 
been  made  for  the  sick;  men  suffering  from  fever,  chills  and 
various  intestinal  disorders  were  compelled  to  eat  the  ordinary 
ration.  On  the  voyage  the  brigade  lost  eleven  men. 

August  20,  the  Mobile  reached  Montauk. 

August  21,  the  regiment  went  into  camp  at  Camp  Wikoff, 
so  named  in  honor  of  the  regiment's  colonel  who  had  been  killed 
in  front  of  Santiago. 

Here  suffering  was  turned  into  surfeit.  Nothing  was  left 
undone  by  the  government  and  private  citizens  that  could  add 
to  the  comfort  of  the  returned  soldiers. 

September  16,  the  regiment  left  Camp  Wikoff  for  its  former 
station,  Fort  Crook,  Nebraska. 

September  18,  Lieut.  W.  L.  Taylor  died  in  New  York  city 
of  malarial  fever  contracted  during  the  campaign.  Lieut. 
Taylor  was  one  of  the  most  active  officers  on  the  battle  front 
in  Cuba  and  had  been  commended  during  the  fighting  for  his 
bravery  and  coolness  under  fire  as  follows: 

NORTH  OF  SANTIAGO,  CUBA,  July  19,  1898. 

THE  ASSISTANT  ADJUTANT  GENERAL, 
1st  Brigade,  2nd  Division,  5th  A.  C., 
(Through  intermediate  commanders.) 

SIR: 

Having  succeeded  Captain  Lockwood  in  command  of 
the  2nd  battalion,  22nd  Infantry,  and  not  knowing  whether 
or  not,  on  account  of  his  sickness,  he  was  able  to  make  a 
report  of  the  fight  at  El  Caney,  I  take  this  opportunity 
to  recommend  to  your  consideration  1st  Lieut.  W.  L. 
Taylor,  who  was  as  cool  and  collected  as  if  on  target  practice, 
kept  his  company  under  perfect  fire  discipline  and  super- 

31 


History  of  the 

vised  personally  the  direction  of  fire  and  the  adjustment 
of  sights. 

Very  respectfully,  your  obedient  servant, 
ROBERT  N.  GETTY, 

Captain  22nd  Infantry, 
Commanding  2nd  Battalion,  22nd  Infantry. 

The  regiment  arrived  at  Fort  Crook  September  19.  Of  the 
twenty-nine  officers  and  four  hundred  and  eighty- four  enlisted 
men  that  had  left  the  post  five  months  before,  only  five  officers 
and  one  hundred  and  sixty  men  returned.  Of  the  remainder, 
many  were  dead  and  many  were  still  too  sick  for  duty.  Of 
those  that  returned  almost  all  were  still  suffering  from  hard- 
ships suffered  on  Cuban  soil. 

October  12,  the  regiment  acted  as  escort  to  President  Mc- 
Kinley  at  the  Trans-Mississippi  exposition  at  Omaha,  Nebraska. 

As  authorized  by  Congress  April  26,  1898,  Companies  I,  K, 
L,  and  M,  were  organized,  the  two  former  having  been  out 
of  existence  since  July  21,  1890,  the  latter  as  new  organizations. 


32 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

CHAPTER  VI 

THE  PHILIPPINE  INSURRECTION 

Character  of  the  Enemy  and  Events  Leading  up  to  the 
Insurrection 

The  22nd  Infantry  spent  a  comparatively  short  time  in 
inaction  after  the  close  of  the  Spanish-American  war.  January 
27,  the  command  left  Fort  Crook  and  proceeded  by  rail  to 
San  Francisco,  California,  bound  for  the  Philippines  and  more 
adventure. 

The  regiment  did  not  waste  much  time  in  California.  Ar- 
riving there  January  31,  on  the  following  day  twenty-six 
officers  and  one  thousand  and  seventy  enlisted  men  boarded  the 
chartered  transports  Senator  and  Ohio  and  sailed  for  our  new 
possessions  in  the  Far  East.  The  first  night  at  sea  an  enlisted 
man  was  washed  overboard  and  drowned. 

The  transports  stopped  at  Honolulu  to  coal,  February  9  to 
13.  The  Senator  arrived  in  Manila  bay  March  4;  the  Ohio 
March  5.  During  the  voyage  the  Filipinos  had  rebelled  against 
the  authority  of  the  United  States  and  when  the  22nd  arrived, 
Manila,  in  possession  of  the  Americans,  was  invested  on  the 
land  side  by  insurgent  armies. 

The  regiment  disembarked  March  5  and  6,  occupied  Malate 
barracks  and  equipped  for  tropical  service. 

March  10,  Companies  B,  C,  H  and  L  were  assigned  to  a 
position  on  the  line  of  outposts  to  the  southwest  of  San  Pedro 
Macati.  Since  shortly  after  the  beginning  of  hostilities,  Feb- 
ruary 4,  1899,  the  American  line  south  of  the  Pasig  river  had 
extended  from  San  Pedro  Macati  southwesterly  to  Manila  bay. 
This  line  was  intrenched  and  was  opposed  by  insurgent  forces 
along  its  entire  front.  Shots  were  exchanged  daily.  Night 
attacks  by  the  insurgents  were  frequent;  the  regiment  suffered 
casualties  almost  as  soon  as  they  took  position  on  the  line. 

33 


History  of  the 

Beyond  the  fact  that  Pasig  City  was  an  insurgent  strong- 
hold and  that  the  smaller  towns  were  occupied  and  levied  upon 
by  the  Filipino  soldiery,  little  was  known  of  the  strength  and 
position  of  the  enemy. 

Aguinaldo,  with  whose  insurrection  the  22nd  Infantry  was 
now  intimately  concerned,  was  a  wily  and  unscrupulous  enemy. 
After  the  destruction  of  the  Spanish  fleet  in  Manila  bay  the 
native  leader,  under  advice  of  the  Hong  Kong  junta,  proceeded 
from  that  city  to  Manila  with  the  intention  of  securing  as  much 
aid  as  possible  from  the  United  States,  and  then,  when  suffi- 
ciently strong,  of  driving  out  the  Americans. 

His  course  throughout  was  consistent  with  this  well-settled 
intention.  His  declaration  of  independence  of  June,  1898;  his 
capture  during  the  succeeding  seven  months  of  the  weakly  gar- 
risoned posts  throughout  the  islands,  by  which  he  obtained  large 
quantities  of  arms  and  ammunition;  the  elimination  from  his 
so-called  government  of  his  able  advisers,  who  advocated  United 
States  supremacy;  his  declared  dictatorship;  the  concentration 
of  his  troops  and  the  building  of  intrenchments  and  fortifications 
around  Manila;  the  public  demonstrations  and  rejoicing  at  his 
capital  of  Malolos  on  the  anticipated  victory  shortly  before  hos- 
tilities were  begun — all  occurring  in  well-timed  succession — 
prove  conclusively  a  predetermined  plan  of  action  to  place  the 
islands  under  Tagalog  rule. 

Prior  to  February  4,  1899,  the  date  of  the  outbreak,  all  of 
Aguinaldo's  communications  to  General  Otis — and  these  were 
numerous — professed  friendship  toward  the  United  States  and 
manifested  great  desire  to  restrain  his  people  from  hostile  acts. 

January  9,  he  appointed  a  commission  to  confer  with  one 
to  be  appointed  by  General  Otis,  "for  the  sake  of  peace",  as  he 
expressed  it.  On  the  very  same  day,  with  marvelous  duplicity, 
he  issued  a  proclamation  containing  instructions  to  "the  brave 
soldiers  of  Sandatahan  of  Manila".  This  proclamation  contained 
instructions  in  minute  detail  for  the  waging  of  treachery  and 
death  upon  the  Americans,  discussed  methods  of  attack  and 
massacre  and  urged  all  manner  of  deceit  in  methods  of  gaining 

34 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

access  to  close  quarters  with  American  soldiers  for  the  purpose 
of  surprise  onslaughts. 

Natives  were  ordered  to  dress  as  women  in  order  to  kill  sen- 
tinels. Stones,  timbers,  red-hot  iron,  heavy  furniture,  boiling 
oil,  water  and  molasses  and  rags  soaked  in  oil  and  lighted  were 
to  be  thrown  on  the  Americans  from  the  house-tops.  Native 
women  were  to  be  pressed  into  service  to  prepare  boiling  water, 
molasses  and  other  liquids  to  be  used  against  the  troops  of  the 
United  States. 

On  the  4th  of  February,  following  the  proclamation  of  the 
insurrecto  chief,  the  first  shot  of  the  war  was  fired  by  a  Nebraska 
outpost  at  a  Filipino  soldier  who  was  advancing  on  our  lines  and 
who  refused  to  halt.  This  shot  was  immediately  followed  by 
general  firing  all  along  the  line,  the  Filipinos  receiving  severe 
punishment. 

Aguinaldo  at  once  issued  his  declaration  of  war  in  a  "general 
order  to  the  Philippine  Army"  as  follows: 

Nine  o'clock,  p.  M.,  this  date,  I  received  from  Caloocan 
station  a  message  communicated  to  me  that  the  American 
forces,  without  prior  notification  or  any  just  motive,  attacked 
our  camp  at  San  Juan  del  Monte  and  our  forces  garrisoning 
the  blockhouse  around  the  outskirts  of  Manila,  causing 
losses  among  our  soldiers,  who  in  view  of  this  unexpected 
aggression  and  of  the  decided  attack  of  the  aggressors,  were 
obliged  to  defend  themselves  until  the  firing  became  general 
all  along  the  line. 

No  one  can  deplore  more  than  I  this  rupture  of  hos- 
tilities. I  have  a  clear  conscience  that  I  have  endeavored 
to  avoid  it  at  all  costs,  using  all  my  efforts  to  preserve 
friendship  with  the  army  of  occupation  at  the  cost  of  not 
a  few  humiliations  and  many  sacrificed  rights. 

But  it  is  my  unavoidable  duty  to'  maintain  the  integrity 
of  the  national  honor  and  that  of  the  army  so  unjustly 
attacked  by  those  who,  posing  as  our  friends  and  liberators, 
attempt  to  dominate  us  in  place  of  Spaniards,  as  is  shown 
by  the  grievances  enumerated  in  my  manifest  of  January  8, 

35 


History  of  the 

last;  such  as  the  continued  outrages  and  violent  exactions 
committed  against  the  people  of  Manila,  the  useless  confer- 
ences, and  all  my  frustrated  efforts  in  favor  of  peace  and 
concord. 

Summoned  by  this  unexpected  provocation,  urged  by  the 
duties  imposed  upon  me  by  honor  and  patriotism  and  for 
the  defense  of  the  nation  entrusted  to  me,  calling  on  God 
as  a  witness  of  my  good  faith  and  uprightness  of  my 
intention 

I  order  and  command : 

1. — Peace  and  friendly  relations  between  the  Philippine 
forces  and  the  American  forces  of  occupation  are  broken, 
and  the  latter  will  be  treated  as  enemies,  with  the  limits 
prescribed  by  the  laws  of  war. 

2. — American  soldiers  who  may  be  captured  by  the 
Philippine  forces  will  be  treated  as  prisoners  of  war. 

3. — This  proclamation  shall  be  communicated  to  the 
accredited  consuls  of  Manila,  and  to  congress,  in  order  that 
it  may  accord  the  suspension  of  the  constitutional  guarantees 
and  the  resulting  declaration  of  war. 

Given  at  Malolos,  February  4,  1899. 

(Sgd)     EMIUO  AGUINALDO, 

General-in-Chief. 

The  following  day  Aguinaldo  issued  another  manifesto 
addressed  to  the  Philippine  people  in  which  he  disclaimed  all 
responsibility  for  the  rupture,  placing  all  the  blame  on  the 
Americans  and  assuring  the  natives  that  they  could  resist  the 
occupation  as  long  as  they  wanted  to. 

The  following  day  Aguinaldo  issued  instructions  marked 
with  the  most  savage  ferocity.  For  the  sake  of  independence, 
all  Americans — men,  women  and  children — were  to  be  massacred. 
For  policy's  sake,  English,  French  and  Germans,  their  lives  and 
their  property,  were  to  be  spared.  But  for  oriental  greed's  sake, 
all  Chinamen  were  to  be  put  to  the  sword;  to  appease  the  wily 
chieftain's  half  barbarous  army,  the  property  of  Chinamen  was 

36 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

to  be  subject  to  loot.  If  these  acts  had  been  carried  into  execu- 
tion, justification  undoubtedly  would  have  been  made  in  extrava- 
gantly worded  phrases  prating  of  liberty.  Fortunately,  American 
arms  prevented  the  wholesale  slaughter. 

Such  was  the  character  of  the  enemy  the  regiment  was  to 
oppose.  Added  to  this  duplicity  were  arms  and  munitions  of 
war  in  great  abundance.  The  terrain  of  the  country,  superbly 
suited  to  check  the  American  advance,  afforded  additional  advan- 
tage. That  our  forces  never  suffered  reverses  in  the  islands  in 
no  way  proves  that  the  Filipinos  were  poor  fighters. 


The  Pasig  Expedition 

Brigadier-General  Loyd  Wheaton,  commanding. 
Troops  Engaged: 

Provisional  Brigade  consisting  of : 

20th  Infantry;  22nd  Infantry;  two  battalions  1st  Wash- 
ington Volunteer  Infantry;  seven  companies  2nd  Ore- 
gon Volunteer  Infantry ;  one  platoon  6th  Artillery,  and 
three  troops  4th  Cavalry. 

The  Pasig  expedition  was  the  first  organized  campaign  against 
the  insurgents,  General  Wheaton's  instructions  being  to  drive 
the  enemy  beyond  the  Pasig,  "striking  him  wherever  found". 

The  night  of  March  12  the  brigade  was  formed  and 
bivouacked  in  line  in  rear  of  intrenchments  extending  from  San 
Pedro  Macati  toward  the  bay.  The  22nd  Infantry  formed  the 
right  of  the  infantry  line;  on  the  extreme  right  was  a  squadron 
of  the  4th  Cavalry. 

At  six  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  March  13  the  brigade  moved 
forward  by  echelon  from  the  right,  the  22nd  Infantry  and  the 
4th  Cavalry  moving  first.  In  front  of  the  regiment's  position, 
the  country  was  rough  and  broken ;  trees  and  stumps  of  bamboo 
prevented  extended  vision;  a  series  of  low  ridges  afforded  the 
insurgents  many  superior  positions.  From  these  hidden  posi- 
tions the  enemy  at  once  opened  with  long  range  fire,  to  which 

37 


History  of  the 

it  was  impossible  to  reply;  for  a  time  the  regiment  advanced 
under  fire  and  in  absolute  ignorance  of  the  whereabouts  of  the 
insurgent  strongholds.  Shortly  after  the  beginning  of  the 
engagement  the  squadron  of  the  4th  Cavalry  was  detached  from 
the  line  and  ordered  to  make  a  wide  detour  toward  the  Pasig 
River,  to  intercept  the  insurgents'  possible  retreat  in  that  direc- 
tion; afterward  Companies  I  and  A  of  the  regiment  were  sent 
to  assist  the  cavalry.  Meanwhile  the  brigade  had  forced  the 
enemy  from  a  strongly-intrenched  and  fortified  position  on 
Guadalupe  ridge.  As  the  advance  continued,  the  insurgents  fell 
back,  fighting  stubbornly  until  they  reached  the  river,  which 
they  crossed  in  disorder,  receiving  severe  losses. 

Meeting  no  further  opposition  at  this  point,  the  brigade 
occupied  the  Pasig  road,  moved  eastward  and  encountered  heavy 
fire  from  the  Pasig  intrenchments.  The  regiment  moved  farther 
to  the  east  and  occupied  high  ground  opposite  the  town.  From 
this  position  a  destructive  fire  was  opened  on  the  insurgent 
trenches.  When  the  fire  from  these  trenches  had  been  partly 
silenced,  the  brigade  charged  the  town,  routing  the  enemy  and 
inflicting  great  losses  upon  them. 

During  this  part  of  the  engagement,  Companies  A  and  I, 
a  mile  east  of  the  main  body,  became  seriously  engaged  with  a 
large  body  of  retreating  insurgents.  Companies  D,  E,  G  and 
M  advanced  to  assist  the  two  companies  and  drove  the  enemy 
beyond  Pateros,  and  until  long  after  dark  kept  up  an  annoying 
fire  on  the  six  companies,  whose  position  upon  the  river  bank 
was  entirely  exposed. 

On  the  morning  of  the  14th  the  remainder  of  the  regiment 
was  placed  in  position  opposite  Pateros.  Here  it  remained  on 
outpost  until  March  18.  During  this  period,  the  hardships  of 
Philippine  campaigning  were  first  felt.  Heavy  rains  fell  nightly 
during  the  week;  shelter  halves  gave  little  protection;  toward 
morning  officers  and  men,  drenched  and  shivering,  were  com- 
pelled to  rise  from  their  muddy  beds  on  the  ground  and  sit 
around  camp  fires  until  the  sun  finally  appeared  and  dried  the 
clothes  on  their  backs. 

38 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

March  18  a  force  of  the  enemy  appeared  near  Taguig  and 
Companies  D,  E,  G  and  K  were  sent  out  to  locate  them.  At 
about  3  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  the  four  companies  found  the 
insurgents,  800  strong,  occupying  ridges  west  of  Taguig,  and 
at  once  engaged  them  in  one  of  the  most  spirited  combats  of 
the  war.  The  insurgents,  from  superior  positions  and  greatly 
outnumbering  the  battalion  of  the  22nd,  fought  until  darkness 
ended  the  engagement.  The  battalion  lost  nineteen  men  killed 
and  wounded;  among  the  wounded  Captain  Frank  B.  Jones, 
the  battalion  commander. 

At  daylight  on  the  following  day  the  brigade  was  deployed 
facing  toward  the  south,  the  regiment  occupying  the  right  of 
the  line.  Wheeling  on  the  left  as  a  pivot,  the  brigade  struck 
the  insurgents  south  of  Taguig,  routed  them,  and  drove  them 
down  the  lake.  The  regiment  marched  twelve  miles  in  extended 
order  during  the  swinging  movement.  The  heat  was  intense; 
on  the  return  march  the  command  suffered  severely;  men 
dropped  from  exhaustion  and  were  brought  in  by  comrades 
whose  condition  was  but  little  better.  Near  Taguig  was  seen 
ghastly  evidence  of  the  previous  day's  engagements — many 
corpses  in  insurgent  uniforms.  Considering  the  extreme  care 
exercised  by  the  Filipinos  in  removing  their  dead,  the  number 
thus  left  upon  the  field  showed  the  great  losses  Captain  Jones' 
battalion  had  inflicted. 

March  20,  orders  were  received  from  Manila  disbanding  the 
provisional  brigade  and  ordering  the  troops  to  return  to  Manila. 
The  object  of  the  expedition  had  been  thoroughly  accomplished. 
In  the  week's  campaign,  every  position  occupied  by  the  enemy 
in  the  territory  assigned  to  the  brigade  had  been  attacked  and 
captured;  the  insurgent  forces  had  been  dispersed  and  demoral- 
ized. General  Wheaton  reported  Aguinaldo's  loss  in  killed, 
wounded  and  captured  as  2,500. 


39 


History  of  the 

The  Malolos  Expedition 

Major-General  Arthur  Mac  Arthur,  commanding. 
Troops  engaged  : 

2nd  Division,  8th  Army  Corps,  consisting  of : 

1st  Brigade,  Brigadier  General  H.  G.  Otis — two  battalions 
3rd  Artillery;  20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Infantry;  1st 
Montana  Volunteer  Infantry. 

2nd  Brigade,  Brigadier  General  Irving  Hale — First  Col- 
orado Volunteer  Infantry;  1st  Nebraska  Volunteer 
Infantry;  1st  South  Dakota  Volunteer  Infantry;  10th 
Pennsylvania  Volunteer  Infantry. 

3rd  Brigade,  Brigadier  General  R.  H.  Hall — Fourth  In- 
fantry; one  battalion  17th  Infantry;  13th  Minnesota 
Volunteer  Infantry;  1st  Wyoming  Volunteer  Infantry. 

Cavalry — one  squadron  4th  Cavalry. 

Artillery — one  battalion  Utah  Light  Artillery. 
Attached  to  2nd  Division: 

3rd  Brigade,  1st  Division,  8th  Army  Corps,  Brigadier 
General  Lloyd  Wheaton — 22nd  Infantry;  one  battalion 
3rd  Infantry;  eleven  companies  2nd  Oregon  Volunteer 
Infantry. 

The  capture  of  Malolos,  the  insurgent  capital,  was  the  object 
of  the  Malolos  expedition. 

Shortly  after  the  beginning  of  hostilities,  the  2nd  Division, 
8th  Army  Corps,  operating  north  of  Manila,  occupied  a  line  of 
trenches  from  Caloocan  to  the  pumping  station  near  Santolan. 
On  the  night  of  March  24,  the  3rd  Brigade,  1st  Division,  was 
attached  to  the  2nd  Division  and  under  cover  of  darkness  relieved 
the  1st  Brigade,  2nd  Division,  which  at  once  moved  and  occupied 
trenches  to  the  right  of  its  original  position. 

Insurgent  forces  were  massed  along  the  eight  miles  of  front 
of  the  American  line.  The  greater  part  of  them  had  never  been 
under  American  fire — their  morale  was  excellent;  by  extrava- 
gantly-worded proclamations  of  their  leaders,  enthusiasm  had 

40 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

been  worked  up  to  the  highest  point;  the  equipment  of  their 
infantry  was  good ;  the  supply  of  ammunition  unlimited. 

The  plan  of  the  campaign  as  published  in  orders  was  as 
follows:  Wheaton's  brigade,  the  left  of  the  line,  to  maintain 
a  watching  attitude  toward  the  insurgent  line  in  its  immediate 
front  and  toward  Malabon,  moving  forward  if  the  enemy  began 
a  retrograde  movement;  Hall's  brigade,  the  right  of  the  line, 
to  remain  in  reserve,  the  attached  troops  to  make  demonstrations 
in  the  direction  of  the  Mariquina  road ;  the  two  central  brigades 
to  move  forward  and  to  execute  a  change  of  front  to  the  left 
near  Polo;  further  progress  to  be  determined  by  the  result  and 
character  of  the  antecedent  contest. 

The  22nd  Infantry,  in  brigade,  moved  to  its  assigned  position 
and  relieved  the  Montana  volunteers  on  the  night  of  March  24. 
The  insurgents,  occupying  lines  about  1,000  yards  distant,  were 
in  high  spirit.  During  the  night  they  sang,  danced  and  cheered 
and  fired  volleys  at  the  American  line,  which — by  order — did 
not  return  the  fire.  Emboldened  by  this  the  insurgents  dis- 
played a  bravery  and  effrontery  never  afterward  equalled.  Bon- 
fires blazed  along  their  lines.  Around  these  they  freely  exposed 
themselves;  in  chorus  they  yelled  taunts  and  insults  to  the 
Americans;  their  bugles  played  our  calls,  their  voices  imitated 
our  commands. 

The  advance  of  General  MacArthur's  command  began  at 
daylight,  March  25,  as  planned.  Shortly  after  the  left  centre 
brigade  moved  out,  General  Wheaton  ordered  the  3rd  battalion 
of  the  22nd  forward  in  echelon  to  protect  the  left  flank  of  the 
brigade;  at  8:30  A.  M.,  the  remaining  battalions  of  the  regiment 
advanced.  The  insurgents  were  found  in  great  force  in  their 
trenches  and  at  once  opened  with  heavy  fire  to  which  the  Amer- 
ican line  replied.  Soon  the  firing  was  continuous  along  the  many 
miles  of  front  of  the  opposing  armies.  For  a  time,  the  insur- 
gents' fire  from  their  protecting  trenches  was  accurate  and 
incessant;  as  the  American  lines  advanced  this  fire  decreased 
in  volume  and  deadly  effect;  rifles  were  dropped  in  the  trenches 
or  fired  unaimed,  high  over  the  heads  of  the  advancing  Americans. 
Before  half  of  the  space  separating  the  opposing  lines  of  trenches 

41 


History  of  the 

had  been  traversed  by  our  line,  the  insurgents  abandoned  their 
trenches  and  began  a  retreat.  In  marked  contrast  to  the  fire  of 
the  Filipinos  was  the  fire  of  the  Americans  as  they  moved  toward 
the  enemy  trenches,  ever  stronger  as  the  line  advanced,  despite 
casualties,  ever  more  accurate  as  the  enemy  offered  better  targets. 
The  terrain  was  such  that  the  natives  were  able  to  make  many 
'stands  under  protection  or  in  concealment  and  from  these  posi- 
tions they  fired,  at  first  rapidly  and  with  effect,  afterward  with 
less  vigor  and  less  accuracy.  Despite  advantage  of  intrenched 
position,  they  could  not  withstand  the  uninterrupted  advance  of 
our  lines.  American  methods  of  advancing  did  not  permit  hours 
of  fighting  from  intrenched  positions  and  without  loss  to  either 
combatant. 

Beyond  the  insurgent  trenches,  dense  jungles  of  bamboo  and 
many  Filipino  strongholds  along  the  extended  front  caused  the 
advance  to  become  a  series  of  detached  combats.  In  front  of 
the  22nd,  the  enemy  were  driven  back  from  line  after  line  of  their 
works ;  they  retreated  stubbornly,  taking  advantage  of  all  natural 
obstacles  of  the  terrain,  and  abandoning  positions  only  after 
severe  losses. 

By  11 :30  A.  M.,  the  insurgents  in  front  of  Wheaton's  brigade 
were  forced  back  to  trenches  beyond  the  Tuliahan  river.  Their 
position  at  this  point  was  very  strong,  successive  lines  of  trenches 
on  rising  ground.  By  command,  the  brigade  bivouacked  in  its 
position  south  of  the  river,  in  order  to  allow  the  right  of  the 
division  time  for  its  swinging  movement.  During  the  remainder 
of  the  day,  the  insurgents  kept  up  a  continuous,  long-range  fire 
on  the  regiment. 

Owing  to  the  impossibility  of  maneuvering  the  long  line  of 
the  division  over  the  immense  jungles,  it  was  apparent  during 
the  first  day's  fighting  that  the  strategical  plans  formulated 
could  not  be  carried  out.  Although  the  enemy's  centre  had  been 
broken,  it  was  impossible  to  advance  sufficiently  rapidly  to 
envelope  to  the  west  the  main  fraction  of  his  army  thus  cut  off. 
Reconnaissances  made  early  on  the  26th  showed  the  only  road 
available  for  artillery  and  wagon  trains  passed  through  Malinta, 
which  was  in  the  immediate  front  of  the  22nd.  To  meet  these 

42 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

changed  conditions  the  two  central  brigades  of  the  division  were 
ordered  to  change  front  on  Malinta,  instead  of  on  Polo  as 
originally  planned. 

Early  in  the  morning  of  the  26th  the  enemy  in  front  of 
Wheaton's  brigade  were  in  retreat.  Malabon,  on  the  left  front, 
was  in  flames ;  a  stream  of  insurgent  soldiers  and  natives  of  the 
country  was  pouring  north.  The  22nd  marched  a  short  distance 
to  the  right  of  where  it  had  bivouacked,  received  the  fire  of  the 
insurgents'  rear  guard,  forded  the  Tuliahan  river,  and  formed 
line  perpendicular  to  the  river  in  order  to  flank  the  enemy's 
trenches.  Advancing  to  the  railroad,  these  trenches  were  found 
deserted.  The  regiment  changed  front  to  the  north;  the  first 
battalion  moved  forward  to  scout  toward  Malinta.  On  com- 
manding ground,  800  yards  south  of  Malinta,  the  insurgents 
were  strongly  intrenched;  these  works  were  charged  and  cap- 
tured. Five  hundred  yards  beyond  was  a  stone  church ;  a  breast- 
high  stone  wall  surrounding  the  church  bristled  with  Mauser 
rifles ;  here  the  rear  guard  of  the  retreating  insurgent  army  hoped 
to  check  the  American  advance.  The  ground  in  front  of  this 
stronghold  was  a  natural  glacis,  broken  with  only  a  few  rice 
paddies;  each  seventy  meters  of  the  approach  was  marked  with 
nipa  streamers  flying  from  tall  bamboos.  A  galling  fire,  accu- 
rately delivered  by  a  superior  force,  met  the  battalion  and  forced 
it  to  seek  the  shelter  of  the  captured  trenches  and  rice  paddies. 
Return  volleys  directed  at  the  crest  of  the  stone  wall  seemed 
only  to  increase  the  intensity  of  the  insurgent  fire.  Meanwhile 
the  remainder  of  the  regiment  was  racing  from  the  rear  to 
assist  the  troops  so  sorely  pressed.  Arriving  on  the  line,  they 
threw  themselves  on  the  ground,  and  at  once  poured  over  the 
stone  walls  a  fire  so  accurate  that  the  well-directed  firing  of  the 
insurgents  promptly  ceased.  There  was  no  diminution  of  their 
fire — merely  less  accuracy  in  their  aim.  During  this  stage  of 
the  engagement,  Colonel  Egbert,  the  gallant  commander  of  the 
regiment,  was  mortally  wounded.  For  twenty  minutes  the  fusil- 
lade from  both  lines  continued.  At  the  end  of  that  time,  the 
insurgent  fire  slackened;  ten  minutes  later  it  ceased.  Entering 
Malinta,  great  quantities  of  loaded  and  empty  rifle  shells  were 

43 


History  of  the 

found  behind  the  stone  walls  of  the  church ;  only  artillery  could 
have  forced  a  valiant  enemy  from  this  position. 

A  part  of  Otis'  brigade  completed  its  change  of  front  and 
entered  Malinta  simultaneously  with  the  22nd.  It  had  taken, 
however,  no  part  in  the  capture  of  the  stronghold. 

On  the  night  of  March  26,  the  regiment  bivouacked  at 
Malinta. 

March  27,  Wheaton's  brigade  was  detached  from  the  2nd 
Division,  8th  Army  Corps,  and  detailed  to  guard  the  railroad 
and  preserve  communication  with  Manila.  The  network  of 
unfordable  streams  between  Manila  and  Malolos  necessitated 
the  seizure  of  the  railroad  bridges  before  the  insurgents  could 
destroy  them.  A  rapid  advance  unimpeded  with  wagon  trains 
became  of  primary  importance.  On  this  day  the  regiment 
marched  to  Meycauayan;  March  28,  to  the  San  Marco  river; 
March  29,  to  near  Bigaa,  Companies  D,  E,  G  and  M  being  left 
on  the  San  Marco  river  to  guard  the  division  wagon  train; 
March  30,  near  Guiguinto. 

At  Malolos,  a  desperate  resistance  was  expected.  Friendly 
natives  reported  that  the  insurgents  were  prepared  to  defend 
their  capital  as  a  political  necessity;  reconnaissance  disclosed 
formidable  field  works,  well  filled  with  men.  On  the  American 
side,  preparations  were  made  for  a  battle  of  considerable  pro- 
portions. Five  battalions  of  regular  troops,  including  the  1st 
and  3rd  battalions  of  the  22nd  Infantry,  were  brought  from 
their  positions  along  the  line  of  communications  to  be  placed  in 
support  of  the  main  fighting  line. 

At  7:00  A.  M.,  March  31,  the  attack  was  begun  with  artillery. 
Fifteen  minutes  later,  the  Nebraskas,  on  the  extreme  right  of 
the  line,  advanced.  At  7:20,  the  South  Dakotas,  second  from 
the  right,  moved  out ;  at  7 :25,  the  next  regiment  from  the  right, 
the  Pennsylvanias,  moved  forward.  These  movements  were  fol- 
lowed by  the  direct  advance  of  the  remainder  of  the  battle  line, 
giving  the  line  a  crescent  shape,  concave  toward  the  enemy,  with 
a  view  to  force  his  left  toward  Malolos.  The  two  battalions  of 
the  22nd  were  placed  in  suppport  of  the  left  brigade  (Otis')  of 
the  battle  line,  the  1st  battalion  overlapping  the  extreme  left, 

44 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

the  3rd  battalion  some  distance  to  the  right.  In  front  of  this 
part  of  the  line,  the  ground  sloped  upward  toward  the  insurgent 
positions. 

The  attacking  force  moved  out  in  successive  lines  of  skir- 
mishers, presenting  an  appearance  of  great  strength.  From 
their  superior  positions,  the  insurgents  at  once  opened  a  spirited 
fire.  The  approach  was  marked  with  a  series  of  natural  obstacles 
— swamps,  lagoons,  marshes,  bamboo  thickets,  and  dense  banana 
groves.  Through  these  the  American  lines  advanced  unwaver- 
ingly and  in  magnificent  order;  the  general  plan  of  battle  and 
its  execution  were  typical  examples  of  strategy  and  military  skill. 

The  expected  insurgent  resistance  melted  away.  The  bat- 
talions of  the  22nd,  in  close  support  when  all  parts  of  the  firing 
line  were  united,  came  under  sharp  fire  for  five  minutes;  after 
that  all  general  resistance  ended.  The  insurgents  retreated  in 
disorder;  the  American  troops  entered  the  capital  at  10:30  A.  M. 

By  his  own  acts,  the  enemy's  line  of  retreat  from  Caloocan 
to  Malolos  had  been  made  a  pathway  of  fire  and  needless  destruc- 
tion. Non-combatants  had  been  forced  from  their  homes,  their 
property  entirely  destroyed,  by  the  army  whose  leaders  prated 
of  liberty  and  the  fatherland.  At  Malolos,  this  army  was  forced 
to  retreat  before  it  could  accomplish  its  customary  vandalism. 
Before  the  American  troops  entered  the  town,  columns  of  smoke 
were  arising  from  the  principal  building,  the  governor's  palace; 
after  the  troops  were  in  possession,  two  powder  explosions, 
planned  and  timed  by  the  Filipinos,  shook  the  city.  With  the 
exception  of  these  damages  and  the  customary  looting  from  their 
own  countrymen,  the  city  and  its  non-combatants  were  not 
injured. 

The  successful  ending  of  this  campaign  found  the  American 
forces  flushed  with  success.  Their  enthusiasm  on  entering  the 
insurgent  capital  was  at  its  highest.  Hardships  of  the  campaign 
were  forgotten  in  the  general  rejoicing  and  belief  that,  with  the 
fall  of  the  capital,  fell  the  insurrection. 

On  the  evening  of  April  1,  the  regiment  returned  by  rail 
to  Manila.  April  9,  it  marched  to  Pasay  and  occupied  a  line  of 
trenches  extending  from  Pasay,  on  Manila  bay,  toward  San 

45 


History  of  the 

Pedro  Macati — the  southern  line  held  by  the  American  army  at 
this  time.  The  insurgents  held  positions  to  the  front  at  distances 
varying  from  five  hundred  to  one  thousand  yards.  Very  few  of 
their  forces  had  been  under  American  fire;  as  a  result,  almost 
hourly  attacks  were  made  upon  some  part  of  the  regiment's  line. 
At  night  their  trenches  blazed  with  rifle  fire;  under  orders,  the 
regiment  gave  back  no  answering  shot.  It  was  the  sort  of  war- 
fare that  robs  men  of  sleep,  strains  their  nerves,  and  makes  them 
fret  because  of  the  forced  inactivity.  It  was  warfare  that 
required  all  watchfulness  and  promised  no  reward  of  victory. 

April  19,  the  regiment  returned  to  Manila  and  equipped  for 
the  expedition  then  being  organized  against  the  new  insurgent 
capital  at  San  Isidro. 

The  First  Northern  Expedition 

Major  General  H.  W.  Lawton,  commanding. 
Troops  engaged: 

1st  Division,  8th  Army  Corps,  consisting  of: 

22nd  Infantry;  1st  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Infantry; 
one  squadron  4th  Cavalry  (dismounted)  ;  two  field  guns 
of  6th  Artillery,  and  two  mountain  guns  Hawthorne's 
Separate  Battery. 

Detached  from  2nd  Division,  8th  Army  Corps : 
2  battalions  3rd  Infantry ;  2  battalions  2nd  Oregon  Volun- 
teer Infantry ;  13th  Minnesota  Volunteer  Infantry ;  one 
troop  4th  Cavalry  (mounted),  and  one  gun  Utah  Vol- 
unteer Light  Artillery. 

The  object  of  this  expedition  was  to  drive  the  insurgent 
forces  from  the  country  between  the  Rio  Grande  de  Pampanga 
and  the  Bulacan  mountains,  with  San  Miguel,  and  afterwards 
San  Isidro,  the  new  capital,  as  the  objective. 

The  troops  of  the  1st  Division,  in  addition  to  two  battalions 
of  the  3rd  Infantry,  were  assembled  at  La  Loma  church  on  the 
evening  of  April  21.  The  plan  of  campaign  was  as  follows: 

46 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

the  main  column  to  march  from  La  Loma  to  Novaliches,  to  San 
Jose,  and  thence  to  Norzagaray ;  a  flanking  column  composed  of 
the  remaining  troops  detached  from  the  2nd  Division  to  march 
from  Bocaue  and  to  join  the  main  column  at  Norzagaray;  the 
united  command  to  proceed  to  San  Miguel. 

Simultaneously  with  the  junction  of  the  two  forces  at  Norza- 
garay General  MacArthur,  commanding  2nd  Division,  8th  Army 
Corps,  was  to  attack  Calumpit,  to  capture  it,  to  proceed  north- 
easterly, and  to  form  a  junction  with  the  1st  Division  at  San 
Miguel. 

The  regiment  marched  to  La  Loma  church  on  the  afternoon 
of  April  21.  Each  man  carried  one  hundred  rounds  of  ammuni- 
tion; rations  for  ten  days,  and  an  additional  hundred  rounds  of 
ammunition  were  carried  on  bull  carts,  three  bull  carts  to  two 
companies.  In  anticipation  of  bad  roads,  nothing  was  allowed 
on  the  bull  carts  but  rations,  ammunition,  and  the  least  possible 
equipment  for  officers. 

At  five  o'clock  in  the  morning,  April  22,  the  main  column 
marched  northward  toward  Novaliches.  South  of  the  town, 
the  insurgents  were  encountered  in  force,  occupying  positions  on 
both  sides  of  the  road  leading  into  the  town.  In  the  resulting 
action,  the  insurgents  were  driven  from  their  positions,  through 
the  town  and  across  the  Rio  de  Tuliahan.  The  division  occupied 
the  town  at  ten  o'clock  in  the  morning,  finding  it  deserted,  and 
everything  of  value,  including  rice,  removed.  The  regiment 
formed  the  outpost  line  to  the  northeast.  During  the  afternoon, 
a  force  of  insurgents,  intrenched  on  a  hillside  near  the  San  Mateo 
road,  opened  fire  on  the  pickets ;  this  fire  was  temporarily  silenced 
by  shell  and  shrapnel;  but  from  different  positions  the  enemy 
kept  up  a  desultory  fire  during  the  night. 

At  five  o'clock  in  the  morning,  April  23,  the  column  moved 
toward  San  Jose.  Beyond  Novaliches,  the  road  became  a  mere 
footpath,  leading  over  hills  and  through  valleys.  In  the  intense 
heat,  many  bulls  were  exhausted,  thus  impeding  the  progress  of 
the  train.  A  native  guide  intentionally  led  the  column  several 
miles  in  the  wrong  direction.  Late  in  the  afternoon  the  regiment, 
in  the  advance,  reached  the  ford  crossing  the  Pasumkambor  river, 

47 


History  of  the 

two  miles  south  of  San  Jose,  and  bivouacked.  A  tropical  rain- 
storm, lasting  from  9  to  11  P.  M.,  added  to  the  discomfort  of 
the  exhausted  command  and  necessitated  sleeping  in  pools  of 
water  and  mud. 

At  8  o'clock  in  the  morning,  April  24,  the  1st  battalion,  22nd 
Infantry,  in  advance,  entered  San  Jose,  without  opposition. 

Transportation  was  the  difficult  problem  of  this  campaign. 
Rough  trails  and  great  heat  made  it  necessary  to  unhitch  the 
carabaos  at  frequent  intervals,  to  lead  them  to  water  holes,  and 
to  allow  them  to  soak  and  wallow  in  order  to  recover  from 
exhaustion.  The  presence  of  an  entire  battalion  was  required 
with  the  regimental  train,  and  even  with  this  assistance  the  train 
did  not  arrive  in  San  Jose  until  after  dark.  The  bulls  were  com- 
pletely exhausted  and  the  carts  were  pulled  in  by  soldiers. 

April  25,  the  march  was  resumed,  the  regiment  acting  as 
rear  guard.  The  difficulties  of  transportation  hourly  became 
greater.  A  number  of  bulls  died  from  sheer  exhaustion.  Men 
burdened  with  rifle,  belt  and  blanket  roll,  yoked  themselves  to 
carts  and  pulled  cart  after  cart  up  the  long  slopes.  Additional 
hardships  were  met  with  ever-increasing  zeal.  On  the  night  of 
this  day,  the  command  bivouacked  at  Norzagaray,  this  town 
having  been  captured  on  the  previous  day  by  the  Bocaue  column. 
On  the  26th  rain  again  added  to  the  difficulties  and  at  ten  o'clock 
that  night  the  regiment  bivouacked  in  water-soaked  rice  fields 
at  Angat. 

Pending  the  outcome  of  a  native  peace  commission  in  Manila 
and  awaiting  rations,  the  command  remained  at  Angat  until 
April  30.  From  the  27th  to  the  30th,  Companies  B  and  D  of 
the  regiment  were  detached  and  on  outpost  duty  at  Norzagaray. 

May  1,  the  command  marched  on  San  Raphael,  the  regiment 
moving  on  the  south  bank  of  the  Bagbag.  After  considerable 
opposition,  principally  on  the  northern  side,  the  town  was 
occupied. 

May  2,  the  regiment  captured  and  occupied  Bustos.  The 
town  was  strongly  defended;  but  after  a  combined  front  and 
flank  attack  on  the  stone  barricades,  the  insurgent  forces  were 
compelled  to  retreat.  Young's  scouts,  with  this  part  of  the 

48 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

column,  crossed  the  river  and  entered  Baliuag  at  noon.  These 
important  towns  had  been  occupied  by  an  insurgent  division 
under  General  Gregorio  del  Pilar,  and  their  comparatively  easy 
capture  was  a  sign  of  the  demoralization  existing  in  the  Filipino 
armies. 

May  3,  the  regiment  crossed  the  river  and  took  quarters  in 
the  native  houses  of  Baliuag.  A  great  quantity  of  rice  that  had 
been  stored  by  the  insurgents  was  captured  in  this  town;  15,000 
bushels  were  issued  to  starving  non-combatants,  who,  in  frenzy 
of  hunger,  grovelled  in  the  storehouses,  cramming  their  mouths 
with  raw  grain. 

May  4  to  May  14,  Company  M  occupied  Quingua,  charged 
with  keeping  open  the  line  of  communication  between  Baliuag 
and  Malolos.  While  the  division  remained  in  Baliuag,  a  com- 
pany of  the  regiment  was  sent  daily  on  outpost  to  Bustos. 

On  May  7,  the  natives  of  Baliuag  selected  a  mayor,  the  first 
native  holding  office  in  the  Philippines  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  United  States.  This  liberal  policy  of  self-government 
allowed  the  Filipinos  by  the  United  States  was  eagerly  welcomed 
by  the  natives;  oaths  of  allegiance  were  freely  taken.  Later, 
it  was  discovered  that  even  greater  freedom  was  taken  in  violating 
these  sacred  promises.  The  first  mayor  of  Baliuag  came  in  daily 
contact  with  officers  of  the  United  States  forces ;  all  information 
gained  by  him  was  promptly  reported  to  the  insurgent  chiefs. 
When  at  last  this  treachery  was  discovered,  he  was  tried  and 
sentenced  to  a  term  of  imprisonment. 

Another  system  showing  the  liberality  of  the  United  States 
to  the  Filipino  insurgents  was  begun  while  the  division  remained 
at  Baliuag.  On  May  13,  proclamations  were  issued  in  Spanish 
and  Tagalog  offering  payment  of  thirty  dollars  (Mexican)  for 
each  insurgent  rifle  surrendered  to  American  officials. 

May  13,  the  division  scouts  supported  by  two  companies  of 
infantry,  captured  and  occupied  San  Miguel.  On  the  previous 
day,  an  insurgent  officer  had  entered  the  lines  at  his  own  request, 
and  had  been  sent  to  Manila  to  arrange  for  a  safe-conduct  for 
a  commission  authorized  to  make  terms  of  peace.  This  was 

49 


History  of  the 

believed  to  be  only  a  scheme  to  delay  the  American  advance 
until  the  beginning  of  the  rainy  season. 

May  14,  the  main  body  of  the  division  moved  from  Baliuag, 
leaving  the  2nd  battalion  of  the  regiment  behind  to  garrison  this 
strategic  point.  May  17,  the  1st  and  3rd  battalions,  after  making 
a  forced  march  on  the  afternoon  of  the  16th,  took  part  in  the 
capture  of  San  Isidro.  They  formed  the  left  of  the  battle  line, 
and,  by  a  rapid  advance,  drove  the  insurgents  from  the  city,  the 
left  of  the  line  entering  at  9:30  A.  M.  The  insurgents  made 
only  a  feeble  resistance. 

Natives  remaining  in  San  Isidro  reported  that  Aguinaldo 
had  made  his  headquarters  there  from  the  time  that  Malolos 
had  fallen  until  shortly  before  the  American  forces  occupied 
San  Isidro.  It  was  also  learned  that  thirteen  American  pris- 
oners, among  them  Lieut.  Gilmore  of  the  navy,  had  been  con- 
fined here  while  the  Filipinos  held  the  town. 

The  capture  of  San  Isidro  brought  from  the  United  States 
a  message  from  William  McKinley,  then  President,  congratu- 
lating the  American  forces  on  their  victory  in  the  following 
words : 

HOT  SPRINGS,  Va.,  May  19,  1899. 
OTIS,  Manila: 

Convey  to  General  Lawton  and  the  gallant  men  of  his 
command  my  congratulations  upon  their  successful  opera- 
tions during  the  month,  resulting  in  the  capture  this  morning 
of  San  Isidro. 

(Sgd)    'WILLIAM  McKiNLEY. 

May  18,  a  peace  commission  headed  by  General  Gregorio 
del  Pilar,  entered  San  Isidro.  They  were  escorted  to  Manila  by 
way  of  Baliuag. 

Arayat  was  designated  as  the  next  objective.  Troops  from 
the  2nd  Division,  originally  ordered  to  connect  with  the  1st 
Division  at  San  Miguel,  were  ordered  to  make  a  junction  at 
Arayat. 

On  the  afternoon  of  May  18,  the  1st  and  3rd  battalions  of 
the  regiment  in  brigade,  proceeded  down  the  Rio  Grande  de 

50 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Pampanga.  At  the  barrio  of  San  Fernando  an  intrenched  insur- 
gent force  was  encountered.  The  two  battalions  deployed  under 
fire  and  forced  the  enemy  across  the  river,  but  owing  to  the 
depth  of  the  water  it  was  impossible  to  follow.  The  insurgents 
took  a  second  position  in  the  trenches  on  the  opposite  river  bank. 
An  attempt  was  made  to  dislodge  them  with  shrapnel,  but  due 
to  the  extremely  short  range — less  than  two  hundred  yards — 
this  fire  proved  ineffective.  During  the  night  the  insurgents 
kept  up  an  annoying  fire,  but  by  daylight  all  but  a  few  had 
abandoned  the  position. 

The  brigade  moved  at  5:15  A.  M.,  May  19.  After  a  slight 
skirmish  Cabiao  was  captured  and  occupied  until  the  arrival  of 
the  main  command  from  San  Isidro  the  following  day.  May  21, 
the  entire  command,  the  first  and  third  battalions  of  the  regiment 
in  advance,  moved  down  the  river  and  entered  Arayat  without 
opposition.  The  column  of  the  2nd  Division,  from  Calumpit, 
joined  here. 

May  22,  the  entire  command  moved  down  the  river  to  Can- 
daba.  During  the  afternoon  of  the  following  day,  heavy  firing 
was  heard  in  the  direction  of  San  Miguel.  The  1st  battalion 
of  the  regiment  was  sent  in  this  direction,  but  the  swamp  sur- 
rounding Candaba  prevented  their  going  far  enough  to  discover 
anything.  Later  it  was  learned  that  ten  companies  of  the  3rd 
Infantry  marching  from  San  Miguel  to  Baliuag  had  been  attacked 
by  the  enemy  in  considerable  force  at  four  different  points  but 
had  gallantly  driven  them  off  with  severe  losses.  The  2nd  bat- 
talion of  the  22nd  Infantry,  stationed  as  a  garrison  at  Baliuag, 
started  to  the  assistance  of  the  3rd  Infantry  and  after  a  rapid 
march,  arrived  just  as  the  insurgents  were  withdrawing  from 
their  last  attack. 

May  23,  the  troops  belonging  to  the  command  were  assigned 
to  station.  After  a  few  slight  changes  the  regiment  occupied 
the  following  places: 

Headquarters  and  Companies  A,  E,  F,  G,  I  and  K,  Candaba ; 
Companies  D  and  M,  San  Luis;  Companies  B,  C,  H  and  L, 
San  Fernando. 

51 


History  of  the 


Operations  of  the  Summer  and  Fall,  1899 

After  the  22nd  Infantry  had  been  assigned  to  station  at  the 
termination  of  the  First  Northern  expedition  our  forces  were 
greatly  annoyed  by  their  inability  to  locate  small  bands  of 
harassing  insurgents.  Outposts  and  scouting  parties,  investi- 
gating shots  fired  at  them,  found  only  peaceful  natives  working 
in  the  fields  bearing  agricultural  implements  instead  of  firearms. 
Large  forces  of  Americans  passing  through  given  sections  of 
the  country  would  be  greeted  by  the  sight  of  busy  native  men 
and  women  laboring  to  get  in  their  crops.  But — if  small  detach- 
ments of  men  marched  through  the  same  sections  they  were 
constantly  attacked. 

Eventually  it  became  apparent  that  insurgent  chieftains  had 
authorized  warfare  not  in  accord  with  the  rules  of  civilized 
nations.  Occasionally  a  native  was  caught  wearing  a  uniform 
under  his  ordinary  "amigo"  clothes.  An  order  captured  with 
other  insurgent  papers  showed  that  this  practice  was  authorized 
and  even  ordered  by  the  insurgent  powers.  Part  of  such  an 
order  read  as  follows : 

"In  order  that  the  enemy  may  not  be  able  to  distinguish 
from  a  distance  our  soldiers,  when,  for  instance,  a  plan  is 
being  made  to  surprise  or  ambush  him,  make  them  (the 
insurgent  soldiers)  dress  as  country  people,  not  permitting 
all,  including  the  officers,  to  wear  uniforms. 

"In  all  movements  you  make  with  command,  you  will 
always  observe  much  prudence,  employing  every  kind  of 
artifice  to  defeat  the  plans  of  the  enemy. 

"Headquarters  at  Porac,  the  12th  of  May  1899. 

"The  General  in  Chief  of  Operations. 
"[SEAL]  (Sgd.)     THOMAS  MASCARDO." 

The  practice  of  discarding  the  uniform  enabled  the  insurgents 
to  appear  and  disappear  at  their  convenience.  At  times  they 
appeared  in  the  ranks  of  their  own  army  as  soldiers.  Imme- 
diately after,  they  were  within  the  American  lines  in  the  guise 

52 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

of  peaceful  natives.  This  peculiarity  of  the  war  placed  in  the 
hands  of  the  insurgent  leaders  a  perfect  system  of  espionage 
that  defeated  our  best  laid  plans  time  and  time  again. 

At  the  same  time  all  American  forces  were  under  strict  orders 
to  protect  peaceful  natives.  Despite  these  conditions  officers  and 
men  fought  and  worked  with  unwearied  constancy.  Devotion 
to  duty  increased  with  hardship. 

During  the  summer  and  fall  of  1899,  the  companies  at 
Candaba  were  constantly  engaged  in  scouting.  Continual  rains 
changed  the  surrounding  swamps  to  lakes.  Scouting  parties 
moved  through  waist-high  water  and  at  times  all  scouting  was 
done  in  native  bancas. 

At  the  end  of  May  the  3rd  battalion  was  assigned  by  General 
MacArthur  to  provost  duty  in  San  Fernando.  This  town  was 
covered  on  the  north  side  by  a  long  line  of  insurgent  trenches, 
from  which  the  Filipinos  delivered  nightly  fire.  On  the  morn- 
ings of  June  16  and  July  4,  the  insurgents  made  determined 
attacks  on  all  sides  of  the  town.  The  3rd  battalion  was  posted 
in  reserve  along  the  railroad  track.  Both  attacks  were  repulsed 
with  heavy  losses  to  the  insurgents.  In  addition  to  the  provost 
duties,  Company  H  acted  as  escort  to  an  armored  car,  pushing 
it  by  hand  a  mile  to  the  front  on  several  occasions.  The  insur- 
gents were  particularly  active  during  this  period  in  tearing  up 
the  railroad  track,  carrying  away  or  hiding  the  rails.  To  the 
provost  guard  fell  the  task  of  repairing  these  damages. 

July  23,  Companies  D  and  M  had  a  slight  skirmish  near 
San  Luis. 

August  9,  the  3rd  battalion  participated  in  the  general 
advance  made  by  the  2nd  Division  from  San  Fernando.  The 
line  of  battle  was  formed  before  daylight,  fronting  the  insurgent 
works  on  the  north  side  of  the  town.  As  part  of  General 
Wheaton's  brigade,  the  battalion  occupied  the  center  of  the  line 
east  of  the  railroad.  The  engagement  was  begun  with  artillery 
fire  directed  upon  strong  points  of  the  enemy's  line.  Although 
taken  by  surprise,  the  insurgents  promptly  returned  a  spirited 
fire  by  rifle.  This  was  answered  by  company  volleys  for  about 
thirty  minutes,  when  the  fire  of  the  enemy  slackened. 

53 


History  of  the 

The  advance  that  followed  was  unequalled  in  hardships. 
Incessant  tropical  rains  had  made  the  ground  a  swamp  of 
tangled,  waist-high  grass  and  mud.  As  the  line  floundered 
through,  the  fire  from  the  insurgent  trenches  became  more  and 
more  ragged  and  finally  ceased.  The  trenches  were  found  aban- 
doned but  containing  dead  and  wounded  in  sufficient  numbers 
to  show  the  punishment  inflicted.  Beyond,  the  battalion  found 
its  way  through  the  swamp  of  mud  and  water  and  through  a 
labyrinth  of  sugar  cane  head-high.  Physical  resources  were 
taxed  to  the  utmost.  Intense  heat  and  lack  of  air  in  the  con- 
tinuous canefields  prostrated  many  men.  Six  hours  of  marching 
were  required  to  cover  six  miles  of  this  terrible  front.  Forty 
men  of  the  battalion  succumbed  to  exhaustion  during  the  advance 
and  one  man  who  was  carried  from  the  field  died  without 
regaining  consciousness. 

On  the  night  of  August  9,  the  3rd  battalion  bivouacked 
along  the  road  at  Calulut.  August  11,  the  battalion,  in  brigade, 
moved  on  Santa  Rita,  which  was  occupied  without  resistance. 

August  12,  Companies  D  and  M  repelled  a  night  attack  on 
San  Luis. 

August  15,  the  3rd  battalion  returned  to  San  Fernando. 
September  4,  it  relieved  a  volunteer  regiment  at  Sindalon. 

September  18  and  23,  Companies  D  and  M  dispersed  two 
bands  of  ladrones  near  San  Luis.  On  the  23rd,  the  3rd  bat- 
talion changed  station  to  Angeles,  where  it  formed  the  right  of 
the  outpost  line.  September  28,  the  battalion  was  ordered  to 
make  a  demonstration  against  the  insurgents  intrenched  north 
of  Angeles,  while  the  brigade  moved  on  Porac.  After  a  terrific 
bombardment  of  the  trenches  by  artillery  and  the  armored  car, 
the  battalion  advanced,  forded  the  Rio  Anayo  under  fire  and 
completely  silenced  the  enemy's  fire  in  an  engagement  lasting 
three-quarters  of  an  hour.  Afterward  the  battalion  was  with- 
drawn and  returned  to  Angeles. 

October  1,  Companies  I  and  G  crossed  the  Rio  Grande  de 
Pampanga  at  Arayat  and,  while  scouting,  were  fired  upon  by 
insurgents  intrenched  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river,  one  mile 

54 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

below  Arayat.  The  companies  drove  the  enemy  from  their 
position  and  inflicted  heavy  loss  upon  them. 

October  4,  Companies  E,  F  and  K  attacked  a  large  force  of 
the  Manila  battalion  of  insurgents  on  both  sides  of  the  river 
below  Arayat.  These  picked  troops,  sent  specially  to  hold  this 
point  against  the  American  advance,  offered  a  determined  opposi- 
tion, but  their  fire  was  completely  silenced.  The  three  com- 
panies were  annoyed  by  fire  from  insurgent  outposts  at  Arayat, 
but  having  orders  not  to  enter  this  town  contented  themselves 
with  driving  in  the  outposts  and  returned  to  Candaba. 

October  12,  the  1st  battalion — Ballance's — was  detached  and 
ordered  for  duty  with  the  1st  Division,  8th  Army  Corps. 

October  13,  this  battalion  and  the  3rd  battalion — Baldwin's — 
marched  to  Arayat,  where  the  forces  for  the  last  great  campaign 
in  northern  Luzon  were  mobilizing. 

Second  Northern  Expedition — Ballance's  Battalion 

It  was  the  plan  of  the  enemy  in  the  north  to  retire  to  the 
mountains  to  the  north  and  east  if  worsted  in  the  lowlands  and 
on  the  plains,  where,  augmented  by  reinforcements  from  the 
southeastern  provinces,  it  was  planned  to  prolong-  the  war  indefi- 
nitely. Secret  information  numbered  the  enemy  rifles  in  the 
north  at  25,000.  The  main  part  of  this  army  was  operating 
along  the  line  of  the  railway  from  Angeles  to  Dagupan,  through- 
out the  provinces  of  Tarlac  and  Pangasinan  and  in  parts  of 
Nueva  Ecija  and  Bulacan. 

The  strategy  determined  upon  by  the  Americans  was  to  hold 
these  forces  in  their  position  until  the  American  army  closed 
the  northern  and  eastern  roads  of  egress  to  the  mountains, 
then  to  capture  or  scatter  the  insurgents,  to  take  possession  of 
the  railroad  and  to  pursue  the  retreating  columns  or  detachments. 

Three  forces  were  used  to  execute  the  plan.  At  Angeles, 
General  Mac  Arthur's  command  had  for  its  objective  the 
insurgents  along  the  line  of  the  railway;  another  force,  under 
General  Wheaton,  proceeded  by  sea  to  San  Fabian  with  orders 
to  move  east  and  south,  closing  the  roads  to  the  mountains  and 

55 


History  of  the 

eventually  making  contact  with  the  third  force — General  Lawton's 
— which  moved  from  San  Fernando,  through  Arayat  and  San 
Isidro,  thence  north  through  Cabanatuan,  Talavera,  Humingan 
and  Tayug  to  San  Nicolas. 

To  General  Young  was  assigned  the  immediate  command 
of  the  third  column.  Fighting  daily,  making  forced  marches 
through  seas  of  mud  on  half  rations,  shoeless  and  lacking 
clothes,  the  troops  of  this  command  performed  the  task  assigned 
them.  They  skirted  the  base  of  the  mountain  ranges  and 
effectually  closed  every  avenue  of  escape  from  the  lowlands. 
One  battalion  of  the  regiment — Ballance's — played  the  leading 
part  in  the  last  campaign  of  the  war ;  a  second  battalion — 
Baldwin's — made  a  march  unequalled  in  Philippine  warfare. 

The  troops  assigned  to  General  Young  were: 

Two  battalions  22nd  Infantry;  24th  Infantry;  two  bat- 
talions 37th  Infantry;  one  squadron  4th  Cavalry;  two 
squadrons  3rd  Cavalry;  two  companies  Macabebe  scouts; 
34th  Infantry;  and  two  companies  American  scouts. 

During  this  campaign  the  remaining  battalions  of  the  regi- 
ment garrisoned  the  towns  of  San  Luis  and  Candaba,  keeping 
the  river  open  and  forwarding  supplies  to  the  army  in  front. 

General  Young's  advance  from  Arayat  was  begun  on  the 
evening  of  October  17.  Ballance's  battalion  crossed  the  river 
at  dark  and  proceeded  up  the  stream  to  Balasin,  with  orders  to 
clear  the  way  for  the  main  column  which  was  to  move  on  the 
following  day. 

The  insurgents  were  reported  strongly  intrenched  at  Maglib- 
utad.  Lowe's  scouts  were  ordered  to  move  up  the  right  bank 
of  the  river.  The  Macabebe  scouts  were  ordered  to  move  up 
the  left  bank  and,  by  a  night  march,  to  get  in  rear  of  the  enemy. 

Shortly  after  dawn,  October  18,  the  scouts  of  Ballance's 
battalion  located  the  enemy  intrenched  near  Maglibutad.  The 
Macabebes  had  failed  to  gain  their  assigned  position.  The 
first  battalion  made  a  direct  assault  on  the  works  and,  after 
fierce  resistance,  carried  them,  inflicting  on  the  enemy  a  loss 

56 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

of  104  killed,  wounded  and  captured.  The  main  body  of  the 
insurgents  retreated  toward  Cabiao,  the  battalion's  objective. 

Considerable  opposition  was  expected  at  Cabiao,  but,  de- 
moralized by  their  defeat  at  Maglibutad,  the  insurgents  made 
but  a  slight  attempt  to  hold  the  town.  The  battalion  occupied 
the  place  at  10  A.  M. 

During  the  afternoon  a  strong  force  of  battalion  scouts 
made  a  reconnaissance  toward  San  Isidro.  One  mile  north  of 
Cabiao  they  were  fired  upon  by  the  enemy.  After  slight 
resistance  the  enemy  fell  back  to  San  Fernando,  where  they 
opened  a  sharp  fire  from  both  sides  of  the  river. 

The  insurgents  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river  became 
confused  and  began  to  fire  on  their  own  men  on  the  opposite 
shore.  Demoralization  due  to  this  unexpected  turn  of  events 
heightened  by  the  efficiency  of  the  fire  from  our  scouts,  caused 
the  enemy  to  retreat  although  intrenched  and  in  greatly  superior 
numbers. 

October  19,  the  main  command  moved  from  Cabiao,  the  first 
battalion  acting  as  advance  guard.  A  small  body  of  scouts 
preceded  the  advance  guard  as  an  infantry  screen. 

Beyond  the  barrio  of  San  Fernando  the  scouts  were  fired 
upon  by  a  body  of  insurgents  who  had  been  busy  destroying 
a  bridge  across  an  unfordable  stream.  The  scouts  rushed  the 
partially  destroyed  bridge,  crossed  on  stringers  that  were  still 
hanging  and  despite  a  loss  of  25  per  cent  of  their  number,  held 
the  bridge  against  a  superior  force  until  the  advance  guard 
arrived.  The  remainder  of  the  battalion  came  up  on  the  run, 
deployed  in  mud  and  water  on  both  sides  of  the  road  and  drove 
the  enemy  back  toward  Calaba. 

In  this  barrio  the  insurgents  had  strengthened  the  natural 
barricade  formed  by  a  bamboo  thicket.  In  front  of  the  thicket 
was  an  open  space  averaging  forty  yards  in  width.  The  insur- 
gent skirmishers,  keeping  well  concealed,  had  fallen  back  until 
they  massed  behind  the  barricade.  Reaching  the  open  space 
the  battalion,  in  skirmish  line,  suddenly  received  a  heavy  fire 
at  close  range.  Without  hesitation  the  battalion  charged  the 
barricade  and  drove  the  enemy  out.  Had  the  distance  been 

57 


History  of  the 

greater  or  the  marksmanship  of  the  Filipinos  better,  this  position 
could  not  have  been  taken  without  great  loss.  The  ambuscade 
was  well  planned,  but  the  prompt  charge  completely  demoral- 
ized the  enemy  and  forced  them  to  make  a  hurried  retreat 
toward  San  Isidro. 

Continuing  the  advance,  one  company  was  sent  along  the 
river  road  and  the  remainder  went  forward  along  the  direct  road 
to  San  Isidro.  At  this  place  considerable  opposition  was  ex- 
pected and  the  battalion  was  reinforced  by  three  troops  of 
dismounted  cavalry  and  six  guns.  The  insurgents  were  found 
some  distance  from  the  town.  Ballance  formed  lines  on  each 
side  of  the  road,  advanced  across  the  submerged  rice  fields, 
drove  the  enemy  through  San  Isidro  and  pursued  them  as  far 
as  the  barrio  of  San  Nicolas. 

General  Young's  command  remained  at  San  Isidro  until  Oc- 
tober 27,  when,  at  five  o'clock  in  the  morning,  the  advance  was 
resumed  by  the  first  battalion  of  the  regiment  reinforced  by 
Lowe's  scouts,  six  guns  and  one  dismounted  troop  of  cavalry. 

At  the  Tombo  river  the  insurgents  had  destroyed  the  bridge 
and  built  intrenchments  commanding  the  crossing.  Leaving  the 
artillery  to  come  up  with  the  main  column,  the  infantry  crossed 
on  bamboo  floats,  drove  the  insurgents  from  the  trenches  and 
pushed  rapidly  forward.  A  mile  beyond  the  river  a  company  of 
the  famous  Filipino  Manila  battalion  was  seen  hurrying  toward 
the  Rio  Grande  to  attack  a  gunboat.  Company  F  promptly  en- 
gaged them,  scattering  them  to  such  an  extent  that  they  were 
never  again  seen  in  their  gaudy  red  trousers,  straw  hats  and 
fancy  blouses,  as  an  organization. 

Several  miles  beyond,  the  advance  guard  encountered  one 
of  the  enemy's  outposts  near  the  Tabotin  river.  Reconnaissance 
showed  that  the  bridge  at  this  point  had  been  completely  de- 
stroyed, that  the  river  was  unfordable  near  the  crossing  on 
account  of  recent  rains,  that  the  banks  were  very  steep  and  that 
the  insurgents  occupied  a  line  of  trenches  800  yards  long  on  the 
opposite  bank.  Lowe's  scouts  and  Company  A  were  sent  to 
make  a  long  detour  to  the  right  and  to  cross  the  river  two  miles 
above  the  trenches  in  order  to  get  in  the  insurgents'  rear.  The 

58 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

battalion  scouts  and  Company  K  crawled  through  the  high 
grasses  until  they  were  separated  from  the  trenches  by  only  the 
width  of  the  river.  Meanwhile  the  artillery,  brought  forward 
again,  was  posted  with  pieces  loaded  and  aimed  at  the  trenches. 
These  preparations  were  made  so  secretly  that  the  insurgents 
were  in  complete  ignorance  concerning  them.  Filipino  sentinels 
on  the  opposite  bank  watched  the  river  and  main  road  wholly 
unconscious  of  the  impending  attack. 

At  a  signal,  fire  was  opened  by  the  artillery  and  infantry.  It 
did  good  execution  and  kept  down  the  fire  of  the  enemy,  but 
failed  to  drive  them  from  the  trenches. 

Unforeseen  difficulties  had  prevented  the  scouts  and  Com- 
pany A  from  gaining  their  flanking  position  and  two  other 
companies  were  sent  up  the  river  with  orders  to  cross  about 
half  a  mile  above  the  trenches  and  take  them  in  the  flank. 
Wading,  swimming  and  floating  on  bamboo,  the  companies  suc- 
ceeded in  crossing  the  river.  The  insurgents  discovered  the 
movement  and  after  firing  a  few  volleys  at  the  troops  in  the 
water  abandoned  their  trenches  and  retreated  through  tall 
grasses  beyond  Santa  Rosa.  The  remainder  of  the  advance 
guard  built  a  raft  and  crossed  the  river,  and  in  the  evening  the 
command  entered  and  occupied  Santa  Rosa. 

October  30,  the  battalion  advanced  and  captured  Cabanatuan, 
containing  an  insurgent  arsenal.  October  31,  General  Young's 
headquarters  moved  into  Cabanatuan. 

November  7,  the  battalion  was  ordered  to  Talavera.  The 
river  at  Cabanatuan  was  a  raging  torrent.  While  the  engineers 
were  building  a  permanent  ferry  the  battalion  constructed  a  tem- 
porary ferry  that  eventually  was  used  to  cross  the  entire  division. 
The  construction  of  the  ferry  was  attended  with  great  danger. 
During  the  work  one  man  was  drowned  and  four  men  rescued 
from  the  torrent  by  comrades.  The  ability  of  men  and  officers 
of  the  battalion  to  march  and  fight,  to  do  the  work  of  other  corps 
and  to  risk  life  for  one  another  won  for  the  organization  the 
admiration  of  all  troops  of  Young's  army. 

From  Arayat  to  Cabanatuan,  Ballance's  battalion  had  been 
constantly  in  advance.  Beyond  Cabanatuan  it  became  necessary 

59 


History  of  the 

to  cover  the  roads  with  slough  grass  and  brush  in  order  to  drag 
carts  over  them.  For  two  miles  the  bulls  could  pull  only  the 
empty  carts  and  soldiers  carried  supplies  until  a  better  road  was 
reached.  Finally  one  company  was  left  with  the  train,  the 
other  companies  pushing  forward  to  Talavera,  which  they  oc- 
cupied November  9. 

At  Talavera  an  order  was  received  for  part  of  the  battalion 
to  act  as  escort  to  the  division  train.  Subsequently  this  order 
was  changed,  and  on  November  10  the  battalion  occupied  Munoz ; 
on  the  llth,  San  Jose;  12th,  Lupao,  and  on  the  13th,  Humingan. 
By  this  time  the  shoes  and  clothing  of  the  men  were  in  deplor- 
able condition.  The  number  of  men  marching  barefooted  became 
greater  daily.  At  San  Jose  orders  had  been  received  to  leave  all 
impediments  behind  and  the  battalion  had  left  this  town  carry- 
ing nothing  but  rifles,  100  rounds  of  ammunition  per  man,  one 
day's  field  ration  and  three  emergency  rations.  Two  miles  out 
from  San  Jose,  the  battalion  had  passed  a  troop  of  cavalry 
hopelessly  stuck  in  the  mud.  These  troops  had  left  San  Jose 
twenty- four  hours  before  the  battalion. 

November  14,  after  leaving  one  company  to  hold  Humingan, 
the  remaining  three  companies  cut  loose  from  the  main  com- 
mand in  compliance  with  orders  to  proceed  to  Resales  and  thence 
to  attack  the  insurgent  army  at  Urdaneta,  reported  to  be  2,000 
strong.  So  great  was  General  Young's  confidence  in  the  ability 
of  this  battalion  that  he  ordered  three  companies,  accompanied 
by  only  two  pieces  of  artillery,  to  get  in  rear  of  the  main  in- 
surgent army,  variously  reported  to  be  from  5,000  to  24,000 
strong. 

Moving  with  great  caution,  unimpeded  by  wagon  train,  the 
battalion  outflanked  a  strong  intrenchment  of  the  insurgents  at 
Bulango,  the  enemy  retreating  without  firing  a  shot.  At  the 
Matablan  river,  swollen  by  rains,  the  insurgents  had  destroyed 
the  bridge,  taking  up  the  flooring,  cutting  the  stringers  and 
dropping  them  into  the  river.  On  the  opposite  bank  they  oc- 
cupied strong  intrenchments  from  which  they  opened  fire. 
Friendly  natives  stated  that  the  river  in  its  present  condition 
could  not  be  crossed.  A  detachment  sent  above  the  bridge  to 

60 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

fire  on  the  insurgents  if  they  retreated  swam  the  river,  contrary 
to  native  belief  and  opened  fire  on  the  enemy's  right.  A  company 
sent  to  get  in  rear  by  way  of  the  Agno  fords,  opened  fire  on  his 
left.  These  flanking  fires  combined  with  fire  from  the  remain- 
ing troops  in  the  direct  front  forced  the  insurgents  to  abandon 
their  trenches.  In  two  hours,  with  only  one  axe  and  one  hatchet, 
the  bridge  was  repaired  sufficiently  to  cross  the  two  pieces  of 
artillery.  The  bridge  over  the  river  in  front  of  Resales  had 
been  completely  destroyed,  but  by  making  a  wide  detour  through 
the  swamp  the  command  entered  Resales  at  dark.  The  in- 
surgents retreated  as  the  battalion  entered  the  town,  but  as 
the  command  had  eaten  nothing  since  daylight,  further  pursuit 
was  not  made.  A  great  quantity  of  insurgent  stores  and  records 
was  captured. 

On  the  following  morning,  in  a  furious  rainstorm,  the  com- 
mand proceeded  to  Carmen,  where  a  raft  was  built  to  ferry 
men  and  artillery  across  the  Agno,  which  was  too  high  to  ford 
and  too  swift  to  swim.  By  eleven  o'clock  at  night  all  except 
Company  F  had  crossed.  By  this  time  the  river  had  become  a 
torrent  of  such  swiftness  and  so  full 'of  floating  debris  that  it 
was  impossible  for  the  remaining  troops  to  cross.  The  part  of 
the  command  that  was  safely  over  proceeded  to  Villasis,  ar- 
riving there  at  midnight  and  sleeping  in  the  mud,  supperless. 
During  the  night  an  order  was  received  directing  the  command 
to  march  to  Binalonan,  the  insurgents  having  abandoned 
Urdaneta. 

At  Urdaneta  the  command  was  welcomed  by  a  brass  band 
and  escorted  to  the  plaza  by  the  chief  of  the  town.  The 
departure  of  the  insurgents  and  the  subsequent  arrival  of  the 
Americans  were  marked  with  great  rejoicing  by  the  non-com- 
batant natives.  Fruit,  tobacco,  and  meat  were  freely  distributed 
among  the  soldiers  and  a  din  of  ringing  bells  announced  the 
capture  of  the  place  to  all  the  countryside. 

After  the  novel  reception  at  Urdaneta  the  command  pro- 
ceeded to  Binalonan.  Three  miles  of  the  way  was  through 
two  and  one-half  feet  of  running  water,  causing  great  suffering 

61 


History  of  the 

to  the  scantily-clad  men  already  tortured  by  colds,  fever  and 
bleeding   feet. 

The  insurgents  evacuated  Binalonan  before  the  arrival  of 
the  American  troops  and  the  command  was  directed  to  occupy 
the  town  until  ordered  elsewhere. 

November  20,  the  battalion  was  sent  back  to  Villasis  to  scout 
all  roads  leading  from  there  in  order  to  learn  the  whereabouts 
of  General  MacArthur's  advance.  Through  a  messenger  it  was 
ascertained  that  'General  MacArthur  had  arrived  at  Bautista, 
November  19,  five  days  after  the  battalion  had  occupied  Resales. 

November  23,  24,  25,  the  battalion  marched  to  San  Fabian. 
Here  rations,  clothing  and  shoes  were  expected.  Rations  alone 
were  received.  The  battalion  was  willing  and  anxious  to  push 
on  in  pursuit  of  the  remnants  of  Aguinaldo's  army,  but  orders 
directed  it  to  remain  at  San  Fabian. 

>.  Then  came  the  reaction.  Through  sheer  effort  of  will  and 
pure  American  grit,  the  men  had  kept  to  their  work.  They  were 
sick  with  fever  and  dysentery;  they  suffered  with  "dobie  itch" 
and  bruised  and  bleeding  feet.  They  had  lived  on  half  rations 
and  on  no  rations;  they  had  walked  through  mud  and  water, 
swimming,  wading,  rafting,  bridging;  they  had  crossed  fifty 
streams  and  rivers.  Invariably  wet,  they  had  been  exposed  to 
the  cold  nights  without  blankets  or  covering  of  any  kind ;  they 
had  covered  General  Young's  advance  from  Arayat  to  San 
Jose,  fighting  almost  daily  and  at  times  making  several  fights 
a  day.  Beyond  Talavera  they  had  pushed  alone  into  the  in- 
surgent strongholds  with  orders  to  get  in  rear  of  an  insurgent 
army  that  three  separate  American  armies  had  been  sent  to 
conquer,  and  they  had  never  failed  to  accomplish  a  task  assigned 
them.  Gallantly  led  by  an  officer  of  indomitable  will,  these 
men  won  the  admiration  of  commanding  generals  throughout 
the  campaign  and  endured  privations  heretofore  unsurpassed 
in  American  history.  They  were  typical  of  the  grit  and  heroism 
of  their  race. 

Upon  receipt  of  the  order  for  the  battalion  to  remain  at 
San  Fabian,  the  necessity  for  further  tension  ceased.  Tired 
nature,  held  so  long  in  check,  assumed  control.  In  one  day  three 

62 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

hundred  men  collapsed  with  fever  and  dysentery  contracted 
during  the  arduous  campaign. 

December  3  to  7,  the  battalion  returned  to  its  former  station, 
Candaba. 

General  S.  B.  M.  Young  made  the  following  statement  in  his 
official  report  of  this  campaign : 

"Without  reflecting  in  the  least  on  the  many  other  ex- 
cellent battalions  in  the  army,  I  consider  this  battalion  as 
the  finest  and  most  efficient  one  I  have  ever  seen  in  the 
American  army." 

Second  Northern  Expedition — Baldwin's  Battalion 

In  the  meantime,  General  MacArthur's  command  moved  from 
Angeles,  November  11,  and  entered  Dagupan,  November  20. 
General  Wheaton's  command  arrived  at  San  Fabian  November 
7,  and  by  November  19  had  occupied  the  line  from  San  Fabian, 
through  San  Jacinto  and  Manaoag  toward  Binalonan.  The  plan 
of  campaign  had  been  fully  executed. 

The  insurgent  armies  had  been  beaten  wherever  encountered. 
The  remnants  were  scattered  through  four  provinces,  unable  to 
reorganize.  But  their  leader  had  escaped.  In  disguise  he  had 
penetrated  the  lines.  November  17,  General  Young  sent  the 
following  message  to  Manila: 

"Aguinaldo  is  now  a  fugitive  and  an  outlaw,  seeking  se- 
curity in  escape  to  the  mountains  or  by  sea." 

November  19,  General  Lawton  wired  as  follows: 

"It  is  my  opinion  that  Aguinaldo  should  be  followed 
every  moment  from  this  time.  He  should  not  be  permitted 
to  establish  himself  at  any  point  or  again  organize  a  gov- 
ernment or  an  army.  Wherever  he  can  go,  an  American 
soldier  can  follow;  and  there  are  many  who  are  anxious  to 
undertake  the  service." 

The  honor  of  proving  General  Lawton's  high  estimate  of 
the  American  soldier  was  given  to  a  battalion  of  the  22nd  In- 

63 


History  of  the 

fantry.  Mountain  trails  stained  with  blood  from  lacerated  feet, 
and  eight  soldier  dead  buried  along  the  trails,  attest  the 
hardships. 

October  18,  the  3rd  battalion  (Baldwin's)  was  left  at  Arayat, 
charged  with  guarding  the  town,  scouting  and  forwarding  sup- 
plies to  General  Young's  army.  Cascoes  carrying  supplies  re- 
quired guards;  wagon  trains  moving  to  the  front  demanded 
protection.  By  General  Young's  order,  the  north  bank  of  the 
Rio  Grande  de  Pampanga  was  scouted  daily ;  the  important  ferry 
at  Arayat  was  manned  and  guarded.  The  great  quantity  of 
stores  passing  through  the  town  necessitated  strong  outposts; 
to  insure  the  forwarding  of  these  stores  across  the  ferry  was 
in  itself  work  for  a  battalion.  Due  to  intermittent  heavy  rains, 
the  river  rose  and  fell  rapidly,  the  corduroyed  approaches  to  the 
ferry  at  high  water  were  dug  from  the  mud  and  slush  as  the 
water  fell,  only  to  be  replaced  after  the  next  rain.  At  one  time 
a  passing  casco  cut  the  ferry's  main  rope.  The  river  at  the  time 
was  a  raging  torrent  and  it  took  hours  to  carry  a  light  line  across. 
To  cross  the  spliced  rope  required  the  employment  of  every 
native  banco  that  could  be  found  for  miles  up  and  down  the 
river. 

Officers  and  men  worked  constantly  in  the  water  for  thirty- 
six  hours  in  order  to  repair  the  break,  so  that  there  might  be  no 
delay  in  forwarding  supplies  to  the  army  in  front.  The  work  of 
the  battalion  during  its  occupation  of  Arayat,  October  18,  to 
November  9,  taxed  the  physical  resources  of  the  men  to  the 
utmost.  November  10,  the  battalion  was  relieved  and  ordered 
to  the  front.  The  roads  were  a  mass  of  mud.  In  two  days, 
marching  from  daylight  until  after  dark,  the  battalion  moved 
only  twelve  miles,  and  over  much  of  this  distance  the  carts  were 
pulled  by  soldiers.  Passing  through  Libutad,  Cabiao,  San 
Isidro  and  Santa  Rosa,  the  battalion  arrived  at  Cabanatuan  No- 
vember 15.  Under  orders  of  the  brigade  commander,  the  bat- 
talion remained  here  until  November  22,  repairing  nearby 
bridges.  Late  in  the  afternoon  of  the  22nd,  the  brigade  com- 
mander gave  the  battalion  the  following  note : 

64 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

"General  Lawton  says  he  sorely  needs  you  and  your 
battalion.  Rush  on  Tayug.  The  only  orders  I  get  are 
hurry." 

Responding  to  this  order,  the  battalion  left  all  transportation 
under  guard  and  pushed  to  the  front. 

The  roads  beyond  Cabanatuan  beggar  description.  Rains 
had  made  them  a  sea  of  mud,  and  where  the  sun  had  made  slight 
improvement  was  a  jelly-like  mass  mixed  with  dead  grass  and 
vegetation. 

Abandoned  carts  and  dead  carabaos  were  everywhere.  The 
division  ambulance  with  its  red  cross  of  mercy  lay  along  the 
road  an  abandoned  wreck.  Miles  of  mud-stuck  wagon-trains 
dotted  the  sea  of  mud;  living  carabaos  floundered;  mud-be- 
grimed soldiers,  with  tireless  energy,  worked  and  swore. 

Never  was  a  scene  more  illustrative  of  the  self-reliance  of 
American  soldiery.  Bach  mud-streaked,  swearing  soldier  showed 
that  nothing  human  could  prevent  the  supplies  on  his  cart  from 
reaching  their  destination — the  army  in  front. 

Unimpeded  by  wagons,  the  battalion  slowly  forged  its  way 
past  the  supply  trains.  Good-natured  salutations  were  exchanged 
between  the  command  and  the  wagon  guard.  Almost  insur- 
mountable obstacles  were  met  and  overcome;  physical  strength 
was  taxed  most  heavily;  indomitable  wills  laughed  and  joked 
at  hardships.  Making  two  forced  marches  a  day  on  half-ra- 
tions, the  battalion  arrived  at  Tayug  and  reported  to  General 
Lawton,  November  25,  marching  on  this  day  twenty-six  miles. 

November  26,  the  battalion  marched  to  San  Nicolas  and 
received  instructions  to  proceed  the  following  day  to  Bayombong, 
province  of  Nueva  Viscaya.  At  this  time  the  insurgent  forces 
had  been  scattered. 

It  was  believed  that  Aguinaldo  had  crossed  the  mountains, 
and  the  work  of  the  battalion  was  to  prevent  the  scattered  in- 
surgent forces  in  the  Cagayan  valley  from  reorganizing  and  to 
intercept  small  bodies  of  the  enemy  if  they  should  attempt  to 
move  southward  into  southern  Luzon. 

The  trail  to  Bayombong  was  called  the  "infernal  trail". 

65 


History  of  the 

This  trail  led  over  a  succession  of  mountain  ranges  so  steep 
that  ascent  and  descent  was  made  by  zig-zag  levels.  At  times 
in  climbing  over  the  hills  one  could  hear  the  voices  of  comrades 
in  the  distance;  some  apparently  directly  under  his  feet,  others 
directly  overhead.  Looking  backward  and  upward  after  a  steep 
descent  one  could  see  at  times  soldiers  on  twenty  different  levels 
winding  down  the  declivity.  The  work  was  so  fatiguing  that 
frequently  halts  were  made  every  ten  minutes. 

The  lower  parts  of  the  mountains  were  covered  with  tropical 
growths;  the  heights  were  pine-clad.  In  many  places  a  false 
step  would  have  meant  instant  death  by  a  downward  plunge  of 
five  hundred  feet.  The  trail  led  over  numerous  mountain 
streams  and  during  one  day's  march  the  same  stream  was  forded 
twenty  times. 

The  nights  passed  on  the  trail  were  icy  cold.  Men  were  clad 
only  in  light  garments  and  carried  no  blankets.  Consequently 
there  was  much  suffering  from  cold,  as  shoes  and  stockings  were 
constantly  wet.  The  men  threw  themselves  down  exhausted  at 
night  and  slept  until  the  cold  aroused  them.  From  San  Nicolas 
to  Bayombong  is  a  six-day  trip  for  natives.  At  San  Nicolas  the 
battalion  was  given  three  days'  reduced  rations  and  hurried  on. 
Two  native  guides  accompanied  the  force.  The  first  night 
out,  they  deserted.  From  now  on  the  command  was  to  live  off 
the  country. 

At  the  first  camping  place  in  the  mountains  a  detachment 
of  the  24th  Infantry  was  found.  The  men  had  been  lost  for 
two  days  and  were  practically  out  of  rations. 

After  the  guides  deserted,  the  command  took  a  wrong  trail, 
but  finally  captured  an  Igorrote  and  impressed  him  as  guide. 
This  Igorrote  was  the  only  native  seen  during  the  passage  of  the 
mountains.  When  captured,  he  was  greatly  frightened,  but 
reassured  by  kindness,  he  led  the  command  back  to  the  Bayom- 
bong trail  without  loss  of  much  distance. 

About  midway  across  the  trail,  at  Cayapa,  a  quantity  of  old, 
rain-moulded  rice  was  found  in  the  ruins  of  a  Spanish  cuartel. 
It  was  dried  in  the  sun  and  issued  as  food,  saving  the  battalion 
from  untold  sufferings. 

66 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Beyond  Cayapa  the  effects  of  the  march  began  to  tell. 
Many  of  the  men  were  barefooted  and  their  feet  were  lacerated 
by  the  sharp  stones.  Chills  and  fever  had  fastened  their  grip 
on  many  of  the  soldiers  and  dysentery  was  common  to  all. 
Medicine  was  limited.  Men  watched  for  opportunities  to  crawl 
off  into  the  tall  grass  and  die,  begging  to  be  allowed  to  remain 
when  routed  out  by  the  rear  guard.  Violence  was  often  neces- 
sary to  get  all  the  men  into  camp  at  night.  Several  became  so 
sick  they  had  to  be  carried,  an  almost  impossible  job  along  the 
"infernal  trail".  One  man  became  demented  from  suffering  and 
his  wild  cries  echoed  through  the  mountains  at  night.  But  the 
backbone  of  American  grit  was  not  broken.  There  were  still 
plenty  of  soldiers,  no  less  sick  and  no  less  depressed,  who 
laughed  at  their  own  sufferings.  These  men  saved  the  battalion. 
They  retained  their  health  by  sheer  force  of  will  and  had 
strength  to  spare  to  bolster  up  the  belief  of  the  others  that 
nothing  was  impossible. 

At  ten  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  December  2,  the  battalion 
entered  the  pueblo  of  Bayombong.  Insurgent  propaganda 
against  the  Americans  had  not  reached  as  far  as  this  remote 
pueblo.  Consequently  the  Americans  were  received  royally  by 
the  people  of  the  town. 

The  governor  of  the  province  had  provided  an  excellent 
dinner  for  the  entire  command  and  from  his  house  hung  an 
American  flag  made  especially  for  the  occasion  by  the  women 
of  the  place.  Everywhere  the  people  showed  genuine  pleasure 
and  satisfaction  with  the  arrival  of  the  Americans.  It  was  a 
strange  experience.  Towns  in  provinces  on  the  other  side  of 
the  mountains  had  received  them  with  musketry  or  in  sullen 
silence.  It  was  the  first  time  since  its  arrival  in  the  islands  that 
men  of  the  22nd  had  been  greeted  with  Filipino  cheers  and 
never  before  had  they  found  a  dinner  waiting  for  them. 

Here  was  an  expedition  of  ragged,  hatless,  footsore  soldiers 
suffering  with  fever  and  dysentery  and  hunger-gnawed  for  six 
days  entering  a  supposedly  hostile  city  of  a  treacherous  and  dan- 
gerous foe  expecting  to  be  greeted  with  a  shower  of  lead  at 

67 


History  of  the 

best.  And  lo!  at  the  journey's  end  a  dinner  awaited  them — a 
dinner  at  which  each  man  for  whom  it  was  physically  advisable 
was  allowed  to  eat  his  fill. 

The  people  of  Nueva  Viscaya  had  been  insurgents  only  in 
name.  Agents  of  Aguinaldo  had  been  among  them,  left  them 
a  few  rifles  and  had  issued  commissions  to  a  few  officers.  In 
a  pueblo  was  a  partially  constructed  building  that  the  insurgent 
chieftain  had  intended  to  occupy  when  driven  to  flight  by  Gen- 
eral Young's  army.  The  natives  did  not  dream  that  Americans 
could  cross  the  mountain  trails. 

When  the  organized  forces  of  the  insurgents  had  been  com- 
pletely shattered  it  was  believed  that  Aguinaldo  with  a  few 
hundred  followers  had  escaped  to  the  mountains  of  northwestern 
Luzon.  Subsequent  events  proved  this  a  fact.  A  battalion  of 
the  24th  Infantry  had  entered  Bayombong,  three  days  before 
the  battalion  of  the  22nd.  This  first  battalion  had  left  their 
sick  at  Bayombong  and  continued  their  march  down  the  Cayagan 
river.  The  two  battalions  prevented  the  insurgents  from  reor- 
ganizing their  shattered  forces  and  compelled  Aguinaldo  to 
remain  a  fugitive  in  the  mountains.  To  accomplish  these  ends, 
the  battalion  of  the  24th  made  a  march  famous  in  Filipino  war- 
fare, and  the  battalion  of  the  22nd  marched,  suffered  and 
buried  its  dead — simply  obeying  orders. 

December  8,  the  battalion  was  ordered  to  return  to  San 
Nicolas.  One  officer  and  twenty  men,  too  sick  to  travel,  were 
left  at  Bayombong.  The  condition  of  the  command  made  it 
impossible  to  return  by  the  "infernal  trail"  and  the  Carranglan 
pass  to  the  south  was  accordingly  selected.  It  proved  but 
little  better  than  the  trail  coming  in.  Caballo  Sur,  its  highest 
mountain,  taxed  the  strength  of  the  men  to  the  utmost.  Rains 
had  washed  all  earth  away  from  the  trail  and  the  slippery  rocks 
and  boulders  caused  great  suffering  to  the  shoeless  command. 
Near  the  summit  of  the  mountain  the  command  bivouacked  at 
an  old  cuartel.  The  night  was  intensely  cold  and  the  rain  fell 
in  torrents.  There  was  only  shelter  for  a  few  of  the  sickest 
men.  It  was  impossible  to  keep  the  fires  burning.  Vermin  of 

68 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

many  kinds  infested  the  place.  In  the  American  spirit  of 
cheerful  mockery  at  hardships  the  men  christened  the  place 
"Camp  Misery". 

December  11,  the  command  arrived  at  Puncan.  The  marches 
had  been  daily  struggles  for  existence.  The  country  had  few 
inhabitants.  Rice  was  obtainable  only  in  handfuls.  Men  cooked 
all  sorts  of  tropical  plants  but  found  them  deficient  in  nour- 
ishment and  lacking  in  flavor.  Puncan  was  within  a  day's 
march  of  the  commissary  and  hospital,  but  at  Puncan,  under 
orders,  the  battalion  turned  its  back  upon  the  things  that  meant 
health,  even  life,  and  retraced  its  steps  to  the  mountains.  Five 
days'  rations,  without  bacon,  and  a  small  quantity  of  medicine 
were  sent  with  the  command.  December  13,  in  grim  and 
soldierly  silence,  the  battalion  turned  to  the  rugged  heights  of 
Caballo  Sur,  where  again  men  could  be  tracked  along  the  rocks 
by  the  blood  from  their  feet. 

Under  instructions,  Companies  B  and  C  were  left  at  Car- 
ranglan.  The  other  two  companies  arrived  at  Bayombong, 
December  16.  Two  days  later,  Company  H  was  sent  to  Quian- 
gan,  thirty-five  miles  distant,  to  investigate  reported  insurgent 
stores.  The  trail  entering  this  Igorrote  town  was  said  to  be 
the  only  entrance  to  a  high  valley  beyond.  For  miles  the  men 
were  obliged  to  march  in  a  crouching  attitude,  crawling  over 
falling  logs  and  climbing  over  slippery  rocks.  Couriers  could 
not  be  induced  to  travel  over  this  trail  unless  in  parties  of  at 
least  ten  men. 

The  trail  was  a  hazardous  one  from  many  standpoints  beside 
that  of  difficulty  of  travel  and  hardships  of  climate.  Savage 
Igorrotes  watched  the  trail  from  the  dense  undergrowth.  The 
first-sergeant  of  one  of  the  companies  was  grazed  by  a  thrown 
spear.  A  private  who  had  wandered  from  the  trail  was  killed 
and  his  head  and  arms  were  cut  from  his  body. 

A  considerable  force  of  insurgents  was  located  at  Bocaue, 
beyond  Quinagan,  but  under  positive  orders  the  company  was 
compelled  to  return  to  Bayombong  without  attacking  them. 

69 


History  of  the 

December  25,  thirty-six  men  of  Company  L,  all  that  were 
able  to  march,  were  sent  to  Aritao  to  investigate  the  reported 
presence  of  insurgents.  A  force  had  been  there  but  had  gone 
farther  into  the  mountains. 

Several  days  later  a  superannuated  Tagalog,  the  tool  of  a 
reformed  insurgent,  began  working  strange  influences  among 
the  people  of  Solano.  In  a  whining  sepulchral  voice  he  de- 
clared himself  to  be  the  "Holy  Ghost".  Immediately  it  became 
more  difficult  to  obtain  rice  and  burden-bearers  became  impos- 
sible to  obtain.  Even  after  this  fraud  had  been  exposed  his 
influence  remained. 

December  29,  the  battalion  quartermaster  brought  the  bat- 
talion sorely  needed  shoes  and  clothes. 

January  7,  1900,  the  battalion  again  crossed  the  mountains. 
Again  Camp  Misery  was  sighted;  again  the  cross-crowned 
Caballo  Sur  was  climbed;  again  men  suffered. 

January  16,  the  battalion  reported  at  regimental  headquarters 
at  Arayat.  This  battalion  had  accomplished  its  purpose.  It 
had  scattered  the  insurgent  armies  and  driven  them  terror- 
stricken  from  their  capital  to  the  mountain  fastness.  Through- 
out this  last  campaign  the  battalion  gained  no  honor  by  engage- 
ment. Its  record  was  solely  one  of  duty  and  endurance.  It 
marched  nearly  five  hundred  miles  on  eight  days'  reduced  rations, 
and  it  lost  eight  men,  one  killed  by  the  enemy,  seven  dying  of 
disease. 


70 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER   VII 

Operations  of  1900  and  1901 

During  December,  1899,  and  January,  1900,  General  Mac- 
Arthur  commanding  northern  Luzon,  reorganized  and  redis- 
tributed the  troops  assigned  to  his  extended  field  of  operations. 
His  forces  were  very  actively  engaged  in  pursuing  the  remnants 
of  Aguinaldo's  northern  army  and  the  self-constituted  guerilla 
bands ;  also  in  giving  protection  to  the  inhabitants  of  towns  and 
cities  against  the  incursion  of  ladrones,  who  plundered  them 
without  mercy  and  added  torture  and  murder  when  their  exfor- 
tionate  demands  were  not  promptly  complied  with. 

The  wealthy  inhabitants,  especially  those  possessing  estates, 
were  sought  out  by  the  insurgents  as  objects  of  all  manner  of 
plunder.  The  scattered  insurgent  forces  that  still  retained  some 
form  of  organization  called  upon  them  for  contributions  to  the 
insurgent  cause,  promising  them  protection  in  return.  The  in- 
surgents also  demanded  from  the  native  civil  authorities,  ap- 
pointed or  elected  under  the  direction  of  our  officers,  the  im- 
position or  collection  of  taxes  and  the  sale  of  insurgent  cedulas 
for  insurgent  uses  on  penalty  of  confiscation  or  destruction  of 
private  property. 

Presidentes  of  cities  and  towns  were  found  contributing  to 
insurgent  officers  still  engaged  in  active  hostilities.  Preservation 
of  life  and  property  compelled  them  in  these  acts  although  they 
were  very  anxious  for  the  success  of  American  arms  and  the 
peace  of  the  country.  Other  citizens,  and  numerous,  were  in 
the  same  anomalous  position  of  being  friendly  to  the  Americans 
while  secretly  contributing  to  the  insurgents. 

It  therefore  remained  for  the  Americans  to  pursue  effectually 
and  destroy  all  remaining  insurgent  organizations  and  bands  of 
ladrones  as  the  only  practicable  means  of  insuring  the  pacifica- 
tion of  the  country. 

71 


History  of  the 

In  pursuance  of  this  policy  every  town  and  barrio  of  im- 
portance was  garrisoned.  Every  rumor  of  insurgent  forces, 
ladrones  or  hidden  weapons  was  investigated.  Within  the  pro- 
tected zones  small  detachments  of  American  soldiers  scoured 
the  country  day  and  night.  Larger  forces  operated  in  the 
mountains  and  away  from  the  towns.  This  work,  attended  by 
many  weary  marches  and  constantly  maintained  vigilance,  was 
prosecuted  with  vigor  during  the  entire  year.  Many  rumors 
proved  ill-founded ;  carefully  laid  plans  discovered  no  insurgents, 
no  ladrones  and  no  weapons.  Gradually,  however,  the  plan 
proved  successful.  Insurgents  became  demoralized  and  deserted 
their  leaders ;  bands  of  ladrones  were  broken  up,  their  arms  cap- 
tured and  the  offenders  sent  to  military  prison. 

A  recital  of  the  work  done  by  the  regiment  during  1900 
would  resolve  itself  into  three  hundred  and  sixty-five  brief  re- 
ports stating  that  on  one  date  one  insurgent  was  killed,  that  on 
another  date  two  ladrones  and  two  rifles  were  captured ;  that  on 
a  third  date  the  country  near  such  a  place  was  scoured  thoroughly 
without  discovering  any  sign  of  the  enemy.  Therefore,  only  a 
brief  resume  of  the  operations  is  given.  It  shows  the  character 
of  the  work  that  the  regiment  was  called  upon  to  do.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  field  service,  mention  is  made  of  the  establishment  of 
civil  government ;  this  work  also  fell  upon  our  army. 

January  1,  1900,  eight  companies  of  the  regiment  occupied 
the  towns  of  Arayat,  Candaba  and  San  Luis.  The  remaining 
four  companies  were  divided  between  Carranglan  and  Bay- 
ombong.  During  the  month,  Santa  Ana,  Mexico,  San  Fernando, 
Cabiao  and  San  Antonio  were  also  garrisoned  by  the  regiment. 

Frequent  parties  were  sent  out  from  all  these  posts.  In  the 
later  part  of  the  month,  in  accordance  with  orders  from  brigade 
headquarters  particular  activity  was  displayed  by  the  troops  at 
Arayat  and  Santa  Ana,  as  bands  of  insurgents  were  reported 
operating  in  the  vicinity  of  Mount  Arayat. 

Company  E,  under  command  of  Lieut.  Dalton,  22nd  In- 
fantry, scouted  around  the  northern  and  eastern  slopes  of  the 
mountains.  No  insurgents  were  seen  though  traces  of  relatively 

72 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

recent  camps  were  found.  This  expedition  lasted  three  days — 
January  17  to  January  19. 

January  7. — The  first  meeting-  of  the  officers  of  the  civil 
government  in  Arayat  was  held. 

January  29. — Lieut.  Admire,  22nd  Infantry,  with  twenty 
men  of  Company  A,  from  Santa  Ana,  encountered  an  estimated 
force  of  one  hundred  insurgents  near  Laomit,  a  small  village 
about  one  mile  from  Arayat,  on  the  road  leading  to  San  Pedro 
Magalang.  The  insurgents  retired  before  reinforcements  from 
Arayat  arrived.  It  was  reported  that  six  insurgents  were  killed. 

January  29. — The  election  of  the  representatives  of  the  bar- 
rios of  Candaba  took  place,  thus  completing  the  organization  of 
the  civil  government  of  that  town. 

The  work  of  issuing  cedulas  was  begun  during  the  month  at 
Arayat,  Candaba,  Santa  Ana,  San  Luis  and  San  Fernando. 

February  5. — Lieut.  Admire  captured  a  party  of  ladrones  to- 
gether with  eight  Remington  rifles  and  200  rounds  of  ammuni- 
tion. Five  of  these  men  were  tried  and  sentenced  by  the  provost 
court  of  this  section. 

February  20. — Company  K,  under  Lieut.  Hannay,  left  at  one 
o'clock  A.  M.,  and  marched  to  the  barrio  of  Mandil,  where  a  force 
of  insurgents  was  reported  to  be.  The  barrio  was  reached  at  4 
A.  M.,  and  surrounded.  Two  Filipinos  were  wounded  in  at- 
tempting to  escape.  About  a  hundred  men,  two  American  horses, 
nine  Remington  rifles  and  considerable  correspondence  were  cap- 
tured. Forty-eight  men  were  released  while  the  rest  were  taken 
to  Candaba.  This  band  were  members  of  a  force  formerly  under 
command  of  Col.  Simon  Kabigting,  who  was  reported  as  having 
been  killed  by  his  own  men. 

February  23. — One  hundred  men,  under  Major  Reynolds, 
were  sent  to  Palanglang,  a  barrio  about  four  miles  from  Arayat, 
to  capture  General  Alejandrino.  The  force  started  at  one  o'clock 
at  night  and  surrounded  the  barrio  very  quietly  before  daylight. 
They  searched  the  village  thoroughly  as  soon  as  there  was  light 
enough,  but  no  trace  of  the  general  they  sought  was  found.  A 
detachment  from  Santa  Ana  cooperated. 

73 


History  of  the 

February  26. — Lieut.  Admire  found  a  Mauser  carbine  and 
one  Colt's  revolver  near  Palanglang,  while  searching  for  arms 
said  to  be  concealed  there. 

February  28. — Company  E,  under  Lieut.  Dalton  left  early  in 
the  morning  to  go  to  Candating  to  investigate  certain  charges 
against  Pietro  Medrina  Paranlao  and  Jose  Medrina  Dizon,  and 
to  scout  toward  San  Miguel.  No  sign  of  insurgents  was  dis- 
covered. A  party  from  Cabiao,  under  Lieut.  Hannay  was  sent 
out  at  the  same  time  but  did  not  see  or  learn  anything  of  an 
organization  of  insurgents  around  the  Pinac.  Lieut.  Ripley 
found  a  party  of  twenty-three  men  in  a  house  where  there  were 
re-loading  tools  and  brought  the  party  to  Cabiao.  Two  of  the 
men  were  wearing  insurgent  uniforms.  Lieut.  Dalton  returned 
March  1. 

March  1. — Lieut.  Admire,  with  eighteen  men  of  Company 
A  and  fifteen  men  from  Arayat,  scouted  for  three  days  through 
Mount  Arayat,  particularly  in  the  vicinity  of  Palanglang,  the 
home  of  Alejandrino.  The  party  was  fired  upon  when  near 
Palanlang.  The  shots  could  not  be  traced.  One  Krag-Jorgen- 
son  rifle  and  some  insurgent  uniforms  were  captured  in  the  rear 
of  Alejandrino's  house. 

March  6,  8,  11. — Detachments  from  San  Antonio  under 
Lieut.  Leonard,  went  in  search  of  Garciano  Garcia.  The  expedi- 
tion of  the  8th  brought  in  fifty-nine  natives,  two  Remington 
rifles,  one  Remington  carbine,  six  bolos,  and  some  ammunition. 
All  were  found  in  barracks  in  the  barrio  of  Dalagut. 

March  15. — Sergeant  Ray,  Company  I,  was  attacked  by 
bolomen  on  his  way  from  Cabiao  to  San  Antonio,  and  nearly 
murdered.  Lieut.  Draper  was  sent  immediately  with  a  party  to 
the  barrio  of  Buliran  where  the  sergeant  had  been  attacked. 
Seven  suspects  were  brought  in. 

March  16. — At  night  a  party  under  Lieut.  Ripley  was  sent 
out  to  locate  and  capture  the  men  who  had  attacked  and  nearly 
killed  Sergeant  Ray,  Company  I,  near  Cabiao  the  day  before. 
Some  men  were  captured  and  Sergeant  Ray  identified  one  of 
them  as  his  assailant.  Two  Remington  rifles  captured  also. 

74 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

March  18. — On  information  that  a  body  of  insurgents  was 
located  at  Canayan  Buntung,  in  the  northern  part  of  Pinac  de 
Candaba,  a  combination  movement  was  ordered  by  the  regi- 
mental commander  by  sending  strong  parties  from  Candaba, 
Arayat  and  San  Isidro,  and  a  smaller  one  from  Cabiao.  The 
movement  was  made  early  in  the  morning,  and,  although  no 
enemy  was  found,  resulted  in  covering  the  section  of  the 
country  as  effectually  as  the  charcteristics  of  the  land  would 
permit.  The  growth  of  marsh  cane  or  reed  was  dense  and 
more  often  than  not  impenetrable.  The  trail  over  which  it  was 
necessary  to  move  frequently  ceased  after  a  mile  or  so  and 
necessitated  an  attempt  at  another  trail.  The  heat  was  great. 

March  23. — On  information  that  a  band  of  ladrones  was 
robbing  bancas  near  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Chico,  a  general 
movement  was  ordered  by  the  regimental  commander  to  this 
section  of  the  country.  A  party  from  Cabiao  held  the  banks 
of  the  Rio  Grande  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Chico ;  a 
party  from  Arayat  held  the  fords  of  the  Chico,  from  near  its 
mouth  to  two  miles  up  the  stream,  while  parties  from  San 
Antonio  and  San  Isidro  covered  the  country  lying  in  the  angle 
formed  by  the  two  rivers.  The  last  party  moved  at  3  A.  M., 
the  others  were  in  position  by  daylight.  This  movement  was 
under  personal  direction  of  the  regimental  commander  who 
went  to  San  Antonio.  The  enemy  was  encountered,  but  took 
advantage  of  the  dense  undergrowth  which  was  sufficient  to 
afford  ample  protection  for  any  band  of  ladrones  lurking  in 
its  shelter  and  familiar  with  its  trails. 

March  25. — Lieut.  Leonard  with  a  detachment  was  sent 
into  the  section  of  the  country  between  the  Rio  Grande  and  Rio 
Chico  and  captured  eight  members  of  the  band  that  had  been 
robbing  bancas  on  the  Rio  Grande. 

April  18. — Lieut.  Admire,  in  command  of  the  fourth  district 
headquarters  scouts,  struck  a  body  of  insurgents  commanded 
by  Aquino,  in  the  mountains  of  Bulacan,  scattered  them,  cap- 
tured eight  together  with  one  rifle,  one  revolver  and  eight  ponies. 

April  28. — Capt.  Hodges  with  a  detachment  in  barrio  San 
Vicente,  Batasan  and  Santa  Cruz,  near  Arayat,  killed  one  and 

75 


History  of  the 

captured  ten  insurgents,  twenty-five  rifles,  four  revolvers,  three 
bolos,  591  rounds  of  ammunition.  No  casualties. 

May  9. — Lieut.  Draper  with  a  detachment  of  twenty  men, 
Company  I,  encountered  a  band  of  insurgents  near  barrio  Santa 
Barbara;  killed  three,  wounded  four;  captured  twenty-nine 
rifles,  886  rounds  of  ammunition  and  one  horse.  No  casualties. 

May  25. — The  barrio  of  San  Luis,  garrisoned  by  the  22nd 
Infantry,  was  attacked  at  midnight  by  about  fifty  insurgents 
who  were  routed  and  escaped  in  the  thick  underbrush. 

May  31. — 'General  Funston,  in  command  of  a  column  con- 
sisting of  Troop  G.,  4th  Cavalry,  and  a  detachment  of  the  22nd 
Infantry,  struck  a  large  body  of  insurgents  intrenched  in  the 
mountains  northeast  of  San  Miguel,  scattered  them  and  captured 
four  ponies  with  saddles  and  500  rounds  of  ammunition.  At 
2 :30  A.  M.,  the  Americans  encountered  100  insurgents  occupying 
the  top  of  a  steep  ridge.  Funston's  men  took  one  position,  but 
were  forced  to  retire  on  account  of  lack  of  ammunition. 

June  3. — General  Funston  in  command  of  a  column  consisting 
of  Troop  G,  4th  Cavalry  and  a  detachment  of  the  22nd  Infantry 
and  district  headquarters  scouts  attacked  a  body  of  insurgents 
intrenched  in  Bulacan  mountains,  twenty-five  miles  east  of  San 
Miguel,  drove  them  from  their  position  and  scattered  them. 
Captain  George  J.  Godfrey  of  the  22nd  Infantry  was  killed  in 
this  encounter.  Announcement  of  his  death  was  published  in 
orders  as  follows: 

GENERAL  ORDERS  No.  10. 

JUNE  4TH,  1900. 

HEADQUARTERS  22ND  U.  S.  INFANTRY,  ARAYAT, 
LUZON,  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

Captain  George  J.  Godfrey,  22nd  U.  S.  Infantry. 
Killed  in  action.  Shot  through  the  heart.  His  military 
record  is  closed.  A  brilliant  career  ended. 

Deeds,  silent  symbols  more  potent  than  words  pro- 
claimed his  soldier  worth.  The  histories  of  the  5th  and 
8th  Army  Corps  are  his. 

76 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Official  recommendation  but  emphasized  what  all  men 
knew. 

Cuban  soil  saw  his  valor. 

Under  a  tropical  sun,  on  the  morn  of  June  3rd,  1900, 
among  the  lonely  fastnesses  of  the  Bulacan  mountains,  as 
victory  crowned  the  combat,  he  gave  "for  the  flag",  the 
life  he  had  dedicated  to  his  country. 

His  mind  was  trained  for  the  profession  of  arms. 
.  His  heart  and  impulses  were  generous. 

Conscientious  and  zealous  discharge  of  duty  were  his 
guiding  tenets.  He  sought  no  preferment  through  avenues 
foreign  to  the  service.  His  first  thought  was  his  country's 
cause — personal  ambition  his  last. 

Thus  he  stood,  a  peer  among  the  best  type  of  American 
soldiers.  In  the  civil  administration  of  a  pueblo,  to  the 
misguided  native  people  he  extended  the  hand  of  fellowship 
and  led  them  along  the  true  path  of  civilization.  His  work 
is  enduring. 

Into  the  unspeakable  grief  which  moves  the  hearts  of 
those  who  dwell  in  our  far  distant  land,  we  dare  not  enter. 

In  silence  and  with  memory  filled  with  sorrow,  the  regi- 
ment stands  and  mourns  with  them — for  our  brother. 
By  order  of  Major  Baldwin: 

($gd)  H.  C.  HODGES, 

Captain,  22nd  Infantry, 

Adjutant. 

June  11. — A  column  commanded  by  General  Grant,  General 
Funston  accompanying,  and  consisting  of  Troops  H  and  G, 
4th  Cavalry;  detachment  Battery  E,  1st  Artillery,  two  guns; 
nine  companies  of  the  22nd  Infantry ;  detachment  34th  Infantry ; 
six  companies  35th  Infantry;  Company  M,  41st  Infantry;  scouts 
of  the  4th  and  5th  districts  and  of  the  41st  Infantry  and  one 
company  Macabebe  scouts,  attacked  an  insurgent  stronghold  in 
Bulacan  mountains,  five  miles  from  Sibul.  Carried  the  position 
and  scattered  the  enemy.  One  Macabebe  scout  wounded  and 
one  American  prisoner  recovered. 

77 


History  of  the 

June  28. — Second  Lieutenant  Paul  A.  Draper,  while  building 
a  ferry  near  San  Antonio,  was  drowned.  His  death  called  forth 
the  following  general  order  from  headquarters: 

GENERAL  ORDERS  No.  11 

HEADQUARTERS  22ND  U.  S.  INFANTRY,  ARAYAT, 
LUZON,  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 

July  1st,  1900. 

Again  in  a  brief  space  of  time  the  mournful  duty  de- 
volves upon  the  Regimental  Commander  to  announce  the 
death  of  an  officer. 

2nd  Lieut.  Paul  A.  Draper,  22nd  Infantry. 

This  valiant  young  officer  gave  promise  of  an  exalted 
career  in  his  chosen  profession. 

Enlisting  July  27th,  1897,  in  response  to  his  country's 
call,  he  won  by  his  soldierly  qualities  the  coveted  prize  of  a 
praiseworthy  ambition — a  commission. 

He  was  quiet  and  unostentatious  of  demeanor,  courteous 
and  honorable  in  his  intercourse  with  his  associates. 

The  meed  of  praise  is  sustained  by  a  recital  of  an  act 
of  heroism.  On  the  night  of  May  8th,  1900,  he  conducted 
with  skill  and  secrecy  a  difficult  march  to  Santa  Barbara, 
a  barrio  of  San  Antonio,  Nueva  Ecija,  and  at  dawn  sur- 
prised a  band  of  insurgents  outnumbering  his  detachment 
over  three  times.  Before  the  enemy  had  time  to  recover 
from  their  surprise,  Lieut.  Draper  made  a  fierce  and  furious 
onslaught.  In  this  almost  hand-to-hand  encounter  he,  with 
only  eight  men,  practically  destroyed  the  band,  killing  and 
wounding  a  number  and  capturing  thirty  of  the  enemy's 
rifles  and  a  quantity  of  ammunition. 

'Twas  not  his  fate  to  fall  in  battle. 

His  soldier's  death,  in  the  discharge  of  a  duty,  was 
none  the  less  honorable. 

On  June  28th,  1900,  near  San  Antonio,  Province  of 
Nueva  Ecija,  he  lost  his  life  where  the  rushing  waters  of 
the  Rio  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  flow. 

78 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

On  receipt  hereof,  this  order  will  be  read  at  retreat  to 
every  company  of  the  Regiment. 

By  order  of  Major  Baldwin : 

(Sgd.)    H.  C.  HODGES, 

Captain  22nd   Infantry, 

Adjutant. 

July  16. — General  Funston,  commanding  a  column  consist- 
ing of  two  Companies  34th  Infantry;  two  Companies  22nd  In- 
fantry and  Troop  G,  4th  Cavalry;  detachment  of  district  head- 
quarters scouts  and  squadron  Philippine  cavalry,  attacked  an 
insurgent  stronghold  near  Mount  Corona.  The  enemy  fled  into 
the  jungle.  The  enemy  barracks  and  all  of  his  property  in  sight 
was  destroyed.  Two  Macabebe  scouts  were  wounded. 

July  22. — Major  Wheeler,  of  the  34th  Infantry,  command- 
ing a  column  consisting  of  Companies  A,  C  and  I,  34th  Infantry, 
and  Company  F,  22nd  Infantry,  engaged  about  fifty  insurgents 
near  Mount  Corona  and  drove  them  from  their  positions. 

July  23. — Lieuts.  Dalton  and  Leonard  captured,  near  Cabiao, 
six  ladrones,  two  rifles,  one  revolver  and  a  quantity  of  ammuni- 
tion. No  casualties. 

July  25. — Lieuts.  Dalton  and  Leonard,  while  scouting  west 
of  Jaen,  captured  one  insurgent  officer,  three  rifles,  seven  stolen 
carabaos,  and  some  ammunition.  No  casualties. 

August  30. — The  regiment  participated  in  an  expedition  com- 
manded by  General  Funston  moving  from  Candaba,  Arayat, 
Cabiao,  San  Antonio,  San  Isidro,  Gapan,  Pefiaranda,  and  San 
Miguel  to  points  in  the  mountains  where  roads  leading  from 
San  Isidro  join  with  roads  from  Gapan  to  San  Isidro. 

September  21. — The  insurgents  made  an  attack  on  Santa 
Rosa,  Nueva  Ecija,  at  10  P.  M.,  but  were  promptly  driven  back. 
No  casualties. 

October  2. — Lieut.  Wheeler,  with  forty  men  of  Company  A, 
encountered  an  insurgent  outpost  near  San  Pablo.  Killed  one 
insurgent  and  captured  two  rifles.  No  casualties. 

79 


History  of  the 

Lieut.  Wheeler,  with  a  detachment  of  Company  A,  struck  a 
band  of  insurgents  in  the  barrio  of  Santo  Tomas,  near  Jaen, 
and  killed  one.  Captured  two  men  and  two  rifles.  No  casualties. 

October  11.— Lieut.  Wheeler,  with  a  detachment  of  Company 
A,  captured  in  the  woods,  near  the  barrio  of  Jaen,  Coman- 
dante  Delfin  Esquivel  and  three  soldiers,  six  rifles  and  500 
rounds  of  ammunition. 

October  14. — Lieut.  Hannay,  commanding  detachment  of 
Company  K,  had  a  skirmish  with  insurgents  near  Pinag  Singalon. 
Captured  two  rifles,  eight  prisoners,  and  recaptured  one  private, 
24th  Infantry,  held  as  a  prisoner. 

October  16. — Mounted  detachment  of  six  men  of  the  regi- 
ment returning  from  San  Isidro  were  fired  upon  by  a  body  of 
insurgents  concealed  alongside  the  road  about  two  miles  from 
Cabiao.  One  man  was  thrown  from  his  horse  and  captured. 
Forty  men  of  Company  H  pursued  the  insurgents,  but  the 
enemy  escaped  in  the  darkness. 

October  25. — The  launch  Stonie,  private  property,  was  at- 
tacked by  125  insurgents  under  Natividad  and  deserter  Fagan, 
between  Cabiao  and  Arayat,  and  boarded.  Two  white  men  in 
charge  of  the  launch  were  captured.  Lieut.  Whitfield  with  fifty 
men  of  the  regiment  assisted  by  Lieut.  Quinlan  with  fifty  Maca- 
bebes,  cavalrymen,  went  in  pursuit,  recapturing  the  two  white 
men.  The  Stonie  was  recovered  and  taken  in  tow  by  the  gov- 
ernment launch  Sterling. 

November  16. — Lieut.  Wheeler,  with  a  detachment  of  the 
22nd  Infantry,  captured,  near  Tombo,  six  insurgents,  five  rifles 
and  one  revolver. 

November  20. — San  Isidro,  Nueva  Ecija,  fired  into  by  small 
band  of  insurgents.  The  garrison  promptly  pursued,  but  found 
nothing.  No  casualties. 

November  26. — Lieut.  Leonard,  commanding  forty-three 
men  Company  I,  struck  a  band  of  insurgents  under  the  renegade, 
Fagan,  near  San  Francisco.  Captured  one  horse  and  equipment. 

Lieut.  Ripley,  commanding  a  detachment  of  Ilocano  scouts, 
captured  three  insurgents,  three  rifles  and  22  rounds  of  ammuni- 
tion, near  Cabanatuan. 

80 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

December  1. — Lieut.  Sheldon,  with  a  detachment  of  the  regi- 
ment acting  under  orders  from  General  Funston,  struck  an  out- 
post of  insurgents  near  Santa  Cruz.  Killed  three  and  wounded 
one. 

December  2. — Lieut.  Ripley,  commanding  detachment  Ilocano 
scouts,  met  a  band  of  insurgents  while  scouting  southeast  of 
Cabanatuan.  Killed  three,  captured  one  rifle  and  two  revolvers. 

December  19. — Lieut.  Leonard,  commanding  mounted  de- 
tachment from  Company  I,  struck  a  party  of  insurgents  under 
Natividad  on  the  Rio  Chico.  Killed  two,  wounded  nine,  cap- 
tured six  rifles  and  138  rounds  of  ammunition.  Also  recovered 
a  woman  who  had  been  taken  from  Labaquini  and  ten  stolen 
carabao.  Eight  houses,  used  as  barracks,  were  destroyed. 

December  21. — Lieut.  Wheeler,  acting  on  information  from 
spies,  captured  the  insurgent  captain  Esteban  Quinteros,  and 
the  prisoner  led  his  captors  to  a  camp  of  his  men  near  Jaen. 
Lieut.  Wheeler  attacked  the  camp  in  the  darkness.  Killed  two, 
wounded  one.  Captured  eight  rifles  and  300  rounds  of  am- 
munition. 

December  28. — General  Funston  with  Lieut.  Sheldon  and  a 
detachment  from  the  regiment  surprised  a  detachment  of  in- 
surgents near  Cabiao.  Killed  six.  Wounded  one  and  captured 
one  rifle  and  six  insurgents. 

Lieut.  Hannay,  with  a  detachment  from  Company  K,  struck 
a  band  of  insurgents  near  San  Julia.  Killed  one;  captured  one 
rifle. 

December  29. — General  Funston,  commanding  a  detachment 
of  the  Regiment  and  scouts  from  Gapan,  Cabiao,  Jaen  and  San 
Isidro,  attempted  to  capture  Natividad.  Information  was  faulty 
and  he  escaped,  but  Lieut.  Hannay  captured  his  orderly,  with 
rifle,  and  Natividad's  personal  effects.  Also  some  correspond- 
ence from  Alejandrino  and  Lacuna.  Lieut.  Sheldon  killed  five 
insurgents.  Captured  six  and  one  rifle. 

Operations  of  1901 

The  activity  of  our  troops  caused  a  change  of  sentiment  on 
the  part  of  the  inhabitants.  As  soon  as  they  found  that  we 

81 


History  of  the 

would  igive  them  protection  they  gave  us  information  and 
assistance  in  finding,  arresting  or  scattering  ladrones  or  the 
small  insurgent  bands  that  still  remained  actively  hostile.  A 
few  who  had  given  us  information  were  tortured  and  murdered 
by  insurgents,  but,  with  the  establishment  of  town  government 
and  the  appointment  of  native  police  under  military  supervision, 
the  confidence  of  the  people  returned,  so  far  as  fears  for  their 
own  personal  safety  was  concerned,  and  the  aid  they  rendered 
the  troops  in  efforts  to  uncover  the  places  where  arms  and 
other  war  material  were  hidden,  was  correspondingly  greater. 

The  establishment  of  the  numerous  small  garrisons  neces- 
sitated the  distribution  of  military  stores  over  an  extensive 
country  and  the  forwarding  of  supplies  to  many  points  difficult 
of  access  during  even  the  most  favorable  seasons  of  the  year. 
Transportation  was  a  prime  factor  of  the  occupation.  Roads, 
trails,  bridges  and  ferries  were  built  and  repaired  under  super- 
vision of  the  army. 

As  peace  encroached,  the  duties  of  the  army  became  more 
complicated.  Natives  came  of  their  own  accord  to  take  the 
oath  of  allegiance  to  American  sovereignty.  The  provost  court 
and  the  military  commission  were  gradually  superseded  by 
native  courts,  native  judges  and  native  attorneys.  American 
schools  were  established.  Over  everything  the  army  exercised 
a  supervision  that  gave  place,  as  conditions  improved,  to  merely 
parental  watchfulness. 

But  always  there  were  rumors  of  insurgents  still  in  arms. 
Always  there  was  word  of  arms,  not  in  use  but  hidden  for 
future  opportunities.  Always  there  were  tales  of  ladrones. 

The  army  worked  and  the  army  campaigned,  administered 
justice,  struggled  with  strange  laws,  protected  Filipino  adherent 
from  Filipino  patriot,  built  roads,  hauled  supplies,  administered 
oaths  of  allegiance  and  supervised  schools.  From  San  Isidro 
to  Arayat  the  22nd  Infantry  performed  its  multitudinous  labors 
until  in  June,  1900,  this  territorial  department — the  first  pacified 
in  northern  Luzon — was  declared  free  from  armed  resistance. 

January  12. — General  Funston,  with  a  detachment  of  twelve 
men  under  Capt.  Kreps,  met  a  band  of  thirty  insurgents  in  a 

82 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

trail  five  miles  southeast  of  Santa  Cruz,  barrio  of  Gapan,  and 
chased  them  until  exhausted.  One  killed  and  several  wounded. 

January  20. — Lieut.  Wheeler,  with  a  detachment  from  Com- 
pany A,  met  a  band  of  insurgents  near  Jaen  and  routed  them, 
capturing  six  rifles,  three  shotguns,  one  revolver  and  300  rounds 
of  ammunition. 

January  25. — General  Funston  and  Lieut.  Sheldon,  with  a 
detachment  of  twenty-five  men  of  the  regiment,  struck  a  body 
of  insurgents  near  Candaba  swamp.  Killed  five,  wounded  eight 
and  pursued  them  to  the  Malimba  river.  Here  the  bands  came 
in  contact  again  and  two  more  were  killed,  one  the  notorious 
bandit,  Tagunton.  One  wounded,  one  rifle,  one  revolver,  two 
ponies,  some  correspondence  and  ammunition  captured. 

February  12. — Lieut.  Sheldon,  with  mounted  detachment  of 
fifteen  men,  in  a  skirmish  with  thirty  insurgents  on  the  Bule 
river,  routed  them  and  killed  fifteen. 

April  17. — Lieut.  Ripley,  commanding  a  detachment  of 
Ilocano  scouts,  encountered  the  enemy  eight  miles  south  of 
Irurulengin  mountains.  One  killed,  three  wounded  and  nine 
cuartels  burned. 

April  24. — Lieut.  Sheldon,  commanding  a  detachment  of 
the  regiment,  while  scouting  between  Bengaben  and  Cabanatuan, 
struck  a  small  band  of  insurgents.  Killed  two,  scattered  the 
rest  and  captured  one  rifle. 

April  28. — The  celebrated  Filipino  general,  Alejandrino, 
accompanied  by  an  orderly,  both  armed,  entered  the  quarters  of 
the  regimental  commander,  Major  R.  T.  Yeatman,  at  night, 
and  coolly  stated  that  he  had  come  to  discuss  the  terms  of  sur- 
render. Major  Yeatman  succeeded  in  getting  a  message  to  the 
guard  house  and  upon  arrival  of  the  guard  the  terms  of  sur- 
render were  quickly  arranged.  Previous  to  this  Alejandrino 
had  eluded  repeated  attempts  to  capture  him. 

May  19. — The  insurgent  general,  Lacuna,  and  his  entire 
command  surrendered  to  General  Funston  at  San  Isidro,  Nueva 
Ecija.  This  ended  armed  resistance  in  the  department. 


83 


History  of  the 


CHAPTER   VIII 

Service  in  the  United  States  1902-3 

June  30,  1901,  the  regiment  was  stationed  as  follows: 

Headquarters  and  Companies  B,  C  and  D,  at  San  Isidro. 

Company  A  at  Jaen. 

Companies  E  and  F,  at  Arayat. 

Company  G,  at  Apalit. 

Company  H,  at  Baler,  Principe. 

Company  I,  at  San  Antonio. 

Company  K,  at  Gapan. 

Company  L,  at  Cabiao. 

Company  M,  at  Mexico  and  Santa  Ana. 

July  25,  Company  E,  changed  station  to  Balanga;  Company 
M,  to  Orani.  In  August,  Companies  I,  K  and  L  were  moved  to 
Manila.  In  September,  Headquarters  and  Companies  A,  D,  F 
and  G  w£re  sent  to  Manila,  and  Company  E  went  to  Mariveles. 
September  29,  eleven  insurgents,  formerly  attached  to  Agui- 
naldo's  forces,  surrendered  to  Company  H  at  Baler.  November 
6,  a  small  party  of  insurgents  attacked  a  detachment  of  Company 
H  at  Casiguran  and  were  repulsed  with  losses. 

Late  in  December  came  the  welcome  orders  for  the  regiment's 
return  to  the  States.  The  third  battalion  embarked  on  the  Rose- 
crans  and  sailed  January  24,  1902.  Headquarters  and  the  first 
and  second  battalions  sailed  on  the  Hancock  February  1.  The 
voyage  home  was  rough,  the  Hancock  traveling  through  storm 
after  storm  from  Nagasaki  to  San  Francisco.  During  one  of 
the  storms  two  men  of  the  casual  detachment  were  washed 
overboard. 

The  Rosecrans  entered  "Frisco"  harbor  the  evening  of  Feb- 
ruary 25.  A  few  hours  later  the  Hancock  dropped  anchor  within 
hailing  distance. 

The  regiment  at  once  moved  into  camp  at  the  Presidio,  re- 
maining there  until  March  4,  5,  and  6,  when  the  various  com- 

84 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

panics  moved  by  rail  to  their  assigned  posts.  Company  C  took 
station  at  Fort  Logan  H.  Roots,  Arkansas,  March  9.  Com- 
panies A  and  D  went  to  Fort  Robinson,  Nebraska,  March  8. 
Company  B  went  to  Fort  Niobrara,  Nebraska,  March  9,  and 
Headquarters,  the  second  and  third  battalions  went  to  Fort 
Crook,  Nebraska,  March  11. 

May  7-9,  Companies  A  and  D  changed  station  to  Fort  Reno, 
I.  T.,  and  August  18-21  Company  B  changed  station  from  Fort 
Niobrara  to  Fort  Logan  H.  Roots.  No  additional  changes  of 
station  were  made  until  the  regiment  was  ordered  to  its  second 
tour  of  duty  in  the  Philippines. 

Garrison  duty  during  the  regiment's  brief  stay  in  the  United 
States  was  almost  as  exacting  as  field  service.  Drill  and  parades, 
target  practice,  military  athletics,  summer  exercises,  fall  maneu- 
vers, schools  for  officers  and  men  and  the  necessary  studies, 
combined  to  make  strenuous  service.  Each  year  the  companies 
at  Fort  Crook,  by  battalion,  marched  one  hundred  and  eighty 
miles  to  and  from  their  target  range  on  the  Omaha  Indian  re- 
servation. In  addition,  in  1902,  these  companies  marched  four 
hundred  miles  to  and  from  Fort  Riley,  Kansas. 

August  1,  the  third  battalion,  Major  Crittenden  commanding, 
attended  the  reunion  of  the  National  Society,  Army  of  the  Philip- 
pines, at  Council  Bluffs,  Iowa. 

For  the  season  of  1902,  the  regiment  won  first  place  in  the 
department  rifle  competition  at  Fort  Leavenworth,  and  second 
place  in  the  army  competition  at  Fort  Sheridan,  Illinois. 

The  regiment  was  concentrated  at  Fort  Riley  in  September 
for  the  fall  maneuvers.  As  this  was  the  first  assembly  of  troops 
for  experimental  field  purposes,  great  interest  was  taken  in  the 
event.  Invitations  were  extended  by  the  war  department  to  the 
states  and  many  of  the  states  accepted,  sending  representatives 
from  the  officers  of  their  national  guards.  The  Riley  reservation 
became  a  huge  camp,  from  which  each  morning  marched  a  khaki 
army  to  oppose  an  army  in  blue.  These  forces  were  employed 
in  action  according  to  pre-arranged  plans  and  the  results  of 
combat  were  judged  by  disinterested  umpires.  In  order  to  obtain 

85 


History  of  the 

all  possible  benefit,  critiques  were  held  nightly  and  at  these  the 
senior  umpire  read  reports  and  decisions  of  the  day's  maneuvers. 

In  these  maneuvers  the  22nd  Infantry  again  won  distinction. 
The  regimental  commander,  Colonel  James  Miller,  commanding 
a  brigade  of  the  18th  and  22nd  Infantries,  two  batteries  and 
River's  squadron  of  the  4th  Cavalry,  won  what  was  judged  the 
only  decisive  victory  of  the  maneuvers. 

Companies  A  and  D  returned  to  Fort  Reno,  October  8,  Com- 
panies B  and  C  to  Fort  Logan  H.  Roots,  October  10,  the  second 
and  third  battalions  to  Fort  Crook,  October  22. 

April  28,  1903,  the  second  and  third  battalions  were  sent  to 
St.  Louis,  Missouri,  to  take  part  in  the  parade  incidental  to  the 
dedication  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  exposition.  The  battalions 
returned  to  Fort  Crook,  May  4,  1903. 

The  regiment  again  won  first  place  in  the  annual  department 
rifle  competition  at  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas,  and  eighth  place 
in  the  army  competition  at  Fort  Sheridan,  Illinois. 

October  20  and  21,  1903,  the  regiment  left  its  peaceful  sta- 
tions for  San  Francisco,  en  route  to  the  Philippines.  October  31 
it  embarked  and  sailed  for  the  islands  on  the  U.  S.  A.  T. 
Sheridan.  The  Sheridan  stopped  at  Honolulu  November  8-10, 
and  at  Guam  November  22-23,  and  arrived  at  Manila  Novem- 
ber 28.  Here,  definite  orders  were  received  assigning  the  regi- 
ment to  service  in  Mindanao.  The  Sheridan  sailed  from  Manila 
bay  December  1,  and  arrived  at  Camp  Overton  December  3. 
Here  the  regiment  disembarked  December  6.  The  second  bat- 
talion took  station  at  Pantar  headquarters,  the  first  and  third  bat- 
talions at  Camp  Marahui. 


86 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER   IX 

The  Moros  of  Lake  Lanao 

The  Moros,  with  whom  the  22nd  Infantry  was  to  contend 
from  now  on  for  a  long  and  active  period,  were  the  most  treach- 
erous and  unfriendly  of  all  the  Filipino  people. 

The  Moros  are  descendants  of  the  Mussulman  Dyaks  of 
Borneo.  For  centuries  they  have  been  the  scourge  of  sea  and 
land-pirates  wherever  they  could  force  a  boat,  ravaging  hordes 
of  warriors  where  dry  land  barred  their  vintas.  In  their  hearts 
beat  the  implacable  hatred  of  the  Moslem  for  the  Christian. 

Mohammedan  feudalism  and  fanaticism  balked  all  Spanish 
attempts  at  conquest  in  the  lands  of  the  Moros.  The  pride  of 
Spain  landed  at  many  ports  of  Mindanao  in  the  sixteenth  century 
— freebooters  whose  thirst  for  fame  and  gold  has  given  the  world 
its  most  gallant  combats — but  these  intrepid  warriors,  of  a  time 
but  little  later  than  that  of  Cortez  and  Pizarro,  were  not  able 
to  withstand  the  frenzied  attacks  of  the  Moro.  Spanish  geog- 
raphers have  handed  down  to  us  maps  of  a  wilderness  dotted 
here  with  a  Fuerta  de  Isabella,  there  with  a  Campo  de  Ferdinand. 
For  a  brief  space  of  time  the  glory  of  Spain  was  displayed  at 
many  points  of  Moroland — shortly  afterward,  bleached  bones  and 
medieval  names  on  the  map  were  all  that  remained  of  the  glory. 

Late  in  the  sixteenth  century  Spain  made  a  supreme  effort 
to  subjugate  the  Moros  of  the  Lanao  district.  But  powder  and 
firearms  were  no  match  for  the  kris  and  kampilan  and  the 
wooden  shield.  Bravery  fell  before  fanaticism;  science  was 
routed  by  overwhelming  numbers. 

Among  the  Moros  of  the  present  day  one  may  occasionally 
find  an  old  helmet  or  an  old  piece  of  mail  or  an  old  blade — relics 
of  Spain's  disastrous  attempts  among  the  Moros. 

For  two  hundred  and  fifty  years  afterward  Moro  supremacy 
was  absolute.  Spain  was  obliged  to  remit  taxes,  not  only  from 
Mindanao,  but  from  nearby  islands.  The  Moros  took  everything. 

87 


History  of  the 

And  early  in  the  nineteenth  century,  thirsting  for  a  wider  field 
of  conquest,  Moro  craft  appeared  in  the  bay  of  Manila.  The 
adventurers  sacked  the  entire  western  coast  of  Luzon  and  took 
into  slavery  many  Spaniards  as  well  as  Filipinos. 

Governors  general  and  wealthy  Filipinos  lured  by  prospects 
of  captured  gold  fitted  out  many  expeditions  to  put  an  end  to 
Moro  piracy,  but  all  efforts  were  vain.  Millions  of  money  and 
rivers  of  blood  only  served  to  increase  the  activities  of  the  in- 
domitable marauders.  It  was  not  until  1860  that  the  pirates  were 
kept  within  the  confines  of  their  own  islands  by  the  use  of  a  fleet 
of  steam  launches. 

In  1895,  General  Blanco  personally  led  an  expedition  against 
the  Lanao  Moros — the  first  that  Spain  had  attempted  in  three 
hundred  years.  Gunboats,  in  sections,  small  arms  and  great 
stores  of  war  materials  were  carried  from  Iligan,  on  the  coast, 
to  Lake  Lanao.  For  three  months  a  land  force  attacked  cottas  at 
various  points  while  gunboats  shelled  every  stronghold  that  could 
be  reached  from  the  lake.  The  campaign  was  successful  to  a 
limited  extent,  the  Spaniards  holding  Marahui  at  the  end  of  the 
lake  and  controlling  by  the  use  of  strong  escorts,  the  road  from 
Iligan  to  the  lake.  Moros  claim  that  the  Spaniards  were  never 
able  to  force  an  entrance  to  Taraca,  the  great  Moro  stronghold 
on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  lake. 

Moro  government  is  complicated  feudalism.  The  Sultan  of 
Jolo  is  the  acknowledged  head.  Under  him  are  a  multitude 
of  sultans,  each  strong  according  to  his  power,  his  riches  and 
the  number  of  his  wives.  Under  the  sultans  are  dattos,  likewise 
strong  as  they  possess  wealth  and  women.  Under  the  dattos 
are  free  Moros.  Under  all,  sacopes  or  slaves.  Religious  rank 
includes  had j  is  and  panditas.  Civil  rank  is  also  established  but 
the  officials  of  religion  and  of  the  civil  functions  seem  to  be  mere 
tools  in  the  hands  of  the  sultans.  Each  sultan  of  importance 
has  his  own  priests,  his  own  lawyer  and  scribe. 

The  greater  part  of  the  Moro  territory  around  Lake  Lanao 
is  swampy.  In  these  swamps  the  Moros  have  built  their  cottas — 
rectangular  earthworks,  ten  to  twelve  feet  high,  surrounded 
by  ditches  and  surmounted  by  close  growths  of  bamboo.  Only 

88 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

mountain  batteries  can  be  carried  over  the  marshy  trails.  Each 
cotta  is  plentifully  supplied  with  lantacas — small  brass  cannon 
firing  slugs.  The  Moro  rifles  range  from  flintlocks  to  stolen 
Mausers  and  Krags.  Native  powder  gives  only  short  range 
to  their  bullets,  but  the  nature  of  the  country  and  the  character 
of  the  defenses  preclude  long-range  fighting.  In  addition  to 
his  other  weapons  each  Moro  carries  a  kampilan  or  kris  and 
one  or  more  daggers.  Those  in  authority  carry  spears.  All 
of  these  are  deadly  weapons  in  a  hand-to-hand  combat.  Cottas 
fall  only  when  taken  by  assault,  and  in  this  sort  of  fighting  the 
old  armament  of  the  Moros  is  vastly  more  destructive  than  the 
modern  arm  of  the  American  soldier. 

In  December,  1903,  when  the  regiment  was  assigned  to 
station  at  Marahui,  many  of  the  surrounding  sultans  and  dattos 
professed  friendship,  but  in  the  majority  of  cases  the  friend- 
ship was  of  doubtful  character.  The  road  between  the  seacoast 
and  Marahui  was  declared  sacred.  Along  this  line  no  American 
forces,  however  few  in  number,  were  to  be  harmed.  In  return 
Americans  were  to  respect  and  protect  the  Moros  of  the  vicinity. 

But,  south  of  Marahui,  all  around  the  lake,  there  was  not 
a  place  where  Americans  in  small  bodies  were  free  from  attack. 
Taraca — and  this  included  almost  the  entire  eastern  shore  of 
the  lake — was  openly  hostile.  To  Maciu,  the  head  man  of 
Taraca,  also  the  name  of  the  tribe  of  Moros  inhabiting  this 
district,  had  flocked  all  the  bad  characters  of  the  lake  region, 
all  renegades  from  other  districts  and  all  men  who  had  suc- 
ceeded in  stealing  rifles.  These  characters  were  bound  together 
by  oaths  upon  their  Koran.  They  were  imbued  with  the  fanatical 
and  piratical  enthusiasm  of  the  boldest  of  their  ancestors.  The 
issue  was  between  Moslem  and  Christian. 

Spain's  attempt  at  conquest  in  the  Lanao  district  had  merely 
served  to  strengthen  the  Moro's  belief  in  his  own  supremacy. 
A  circuit  of  the  lake  by  Americans,  in  which  the  rear  guard 
had  been  constantly  fired  on,  had  not  decreased  this  belief. 
The  pride  of  sovereignty,  centuries  old,  was  not  to  be  humbled 
by  promises  of  better  conditions.  It  could  not  be  abased  by  a 
mere  showing  of  arms.  Spaniards  had  come  and  had  been 

89 


History  of  the 

driven  away.  After  hundreds  of  years,  when  their  advent  had 
become  a  folk  tale,  Spaniards  had  come  again  and  once  more 
had  been  driven  away.  They  had  been  followed  by  Americans. 
Why  should  not  these,  too,  be  driven  away  in  a  little  while? 

This  was  the  condition  of  affairs  that  confronted  the  22nd 
Infantry  upon  its  arrival  at  Marahui. 


90 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER  X 

The  Ramaien  Expedition 

December  17,  1903,  while  duck  hunting,  a  small  party  of 
officers  and  soldiers  from  Marahui  were  fired  upon  by  hostile 
Moros  near  Ramaien.  Repeated  demands  were  made  upon  the 
sultan  of  this  district  for  the  surrender  of  the  hostile  Moros, 
but,  although  the  assailants  were  well  known,  no  attention  was 
paid  to  the  demands.  An  expedition  was  accordingly  arranged 
to  arrest  the  sultan.  The  territory  of  Ramaien  was  known 
to  be  disaffected. 

At  three  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  January  22,  1904,  the 
first  battalion  of  the  regiment,  Major  J.  S.  Parke,  commanding, 
embarked  in  rowboats  and  native  vintas  at  Marahui  and  pro- 
ceeded toward  Ramaien,  about  seven  miles  across  the  northern 
end  of  the  lake.  Five  men  from  each  company  of  the  third 
battalion  accompanied  the  expedition.  Companies  B  and  D 
were  landed  at  Baringbingan,  north  of  Ramaien,  in  order  to 
get  in  the  rear  of  the  disaffected  territory.  Companies  A  and  C 
and  two  boats,  containing  respectively  a  Catling  gun  and  a 
Vickers-Maxim  gun,  proceeded  to  Ramaien.  At  the  mouth  of 
the  river  the  party  was  met  by  several  minor  chiefs  and  after 
a  parley,  the  companies,  preceded  by  the  gunboats,  were  rowed 
up  the  stream.  The  actions  of  the  natives  who  had  been  taken 
with  the  companies  plainly  indicated  that  an  attack  was  medi- 
tated. Raising  their  red  umbrellas,  they  remained  standing  until 
they  were  ordered  to  sit.  They  shouted  continuously  to  Moros 
along  the  bank  of  the  river,  finally  admitting  that,  although 
they  themselves  were  friendly,  there  were  many  bad  Moros  in 
the  territory. 

Ramaien  consisted  of  several  miles  of  cottas  along  the  north 
bank  of  the  river.  Ditseen  was  similarly  built  upon  the  south 
bank.  The  river  at  this  point  was  not  more  than  seventy-five 
feet  wide,  and  was  well  commanded  by  the  walls  of  the  cottas. 

91 


History  of  the 

The  boats  were  running  a  narrow  gauntlet.     At  any  moment 
a  murderous  short-range  fire  might  be  opened  upon  them. 

Before  reaching  the  main  cottas,  detachments  were  landed. 
On  each  side  of  the  river,  between  the  cotta  walls  and  the  stream, 
was  a  narrow  trail,  along  which  the  detachments,  in  single  file, 
kept  pace  with  the  leading  boat.  While  the  boats  were  moving 
up  the  river,  many  armed  Moros  were  seen  running  from  cotta 
to  cotta.  They  carried  rifles,  kampilans  and  krises  and  were 
evidently  hastening  to  a  large  cotta  at  the  upper  end  of  the  town. 
As  this  cotta  was  a  menace  to  the  boats,  the  land  detachment 
approached  to  investigate  it.  Its  narrow  entrance  was  closed 
by  a  high  gate  of  bamboo,  and  within  were  a  number  of  Moros 
aiming  their  rifles  at  the  command.  Led  by  two  officers,  a 
dash  was  made  into  the  cotta.  Hardly  had  the  Americans 
entered  when  the  two  officers  were  shot  down.  Headquarters 
recorded  the  death  of  one  of  them,  2nd  Lieut.  Campbell  W. 
Flake,  in  general  orders  as  follows: 

GENERAL  ORDERS  No.  1 

HEADQUARTERS  22ND  U.    S.    INFANTRY. 
Camp  Marahui,  Mindanao,  P.  I. 

January  23rd,  1904. 

It  has  become  the  sad  duty  of  the  Regimental  Com- 
mander to  announce  the  death  of  an  officer : 

2nd  Lieutenant  Campbell  W.  Flake,  22nd  Infantry. 

Killed  in  action  at  Ramaien  river,  Lake  Lanao,  Min- 
danao, January  22,  1904,  against  savage  and  treacherous 
Moros. 

He  died  a  soldier's  death.  Shot  dead  on  the  field  of 
battle. 

His  record  is  closed.  He  has  given  his  life  to  his 
country. 

Brave,  courteous,  prompt,  willing  and  efficient  were  the 
qualities  which  endeared  him  to  all.  The  regiment  has  lost 
a  fine  young  officer,  cut  down  in  the  prime  of  his  splendid 
physical  strength.  His  loss  is  deeply  mourned. 

92 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

To  the  widow  and  orphan  sincerest  sympathy  is  ex- 
tended. 

Lieut.  Flake  was  born  October  31,  1875.  Enlisted  June 
17,  1898,  in  the  3rd  U.  S.  Volunteer  Infantry,  and  served  as 
first  sergeant  until  May  2,  1899,  when  he  was  mustered  out. 
During  this  time  he  served  in  Cuba  from  August  1898  until 
April  1899.  Commissioned  2nd  Lieutenant  of  Infantry  on 
July  15,  1901,  and  assigned  to  27th  Infantry.  Transferred 
to  22nd  Infantry,  December  2,  1901,  and  assigned  to  Com- 
pany A,  in  which  organization  he  served  until  killed. 

As  a  mark  of  respect  officers  of  the  regiment  will  wear 
the  usual  badge  of  mourning  for  thirty  days. 

By  order  of  Colonel  Wygant: 

(Sgd.)    R.  L.  HAMILTON, 

Captain,  22nd  Infantry, 

Adjutant. 

Thus  were  the  first  shots  in  the  campaign  against  the  lake 
Moros  fired.  The  battalion  had  seen  many  armed  Moros  but 
in  the  pursuance  of  a  peaceful  policy  had  refrained  from  shoot- 
ing; Orders  required  the  arrest  of  the  sultan,  if  possible,  with- 
out the  shedding  of  blood. 

The  few  men  who  had  gained  entrance  to  the  cotta  gallantly 
covered  the  Moros  until  the  wounded  officers  were  without. 
They  then  retired  about  twenty  yards  until  under  cover  of  the 
cotta  walls,  where  they  were  reinforced,  immediately  charging 
and  capturing  the  cotta.  Escaping  Moros  were  driven  from 
cotta  to  cotta  before  they  had  time  to  form  and  make  a  stand. 

This  method  of  attack  was  continued  until  there  was  danger 
of  firing  into  the  other  command,  which  was  slowly  forcing  its 
way  through  the  swamps  to  the  rear  of  the  town.  All  firing 
then  ceased  and  trumpets  kept  the  commands  informed  of  each 
other's  whereabouts  until  a  junction  was  effected. 

The  battalion,  assisted  by  the  gunboats  then  drove  the  enemy 
several  miles  up  the  river,  landed,  moved  down  the  river  and 
destroyed  the  defenses  of  the  town  as  far  as  possible. 

93 


History  of  the 

In  this,  as  in  all  other  engagements,  the  troops  were  greatly 
hampered  by  the  proximity  of  friendly  Moros.  Ditseen,  oppo- 
site Ramaien,  flew  many  American  flags.  It  also  delivered  many 
hostile  shots  but  the  troops  were  compelled  to  assume  that  these 
shots  were  fired  by  Ramaien  natives  fleeing  across  the  river. 
Ditseen,  displaying  its  many  American  flags,  was  spared  although 
in  its  territory  were  seen  many  natives  bearing  rifles.  As  the 
battalion  embarked,  the  rear  guard  was  fired  upon  from  lantacas 
and  rifles  in  a  cotta  that  had  been  spared  in  the  advance.  In  this 
manner  was  American  leniency  appreciated  by  the  Moro. 

The  battalion  returned  to  Marahui  at  4:30  P.  M. 

The  Moro  loss  in  the  engagement  was  about  twenty-five 
killed,  and,  although  the  direct  object  of  the  expedition,  the  arrest 
of  the  sultan,  was  not  accomplished,  this  worthy  afterward  pre- 
sented himself  at  Marahui  and  made  overtures  for  peace.  On 
a  subsequent  expedition  of  the  regiment  through  this  territory, 
this  same  sultan  gave  ample  proof  of  his  desire  for  friendship. 

Shortly  before  midnight,  February  27,  1904,  Moros  made  an 
attack  upon  the  companies  at  Pantar.  Shots  were  fired  into 
camp  and  one  sentinel  was  cut  with  a  kampilan.  Several  nights 
later  a  similar  attempt,  probably  to  steal  rifles,  was  made  at 
Marahui. 

March,  1904,  the  regiment  carried  off  the  honors  in  the  de- 
partment athletic  competition  at  Zamboanga.  In  addition,  Private 
George  W.  Smith,  Company  K,  won  first  place  as  the  best  all- 
around  athlete. 

The  regimental  ball  team  was  so  successful  in  this  meet  that 
it  was  sent  to  Manila  in  June,  where  it  defeated  the  winning 
nine  of  the  Luzon  competition. 


94 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER    XI 

The  Taraca  Expedition 

Major  General  Leonard  Wood,  commanding. 
Troops  engaged: 

2nd  and  3rd  battalions  22nd  Infantry;  four  troops  14th 
Cavalry;  four  companies  17th  Infantry;  six  companies 
23rd  Infantry;  one  platoon  17th  Field  Artillery. 

The  object  of  this  campaign  was  to  subdue  the  Maciu  Moros. 
Two  columns  participated  in  the  movement.  The  plan  was  for 
the  larger  column,  under  General  Wood,  to  march  from  Camp 
Vicars  around  the  southeast  corner  of  the  lake  and  unite  with  the 
smaller  column  from  Marahui  at  a  point  one  mile  south  of  the 
Taraca  river,  the  larger  column  to  force  a  landing  that  could 
be  used  as  a  supply  point  for  the  entire  command. 

The  third  battalion  of  the  regiment  embarked  at  Marahui  at 
two  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  April  2,  and  proceeded  toward 
Taraca  in  double  column  of  boats  manned  by  soldiers.  A 
heavy  fog  hung  over  the  lake  and  the  command  was  kept  together 
only  by  constant  calls  from  boat  to  boat.  At  half  past  six  in  the 
morning,  after  rowing  four  hours  and  a  half,  the  boats  stood  off 
about  five  hundred  yards  from  the  mouth  of  the  Taraca  river. 
The  fog  had  lifted  and  many  excited  natives  were  seen  running 
toward  the  cottas.  When  within  the  cottas  they  at  once  opened 
fire  on  the  passing  boats  accompanying  the  fire  with  jeers  and 
insolent  shouts.  This  continued  for  about  half  an  hour,  when 
the  boats  were  out  of  range. 

The  native  guides  in  the  boats  seemed  to  have  little  knowl- 
edge of  the  shore  line  on  the  eastern  coast.  The  lake  apparently 
merged  into  a  huge  marsh,  with  tall  swamp  grass  everywhere. 
Field  glasses  could  discover  no  suitable  point  on  solid  ground  for 
a  landing  and  supply  base.  As  the  boats  skirted  the  shore  in 

95 


History  of  the 

search  of  the  ordered  haven,  armed  natives  were  seen  stealthily 
following  the  boats'  course. 

A  mile  south  of  the  Taraca  river  the  column  rounded  a  point. 
A  break  of  a  hundred  yards  in  the  marsh  grass  disclosed  a 
diminutive  bay  and  behind  it  solid  ground. 

Shutting  off  the  bay  from  the  lake  was  a  line  of  bamboo  poles 
surmounted  by  horizontal  bamboo.  Commanding  the  bay,  fifty 
feet  from  the  shore  line,  was  a  pretentious  cotta. 

The  column  pulled  its  way  toward  the  landing.  Fifty  yards 
from  the  water's  edge  Colonel  Maus  stopped  the  leading  boats 
and  explained,  through  his  interpreter,  to  the  Moros  congregated 
at  the  entrance  to  the  cotta  that  he  wished  to  land  and  to  camp 
there,  promising  the  natives  that  they  would  not  be  molested  if 
they  remained  friendly.  To  this  the  head  man  replied  angrily  and 
insolently,  ordering  the  command  away  and  saying  that  he  would 
not  permit  the  troops  to  land. 

In  accordance  with  orders,  Colonel  Maus  expostulated  with 
the  head  Moro,  but  to  no  avail.  The  datto,  for  such  he  proved 
to  be,  said  that  he  had  many  women  there.  He  was  answered 
that  if  he  were  friendly  and  allowed  the  command  to  land,  neither 
his  women  nor  any  of  his  belongings  should  be  molested. 

As  the  parley  continued,  the  Moros  became  more  insolent. 
It  was  evident  that  their  reinforcements  were  coming  in  fast. 
Several  times  the  interpreters  gave  warning  that  the  Moros  were 
getting  ready  to  fire. 

Meanwhile  the  boats  had  been  ranged  on  the  arc  of  a  circle 
broadside  toward  the  cotta.  Suddenly  swamp  and  cotta  blazed 
with  fire.  Bullets  and  slugs  whistled  through  the  air,  struck 
boats  and  splashed  into  the  water.  Lantacas,  service  rifles, 
Mausers,  Remingtons  and  flintlocks  delivered  an  almost  perfect 
volley.  Company  and  boat  commanders  at  once  returned  the 
shots;  a  Catling  and  a  Vickers-Maxim,  mounted  in  boats,  an- 
swered without  a  second's  delay.  A  strong  converging  fire 
was  poured  into  the  cotta  and  into  beach  grasses  north  and  south 
where  gun-flashes  were  seen. 

Two  men  were  wounded  in  the  early  stage  of  the  fight.  After- 
ward American  volleys  prevented  carefulness  of  aim  on  the  part 

96 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

of  the  Moros  and,  although  boats  were  struck  and  many  slugs 
from  lantacas  splashed  into  the  water,  there  were  no  further  cas- 
ualties. Realizing  that  they  would  be  driven  from  their  strong- 
hold the  Moros  made  the  cotta  a  pandemonium  of  frenzied  yells. 
High  above  the  sounds  of  musketry  rose  the  shrill  "cries  of  baffled 
Moslem  rage. 

At  the  end  of  half  an  hour,  the  order  was  given  to  land  and 
charge  the  cotta.  Shots  were  still  coming  from  the  Moros  but 
eager  arms  raced  the  boats  into  the  little  bay.  As  the  keels 
grounded,  men  sprang  into  the  water  and  silently,  in  good  order, 
charged  the  cotta.  But  the  disheartened  Moros  had  fled.  The 
battalion  was  in  possession  of  its  first  captured  cotta. 

At  once  it  was  seen  that  the  fort  from  which  had  been  de- 
livered the  main  defense,  the  one  visible  from  the  lake,  was  only 
one  of  twenty-four  distinct  cottas,  all  well  built  and  admirably 
suited  for  defenses.  The  remainder,  however,  were  not  as  well 
defended  and  the  Moros  were  quickly  driven  from  them  out 
into  the  open,  where  severe  losses  were  inflicted  on  them.  The 
command  buried  sixty-five  of  the  enemy's  dead  in  the  imme- 
diate vicinity  of  Pitud. 

Strict  orders  forbade  an  advance  and,  although  native 
strongholds  could  be  seen  in  all  directions,  the  battalion  was 
compelled  to  camp  and  await  General  Wood's  column.  As  the 
command  was  not  strong  enough  to  guard  the  entire  group  of 
cottas,  the  first  one  captured  was  selected  as  commanding  the 
landing  and  four  companies  occupied  it. 

On  the  morning  of  April  3,  the  command  was  increased  by 
the  second  battalion  of  the  regiment  and  by  two  troops  of  the 
14th  Cavalry.  Many  alleged  friendly  natives  presented  them- 
selves. Some  carried  white  flags.  Other  bore  American  flags 
of  Chinese  make,  curious  thirteen-starred  affairs  which  the 
natives  claimed  had  been  given  them  by  former  commanders  at 
Marahui.  These  Moros  came  from  parts  of  the  lake  that 
previously  and  afterward  were  openly  hostile,  but  in  the  face 
of  a  victorious  force  they  were  loud  in  their  protestations  of 
friendship. 

97 


History  of  the 

One  battalion  of  the  22nd  Infantry  had  planted  the  American 
flag  on  hitherto  unconquered  Taraca's  soil  and  had  sounded  the 
death  knell  of  Maciu's  power. 

April  4,  the  larger  column  under  General  Wood  completed 
its  march  around  the  southeastern  part  of  the  lake  and  went  into 
camp  on  Taraca  river. 

April  5,  the  two  battalions  of  the  regiment  captured  and 
destroyed  without  resistance,  Lalabuan,  an  important  group  of 
twenty-two  cottas.  Moros  were  encountered  in  these  cottas 
but  the  troops  refrained  from  firing  under  orders  in  spite  of 
what  they  had  already  experienced  of  Moro  treachery. 

April  8,  the  battalions  marched  northward  and  encamped  at 
Dalama.  During  the  day  two  Filipinos  who  had  been  in  Moro 
slavery  came  in  under  a  flag  of  truce.  The  following  day  camp 
was  made  near  the  mouth  of  the  Ramaien.  These  two  marches 
were  through  swamps  and  unbridged  streams.  Camps  were  not 
reached  until  late  in  the  afternoon.  Many  halts  were  necessary 
in  order  to  investigate  nearby  cottas.  On  the  morning  of  the 
9th,  a  detachment  was  sent  back  to  Patoan,  a  cotta  reported  by 
the  liberated  slaves  as  containing  arms  and  hostile  to  the  United 
States.  The  small  detachment  was  fired  upon  when  approach- 
ing the  cotta  although  it  had  been  unoccupied  the  previous  day. 
The  cotta  was  taken  by  assault  at  once,  the  occupants  killed  and 
a  number  of  rifles  and  lantacas  captured. 

At  Delama,  the  sultan  of  Ramaien  endeavored  to  propitiate 
the  second  advance  of  the  Americans  toward  his  territory  by 
sending  in  a  Moro  purporting  to  be  one  of  the  men  who  had 
attacked  the  Pantar  sentinel  on  the  night  of  February  27,  1904. 
This  peace  offering  was  a  crippled  slave,  of  no  value  as  Moro 
property.  Before  bringing  him  in  his  alleged  captors  had  cut 
open  one  of  his  cheeks  with  a  kris. 

Except  at  Patoan  the  marches  of  April  8  and  9,  although 
through  hostile  territory,  were  entirely  without  opposition.  The 
lesson  at  Pitud  had  been  well  taught.  Deputations  of  flag- 
bearing  Moros  continually  met  the  command,  making  loud 
protestations  of  their  firm  allegiance  to  the  United  States.  One 

98 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

procession  was  headed  with  a  transport  flag,  obtained,  un- 
doubtedly, by  ways  and  means  not  to  be  inquired  into.  Colonel 
Maus,  as  commanding  officer,  was  offered  many  presents  of 
fruit,  eggs  and  chickens.  Mud  was  knee-deep,  but  the  marches 
were  triumphal  processions,  resplendent  with  flags  and  fanci- 
fully attired  "friendlies". 

On  April  10,  the  battalions  returned  to  Camp  Marahui.  To 
the  regiment  had  fallen  the  honor  of  being  the  first  troops, 
American  or  Spanish,  to  penetrate  Taraca's  stronghold. 

Companies  F  and  G  had  been  ordered  to  Sapungan,  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Taraca  river,  on  April  5.  On  the  9th,  while 
making  a  reconnaissance  to  the  west  of  Pitud,  these  companies 
were  fired  upon  from  a  cotta  belonging  to  Datto  Gadaquan.  In 
the  face  of  heavy  fire,  the  companies  charged  the  cotta  and 
took  it  by  assault.  Corporal  Samuel  Treadway,  Company  G, 
one  of  those  wounded  in  the  assault,  closed  with  the  Moro  who 
wounded  him  and  killed  the  native  with  the  latter's  own  weapon. 

April  12,  the  same  companies  while  reconnoitering  up  the 
Taraca  river,  encountered  a  cotta  containing  a  number  of  armed 
Moros.  Before  attacking,  Captain  Wheeler,  commanding, 
ordered  the  women  and  children  to  a  place  of  safety. 

The  men  of  the  cotta  denied  having  guns,  but  professed  their 
willingness  to  come  out  and  to  surrender.  While  giving  up 
their  kampilans  and  daggers,  a  number  of  them,  without  warn- 
ing, made  a  rush  upon  the  troops  and  succeeded  in  stabbing 
Captain  David  P.  Wheeler  and  Corporal  Percy  Heyvelt,  Com- 
pany F.  The  troops  at  once  opened  fire  upon  the  treacherous 
Moros,  killing  thirty  of  them.  Headquarters  announced  the 
death  of  Captain  Wheeler  in  the  following  general  order: 

GENERAL  ORDERS  No.  5. 

HEADQUARTERS  22ND  U.  S.  INFANTRY. 
Camp  Marahui,  Mindanao,  P.  I. 

April  14th,  1904. 

It  is  the  painful  duty  of  the  Regimental  Commander  to 
announce  the  death  of  an  officer,  Captain  David  Porter 

99 


History  of  the 

Wheeler,  22nd  Infantry,  who  succumbed  this  date  to 
wounds  inflicted  by  hostile  Moros  at  Taraca  River,  on 
Lake  Lanao,  April  11,  1904. 

Captain  Wheeler  was  born  in  Zanesville,  Ohio,  July  18, 
1876.  Appointed  to  the  military  academy,  June  15,  1894. 
Graduated  and  commissioned  a  second  lieutenant  in  the 
23rd  Infantry  on  April  23,  1898.  Promoted  first  lieutenant 
and  assigned  to  the  22nd  Infantry,  March  2,  1899.  Pro- 
moted captain  and  assigned  to  the  26th  Infantry,  January 
27,  1903.  Transferred  to  the  22nd  Infantry  April  7,  1903. 

The  regiment  sustains  a  heavy  loss  by  the  death  of  this 
gallant  officer,  whose  services  have  ever  been  characterized 
by  loyalty,  gallantry  and  efficiency  of  the  highest  order. 
He  was  much  beloved  by  his  comrades  and  his  name  will 
always  be  remembered  with  those  heroic  men  of  the  regi- 
ment who  have  given  their  lives  for  their  country.  The 
flag  will  be  placed  at  half  mast  until  after  the  funeral  and 
mourning  will  be  worn  for  thirty  days. 

By  order  of  Lieutenant  Colonel  Maus: 

(Sgd.)  J.  L.  DONOVAN, 

Captain  22nd   Infantry, 

Acting  Adjutant. 

From  April  7,  1904,  a  detail  of  two  companies  of  the  regi- 
ment was  kept  constantly  at  the  mouth  of  the  Taraca  river 
and  the  sub-post  was  named  Camp  Wheeler,  in  honor  of  Cap- 
tain Wheeler.  Service  at  this  post  was  most  arduous.  At  first, 
nightly  attempts  were  made  by  Moros  to  rush  the  camp  and  a 
barbed-wire  fence  lighted  by  a  chain  of  lanterns  and  lamps, 
encircling  the  camp,  were  an  absolute  necessity.  Small-calibre 
bullets  failed  to  check  the  Moros  when  they  rushed  and  at  close 
quarters  the  razor-edged  kampilans  of  the  fanatics  did  deadly 
execution  even  after  the  wielders  of  the  weapons  were  riddled 
with  bullets.  In  several  instances  rushes  could  not  be  stopped 
until  the  Moros  had  reached  trie  barbed-wire  fence. 

ICO 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

The  night  attacks  upon  Camp  Wheeler  were  largely  due  to 
the  influence  of  one  Omar,  a  priest,  who  claimed  divine  powers. 
Provided  with  charms  made  by  Omar,  a  Moro  was  protected 
from  American  bullets.  Three  blades  of  grass  specially  pre- 
pared by  Omar  and  laid  on  the  path  of  an  American  sentinel 
would  cause  the  instantaneous  death  of  the  sentinel.  When 
the  charms  failed  to  work,  Omar  laid  the  blame  on  the  Moro 
who  had  used  them.  His  explanation  was  that  the  Moro  who 
had  used  the  charms  must  have  been  an  American  sympathizer. 

The  whereabouts  of  the  false  prophet  were  shrouded  in 
mystery,  but  as  his  influence  extended  to  an  alarming  extent, 
it  became  necessary  either  to  destroy  him  or  to  prove  the  falsity 
of  his  claims.  Rumor  finally  located  him  in  the  foothills  east 
of  Delama,  and  accordingly,  on  June  15,  1904,  forces  from 
Camp  Wheeler  and  from  Camp  Marahui,  Companies  E,  F,  G, 
22nd  Infantry,  and  the  44th  company  Philippine  scouts,  landed 
at  Delama  at  daybreak  and  marched  toward  the  supposed  rendez- 
vous of  the  prophet's  followers.  Omar  had  previously  boasted 
that  if  an  expedition  were  sent  against  them,  he  would  flash 
his  spear  and  cause  all  Americans  to  fall  dead. 

When  the  crest  of  the  first  foothill  was  reached  the  advance 
guard  was  fired  upon.  A  moment  later  from  a  commanding  ridge, 
five  hundred  yards  distant,  arose  Mohammedan  curses  and 
shrieks  of  rage.  A  tall  figure  leapt  from  the  grass  and  shook  a 
spear  threateningly  at  the  little  party.  As  the  men  brought 
up  their  rifles,  the  tall  figure  vanished.  The  command  at  once 
began  a  vigorous  pursuit  over  the  roughest  of  mountain  trails. 
About  two  miles  from  the  lake,  Omar's  rendezvous  was  dis- 
covered and  destroyed.  A  few  of  his  followers  were  killed. 
On  the  return  to  the  boats  either  the  prophet  himself  or  an 
especially  deluded  follower  pursued  the  command  at  a  respectful 
distance,  and  from  the  concealment  of  the  forest  kept  up  a 
continuous  fire  on  the  troups.  Frequent- volleys  into  the  trees 
failed  to  stop  the  fire.  The  prophet's  influence  among  the 
Moros  had  been  destroyed. 

The  expedition  and  the  unceasing  vigilance  at  Camp  Wheeler 
caused  the  savages  to  quit  their  nightly  rushes. 

101 


History  of  the 

However,  there  were  still  a  great  many  hostile  Moros  in 
the  Taraca  region.  To  pacify  them  became  the  duty  of  the 
troops  at  Camp  Wheeler.  Friendly  overtures  were  made. 
Natives  were  encouraged  to  return  to  their  homes  and  to  resume 
their  agriculture.  A  few  of  them  finally  returned  but  minor 
sultans  and  dattos  who  had  not  felt  American  power,  exerted 
bad  influences.  To  allay  hostility  and  to  show  the  Moros  that 
they  would  not  be  molested  as  long  as  they  remained  peaceful, 
the  troops  made  practice  marches  all  over  the  region.  At  many 
places  the  soldiers  were  invariably  fired  upon.  Natives  hid  near 
the  camp  and  reported  any  unusual  preparations  being  made 
and  when  the  troops  went  on  the  trail  they  found  cunningly 
devised  snares  laid  along  the  paths.  Attempts  were  made  to 
lure  officers  to  their  deaths. 

Rains  made  the  eastern  lake  country  one  great  swamp  but 
still  the  command  marched  and  worked  for  the  establishment 
of  peace  and  order.  Frequently  companies  were  sent  from 
Marahui  to  cooperate  with  the  Taraca  companies.  And  slowly 
but  surely  American  influences  extended.  Moro  firearms  were 
captured  or  surrendered.  Moros  returned  to  their  homes  once 
more  and  again  worked  in  the  rice  fields. 

Meanwhile,  at  Marahui,  the  general  condition  was  improving. 
The  necessity  of  guarding  the  large  post  and  the  quantities  of 
supplies  prevented  frequent  expeditions,  but  once  a  week  troops 
made  practice  marches  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  disaffected 
regions. 

On  the  night  of  July  10,  1904,  a  sentinel  was  cut  down  and 
his  rifle  stolen.  The  assailants  were  traced  to  Marantao.  The 
sultan  of  that  place  refused  to  surrender  either  the  stolen  rifle 
or  the  Moro  who  had  made  the  attack.  Before  daylight  on  the 
morning  of  August  1,  1904,  the  Marantao  district,  extending 
three  miles  along  the  western  shore  of  the  lake,  was  surrounded. 
At  daybreak  the  troops  were  fired  upon.  They  immediately 
attacked  the  numerous  cottas,  destroying  the  houses  and  inflicting 
severe  losses  on  the  enemy. 

Of  the  many  expeditions  sent  out  from  Camp  Wheeler,  that 
against  Malug  is  typical  of  the  service  required  in  operating 

102 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

against  the  Moro.  After  the  general  campaign  against  Taraca, 
April  2  to  10,  1904,  the  greater  part  of  the  Maciu  tribe  dis- 
appeared. No  great  casualties  had  been  inflicted  upon  them,  yet 
thousands  of  them  were  afterward  missing.  It  was  not  believed 
that  so  many  Moros  could  live  permanently  in  the  mountains 
and  search  and  inquiry  failed  to  reveal  them  along  the  shore 
of  the  lake. 

While  exploring  a  trail  through  a  canon  on  August  12,  1904, 
detachments  from  Companies  I  and  K  encountered  a  strong 
cotta  that  completely  controlled  the  trail.  It  was  of  formidable 
proportions  with  walls  twenty  feet  high  and  a  surrounding  ditch, 
twenty  feet  in  depth,  filled  with  running  water.  The  trail 
leading  to  the  entrance  was  an  incline  four  feet  wide.  At  the 
head  of  this  was,  apparently,  a  great  bamboo  gate.  At  one 
side  of  the  gate  was  an  entrance  that  admitted  only  one  man  at 
a  time. 

When  the  troops  came  in  sight  of  the  cotta,  angry  Moros 
on  the  walls  ordered  them  away.  As  the  troops  did  not  obey, 
the  Moros  opened  fire  with  rifles  and  lantacas.  As  only  an 
overwhelmingly  superior  force  could  hope  to  take  this  cotta 
by  direct  assault,  the  small  detachment  endeavored  to  keep  down 
the  fire  from  the  walls  while  several  men,  ascending  the  incline, 
tried  to  burn  the  large  gate.  Approach  toward  the  gate  showed, 
however,  that  behind  the  gate  was  a  great  heap  of  boulders. 
The  gate  was  controlled  by  a  bamboo  lever  that,  when  sprung, 
would  drop  the  gate  outward  and  hurl  several  tons  of  rocks 
down  the  incline.  Through  slits  in  the  woven  bamboo,  Moros 
were  seen  trying  to  spring  the  lever.  These  Moros  were  shot 
down  at  once.  Several  men  then  started  to  climb  over  the  gate 
while  their  comrades  protected  them  by  a  covering  fire  from 
outside.  Just  as  the  men  reached  the  inside  of  the  cotta  one  of 
them  was  shot  and  speared  by  concealed  Moros.  Realizing 
that  the  cotta  could  not  be  taken  by  a  small  force  without  great 
loss,  the  detachment  withdrew. 

The  following  morning,  reinforced  by  Companies  L,  M  and 
F,  from  Marahui,  the  troops  again  attacked  the  stronghold 
and  captured  it  without  loss.  The  large  gate  was  sprung  and 

103 


History  of  the 

the  cotta  was  examined.  It  was  found  to  be  admirably  con- 
structed. Well-arranged  bomb-proofs  had  been  constructed  to 
protect  the  defenders  from  any  possible  artillery  fire.  Beyond 
question  it  was  the  strongest  cotta  that  had  been  captured  in 
the  Lanao  district. 

The  position  and  size  of  this  fortification  was  evidence  of 
something  beyond  which  the  Moros  were  anxious  to  conceal 
from  American  eyes.  Detachments  were  promptly  sent  up 
the  trail.  At  the  crest  of  the  first  foothills  the  mystery  was 
explained.  The  whereabouts  of  the  Macius  had  been  revealed. 
Cottas,  cultivated  fields  and  thousands  of  Moros  burst  upon 
the  sight  of  the  troops.  From  this  unknown  rendezvous,  war 
was  to  be  continued  indefinitely.  The  day  following  the  dis- 
covery of  the  missing  Moros,  however,  representative  Moros 
appeared  at  Camp  Wheeler  and  made  a  proposal  to  surrender 
all  firearms. 

August  29,  the  regiment  lost  another  officer,  Lieutenant 
Fitzgerald  S.  Turton,  whose  death  was  announced  in  general 
orders  as  follows: 

GENERAL  ORDERS  No.  15. 

HEADQUARTERS  22ND  U.  S.  INFANTRY 
Camp  Marahui,  Mind.,  P.  L, 

August  31st,   1904. 

It  becomes  again,  after  a  very  brief  interval,  the  painful 
duty  of  the  Regimental  Commander  to  announce  the  death 
of  an  officer  of  the  regiment:  2nd  Lieut.  Fitzgerald  S. 
Turton,  who  died  at  this  post  on  the  29th  instant. 

Lieut.  Turton  had  been  with  the  regiment  only  a  few 
months  but  during  that  time  he  had  firmly  established 
himself  in  the  confidence,  respect  and  esteem  of  all  who 
knew  him.  His  conduct  while  a  member  of  this  regiment 
was  characterized  by  strict  attention  to  duty  and  courage, 
gallantry  and  coolness  in  action. 

Lieut.  Turton  was  born  in  New  Zealand,  on  July  15, 
1874.  He  entered  the  U.  S.  Army  on  April  18,  1900,  and 

104 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

served  as  private,  sergeant,  first  sergeant  and  battalion 
sergeant  major,  16th  Infantry,  until  October  9,  1903,  when 
he  was  commissioned  a  second  lieutenant  and  assigned  to 
the  22nd  Infantry. 

The  officers  of  the  regiment  will  wear  the  usual  badge  of 
mourning  for  thirty  days. 

By  Order  of  Lieut.  Col.  Robinson: 

(Sgd)  R.  L.  HAMILTON, 

Captain,  22nd  Infantry, 

Adjutant. 

The  middle  of  August  a  detachment  of  ninety  men,  Captain 
O.  R.  Wolfe,  commanding,  was  sent  to  the  Cottabato  district 
to  operate  against  Datto  Ali.  Nine  men  were  selected  from 
each  of  the  ten  companies  at  Marahui.  Only  the  strongest  and 
most  active  men  were  selected  and  the  work  they  were  called 
upon  to  do  taxed  their  endurance  to  the  utmost.  They  worked 
unceasingly  in  mud  and  water,  at  times  on  short  rations. 

The  Sultan  of  Oato  was  numbered  among  the  Moros  pro- 
fessing allegiance  to  the  United  States.  Accompanied  by  a 
retinue  of  followers  and  slaves  he  made  frequent  visits  of 
ceremony  to  Marahui.  Consequently  in  the  latter  part  of  Sep- 
tember when  this  Sultan  greeted  the  gunboat  Flake  with  rifle 
and  cannon  fire  the  military  authorities  were  greatly  surprised. 

An  expedition  was  immediately  sent  against  this  false  friend, 
and  American  troops  started  for  the  sultan's  territory  containing 
three  stone  cottas,  two  of  them  on  commanding  hills.  The  sur- 
rounding country  was  rough  and  in  many  places  impassable. 
On  the  morning  of  October  24,  1904,  the  2nd  Battalion,  22nd 
Infantry,  embarked  at  Marahui  and  proceeded  toward  Oato. 
Troop  F,  14th  Cavalry,  left  Marahui  at  the  same  time,  moving 
by  trail,  to  cover  Oato's  territory  on  the  north  and  west.  A 
battalion  of  the  23rd  Infantry  and  the  17th  Field  Battery  had 
left  Vicars  a  day  earlier  to  cover  the  southern  and  western 
borders  of  the  disaffected  country. 

The  battalion  of  the  22nd  arrived  at  Oato  at  daylight.  The 
Moros  promptly  opened  fire  with  lantacas  and  rifles.  Under 

105 


History  of  the 

cover  of  a  return  fire  from  the  Flake,  two  companies  were  landed 
in  row  boats  and  after  a  hard  climb  drove  the  Moros  from  minor 
cottas  on  the  first  hills. 

At  this  stage  of  the  operations,  according  to  the  general 
plan,  the  field  battery  was  to  have  joined  the  action  by  shelling 
the  main  cottas,  about  900  and  1,500  yards  distant,  but  recon- 
naissance showed  that  the  nature  of  the  country  would  delay 
the  arrival  of  the  battery  for  some  hours. 

The  nearest  fort  flew  many  war  flags.  From  its  walls  Moros 
brandished  spears  and  krises  and  from  its  loopholes  came 
desultory  fire  of  small  arms.  The  battalion's  advance  was  neces- 
sarily slow.  Underbrush,  boulders  and  a  maze  of  stone  walls 
obstructed  the  approach  to  the  cotta.  Small  parties  of  the  enemy 
were  driven  from  cover  to  cover  until,  at  about  noon,  the  first 
cotta  was  charged  and  captured.  A  number  of  lantacas  and 
iron  cannon  were  found,  the  largest  cannon  firing  a  six-inch 
solid  shot. 

After  a  short  rest,  the  advance  was  continued  toward  the 
second  cotta.  This  also  flew  war  flags  and  inside  tom-toms 
were  beating.  Moros  shouted  taunts  at  the  advancing  Americans. 

It  was  impossible  to  approach  this  cotta  except  in  column 
of  files.  Meanwhile  the  battery  had  reached  the  cotta  previously 
captured  and  the  battalion  was  recalled  to  permit  the  shelling 
of  the  stronghold.  After  the  battery  had  fired  for  thirty 
minutes  the  advance  was  continued  and  the  cotta  was  captured 
without  resistance. 

Shrapnel  and  fragments  of  shell  were  found  all  over  the 
cotta.  Blood  in  many  places  showed  that  the  missiles  had  found 
their  mark.  Lantacas  and  cannon  in  position  loaded  and  aimed 
and  many  articles  of  personal  property  gave  evidence  of  the 
haste  with  which  the  cotta  had  been  abandoned.  In  this  engage- 
ment the  battalion  suffered  two  casualties — one  officer  and  one 
enlisted  man  wounded.  The  Moro  loss  was  about  fifteen  killed, 
and  the  number  of  wounded  were  unknown.  The  object  of  the 
expedition  was  attained.  Through  friendly  Moros,  it  was 
learned  that  the  Sultan  of  Oato  declared  he  would  not  again 
oppose  American  sovereignty. 

106 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

On  November  24,  1904,  Camp  Wheeler,  on  the  Taraca 
River,  was  abandoned.  Prior  to  the  departure,  however,  there 
came  to  the  camp  many  of  the  Lanao  chiefs  to  declare  their 
friendship;  the  Sultan  of  Bayabas  himself  brought  three  other 
Sultans  to  surrender  with  all  their  firearms  and  personal 
possessions. 

The  occupation  ended,  the  result  was  clearly  apparent.  An 
extensive,  rich,  and  fertile  river  valley  had  been  opened  to  the 
tide  of  progress  and  civilization,  while  among  the  natives  them- 
selves the  teachings  of  sound  American  principles  of  justice 
and  freedom  for  all  had  taken  a  firm  root. 

On  December  27,  1904,  request  was  made  by  Daniel  B. 
Devore,  Civil  Governor  of  the  district,  for  an  expedition  to  put 
an  end  to  an  impending  fight  between  the  Sultans  of  Maciu  and 
Oato,  the  former  having  stolen  three  of  the  latter's  wives.  As 
a  result  of  this  request  a  force  of  twenty  men  of  the  Twenty- 
second  Infantry,  under  Captain  J.  L.  Donovan,  was  despatched 
to  the  scene  of  trouble  on  the  gunboat  Flake.  Nothing  ever  came 
of  the  expedition,  however,  there  was  no  action,  and  the  two 
Sultans  apparently  settled  their  difficulties  without  any  extensive 
resort  to  arms. 

On  January  16,  1905,  the  name  of  the  regiment's  station  was 
changed  from  Camp  Marahui  to  Camp  Keithley. 

The  following  month  of  February  passed  quietly  for  the 
regiment;  nothing  of  note  or  interest  occurred  until  March  7, 
when  Private  James  Morrison,  of  Company  H,  a  sentinel  on 
post,  was  stabbed  to  death  by  Moros.  As  a  result  of  this,  Gov- 
ernor Devore,  with  Lieutenant  Harry  Graham  and  a  detachment 
of  forty  men,  proceeded  to  Romein,  and  thence  on  the  following 
day  to  Oato  with  2nd  Lieutenant  Venable  and  twenty  men.  An 
expedition  to  apprehend  the  murderers  of  Morrison  was  organ- 
ized under  Major  Abner  Pickering,  22nd  Infantry,  the  force 
consisting  of  Companies  E,  H,  I,  and  L,  22nd  Infantry,  and  one 
section  of  the  26th  Battery  of  Field  Artillery.  On  March  15 
this  expedition  embarked  on  the  gunboats  Flake  and  Almonte, 
proceeding  to  a  point  near  the  mouth  of  the  Taraca  River,  where 
a  landing  was  effected.  Thence  the  troops  marched  to  the 

107 


History  of  the 

Ragayan  territory,  where,  in  the  course  of  a  brief  skirmish,  Pri- 
vate Patrick  Burke,  Company  L,  was  killed. 

Four  days  later,  March  19,  a  second  expedition  to  the  Rag- 
ayan country,  consisting  of  Companies  A,  B,  C,  D,  F,  G,  K,  and 
M,  was  placed  under  the  command  of  Major  J.  J.  Crittenden. 
The  results  of  the  two  expeditions  were  insignificant,  no  trace 
of  the  murderers  was  found,  and  the  people  of  Ragayan  were 
simply  driven  back  into  the  hills. 

The  first  part  of  April  again  found  the  regiment  quiet,  its 
only  activity  being  the  Department  Athletic  Meet  at  Jolo,  which 
the  Twenty-second  won  handily. 


108 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER    XII 

The  Third  Sulu  Expedition 

April  21,  1905,  pursuant  to  telegraphic  instructions  from  De- 
partment Headquarters,  a  provisional  battalion  was  organized 
for  service  on  Jolo.  The  battalion  was  formed  of  Companies 
A,  D,  and  E,  totalling  160  men,  1st  Lieutenant  and  Assistant 
Surgeon  Orville  G.  Brown,  one  sergeant  and  five  privates  of  the 
Hospital  Corps.  At  the  same  time  a  provisional  company  was 
sent  to  Jolo  from  Cudurangan.  The  Provisional  Battalion,  22nd 
Infantry,  under  Major  Abner  Pickering,  left  Camp  Keithley  at 
5:40  P.  M.  April  21,  concentrated  at  Camp  Overtoil  April  22, 
and  left  the  latter  station  the  same  day  on  the  steamer  Romulus, 
accompanied  by  two  troops  of  the  14th  Cavalry  under  Major 
F.  H.  Hardie.  This  was  officially  known  as  the  Third  Sulu  Ex- 
pedition. Two  days  later  the  command  disembarked  at  Jolo, 
and,  marching  to  Asturias  Barracks,  went  into  camp.  On  the 
26th  the  Provisional  Company  from  Cudurangan  arrived  on  the 
steamer  Sabah  and  joined  the  expedition.  The  operations  which 
followed  were  of  considerable  importance,  and  for  that  reason 
the  names  of  the  officers  accompanying  the  expedition  are  here 
listed  in  full: 

Major  Abner  Pickering,  Commanding. 

1st   Lieut,   and   Battalion   Adjutant   Henry   L.    Harris,   Jr. 

Adjutant. 
2nd  Lieutenant  and  Battalion  Q.  M.  and  Commissary  E.  L. 

Ball,  Q.  M. 
1st   Lieutenant  and  Assistant   Surgeon   Orville   G.   Brown, 

Surgeon. 

Company  A ;  2nd  Lieutenant  R.  V.  Venable  and  56  men. 
Company  D ;  Captain  Orrin  R.  Wolfe,  2nd  Lieutenant  Charles 

B.  Moore,  and  61  men. 

109 


History  of  the 

Company  E;  Captain  George  N.  Bomford,  2nd  Lieutenant 
Morton  Russell,  and  55  men. 

Provisional  Company;  Captain  Daniel  G.  Berry,  1st  Lieu- 
tenant Sydney  Smith,  2nd  Lieutenant  J.  J.  Burleigh,  2nd 
Lieutenant  M.  H.  Thomlinson,  and  97  men. 

The  total  strength  of  this  force  was  13  officers  and  279  men. 
The  Commanding  General  of  the  Philippine  Department  took 
personal  command  of  the  expedition,  and  divided  it  into  four 
columns,  the  Provisional  Battalion  of  the  22nd  Infantry  con- 
stituted the  entire  third  column. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  May  1,  the  command  marched  out 
toward  Ipil,  the  first  objective.  At  8:30  A.  M.,  in  the  Tambang 
Market,  the  troops  were  fired  upon  by  hostile  Moros,  and  Pri- 
vate Samuel  Weaver,  of  the  Provisional  Company,  was  mortally 
wounded.  This  resistance  was  quickly  overcome  and  the  march 
resumed  to  Suliman,  where  camp  was  made  for  the  night. 

The  march  was  again  taken  up  the  next  morning  with  the 
Provisional  Battalion  acting  as  rearguard.  At  1 :00  P.  M.,  firing 
being  heard  from  the  right  and  rear  of  the  column,  Major  Pick- 
ering was  sent  back  with  Companies  A  and  D,  22nd  Infantry. 
Pickering  found  Scott's  Cavalry  engaged  in  a  skirmish  with  the 
Moros,  ordered  the  cavalry  withdrawn,  and  sent  Lieutenant 
Harris  with  Company  D,  to  cover  the  withdrawal.  The  latter  mis- 
sion was  made  particularly  difficult  by  the  naure  of  the  terrain, 
which  made  intelligent  reconnaissance  practically  impossible. 

In  the  meantime  General  Leonard  Wood  reached  the  scene 
with  the  Provisional  Company  of  the  22nd  Infantry  and  a  field 
gun.  Companies  A  and  D  of  the  22nd,  and  Troop  I,  14th 
Cavalry,  were  moved  off  to  the  right  of  the  position  in  order 
to  cut  off  a  possible  line  of  retreat  for  the  enemy.  The  single 
field  piece  was  brought  into  action  without  delay,  but  the  thick- 
ness of  the  woods  completely  prevented  any  observation  of  the 
effect  of  its  fire. 

At  dusk,  Companies  A  and  D  were  recalled,  and  orders  is- 
sued for  Major  Pickering  to  take  the  enemy's  position  by  assault. 
The  troops  designated  for  the  attack  were  Companies  A  and  D, 

110 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

22nd  Infantry,  supported  by  Troop  I,  14th  Cavalry,  with  the 
Provisional  Company,  22nd  Infantry,  in  reserve.  Lieutenants 
Venable  and  Thomlinson  led  Company  A;  Captain  Wolfe  and 
Lieutenant  Moore,  Company  D;  Captain  Berry  and  Lieutenants 
Smith  and  Burleigh,  the  Provisional  Company.  A  slow,  but 
steady,  advance  through  the  thick  underbrush  was  carried  on 
until  resistance  was  met  in  the  form  of  a  bamboo  fence,  which 
had  been  erected  by  the  Moros  as  part  of  their  defences.  Com- 
pany A  took  up  a  position  parallel  to  this  fence  and  opened  a 
heavy  fire  on  the  enemy's  line,  while  Company  D  was  placed 
in  the  firing  line  at  right  angles  to  Company  A,  this  in  order  to 
outflank  the  enemy's  left.  About  thirty  minutes  after  the  action 
commenced,  the  enemy's  fire  weakened  perceptibly,  and  it  be- 
came apparent  that  the  time  had  arrived  for  an  assault  in  force. 

Accordingly  the  provisional  company  was  brought  up  and 
placed  in  line.  As  soon  as  the  troops  began  moving  forward 
the  Moro  defense  broke,  and  the  fight  was  brought  to  a  decisive 
conclusion.  The  body  of  Utig,  with  those  of  fifty-three  of  his 
followers,  was  found  in  the  underbrush  near  his  foremost  de- 
fensive position.  The  American  loss  in  the  action  totaled  two 
killed  and  thirteen  wounded. 

On  June  4,  1905,  orders  were  issued  heartily  commending  the 
services  of  the  provisional  battalion  of  the  22nd  Infantry  during 
the  expedition.  Lieutenant  Harry  L.  Harris,  Jr.,  the  battalion 
adjutant,  was  mentioned  for  conspicuous  gallantry  in  action, 
and  Sergeant  (First  Class)  James  C.  Gunn,  Hospital  Corps, 
received  a  recommendation  for  the  Certificate  of  Merit. 

Following  are  the  casualties  suffered  by  the  22nd  Infantry 
in  the  course  of  the  expedition: 

Killed  in  Action: 

Private  Eary  E.  Lanconcy,  Company  A. 
Corporal  Daniel  Newport,  Company  F. 

Died  of  Wounds: 

Private  Elick  Howell,  Company  B. 
Private  Howard  Glasgow,  Company  C. 
Private  Samuel  Weaver,  Company  G. 

Ill 


History  of  the 

Wounded : 

First  Class  Sergeant  James  C.  Gunn,  Hospital  Corps. 

Private  Nelson  R.  Hughes,  Company  A. 

Private  William  Ayer,  Company  A. 

Private  Elmer  E.  Gore,  Company  A. 

Private  George  C.  Buck,  Company  B. 

Private  Joseph  A.  Adams,  Company  B. 

Private  James  W.  Wild,  Company  C. 

Private  James  J.  Stamates,  Company  D. 

Musician  Jacob  Orken,  Company  I. 

Corporal  Luther  Jessup,  Company  L. 

Corporal  Frederick  K.  Paul,  Company  M. 

June  4,  1905,  after  burying  the  dead  with  appropriate  honors, 
the  command  marched  to  Ipil,  and  the  following  day  proceeded 
to  Pala's  territory.  His  cotta  was  captured  and  Companies  A 
and  B  and  the  provisional  company  established  in  camp  as  a 
guard  over  the  equipment  and  supplies.  Company  E  was  dis- 
patched as  a  guard  over  an  intrenched  crater. 

A  great  deal  of  hardship  was  encountered  by  the  troops 
at  this  time  on  account  of  the  difficulty  in  obtaining  suitable 
drinking  water.  One  hundred  and  fifty  filled  canteens  were  sent 
by  the  men  left  at  Ipil  to  those  in  the  forward  positions.  Of 
these,  only  seventy  were  recovered,  and  a  terrible  shortage  of 
water  for  the  former  troops  resulted,  many  of  the  men  be- 
coming completely  exhausted  from  the  enforced  lack  of  water. 

June  6,  the  march  was  resumed  to  Tubig  Bilaam,  and 
on  the  9th  to  Kansukan,  where  Orangcay  Hatai  surrendered 
forty-two  rifles  and  one  hundred  and  eighty  men.  The  rifles 
were  taken  over  by  Captain  Berry  with  detachments  of  the  pro- 
visional company,  22nd  Infantry,  and  the  provisional  company, 
17th  Infantry. 

The  return  march  to  Jolo  was  made  via  Liet  lake,  where 
camp  was  made  on  the  night  of  the  12th  of  June.  The  following 
night  was  spent  at  Suliman,  and  on  June  14th,  the  command 
went  into  quarters  at  Asturias  barracks. 

112 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Companies  A  and  E  embarked  on  the  20th,  and  sailed  the 
next  day  for  Malabang.  Thence  they  marched  to  Vicars,  and 
from  there  proceeded  on  the  gunboats  Flake  and  Almonte  to 
Camp  Keithley,  arriving  June  24. 

The  provisional  company,  in  the  meantime,  remained  at 
Jolo. 

The  day  following  the  arrival  of  the  column  at  Camp  Keith- 
ley,  Quartermaster  Sergeant  John  C.  De  Ginther  was  killed  in 
a  personal  quarrel  with  two  Moros,  both  the  Moros  being 
wounded.  This  was  the  only  item  of  interest  occurring  during 
the  remainder  of  the  month  of  June  and  in  July.  The  pro- 
visional company  was  relieved  from  duty  at  Jolo  July  5,  pro- 
ceeded immediately  to  Camp  Keithley  and  was  disbanded  on 
the  8th. 

September  1,  1905,  forty  native  convicts,  employed  at  hard 
labor  on  the  Pouton-Marahui  road,  overpowered  their  guards 
and  made  their  escape.  Troops  were  ordered  in  pursuit  of 
these  men  and  two  detachments  of  the  22nd  Infantry  were 
organized  for  this  purpose.  The  first  of  these  consisted  of 
Captain  Lawrence  A.  Curtis,  Second  Lieutenant  Venable  and 
twenty  men  from  each  of  Companies  A  and  F.  The  second 
was  made  up  of  Second  Lieutenants  Max  B.  Garber  and  B.  B. 
McCroskey,  and  twenty  men  from  each  of  Companies  L 
and  G.  The  search  for  the  escaped  convicts  was  carried  on 
for  three  days,  at  the  end  of  which  time,  no  trace  of  them  hav- 
ing been  found,  the  troops  were  returned  to  their  station. 

During  the  month  of  September,  1905,  a  great  amount  of 
triangulation  and  surveying  was  completed  by  a  detachment  of 
twelve  men  of  the  22nd  Infantry  under  First  Lieutenant  Solo- 
mon B.  West.  This  had  to  be  done  under  an  almost  incessant 
fire  from  parties  of  hostile  Moros,  and  great  credit  is  due 
Lieutenant  West  and  his  men  for  their  successful  efforts  in 
this  direction. 

On  June  22,  1905,  orders  were  received  directing  the  relief 
of  the  22nd  Infantry  by  the  15th  Infantry.  Events  of  the  near 
future,  however,  prevented  the  order  from  taking  effect. 

113 


History  of  the 

The  Datu  All  Expedition 

Just  as  the  regiment  had  completed  preparations  for  the 
return  to  the  United  States,  and  the  officers  and  men  were 
beginning  to  anticipate  the  joy  of  being  once  more  in  their  native 
land,  affairs  took  a  sudden  turn  in  the  other  direction,  and  the 
following  order,  quoted  in  full  on  account  of  its  intense  interest, 
again  placed  the  regiment  in  line  for  further  active  service  in 
the  Philippines. 

HEADQUARTERS,  DEPARTMENT  OF  MINDANAO, 
Zamboanga,  Mindanao,  P.  L, 

October  5,  1905. 
Strictly  Confidential. 

The  Department  commander  is  preparing  an  expedition 
to  surprise  and  capture  Datu  Ali.  In  view  of  the  excellent 
service  and  experience  of  the  22nd  Infantry,  he  has  selected 
it  to  furnish  the  major  portion  of  the  expedition,  which 
will  be  commanded  by  Captain  F.  R.  McCoy,  A.  D.  C.,  he 
being  the  only  officer  in  the  department  who  has  been  over 
the  route  decided  on.  He  directs  that  for  this  hard  and 
important  work,  one  first  lieutenant,  two  second  lieutenants 
and  one  hundred  picked  men  be  selected  as  were  those 
forming  the  original  provisional  company,  armed  and 
equipped  as  at  the  end  of  their  tour  in  the  Rio  Grande 
valley,  and  be  prepared  to  board  the  Sabah  on  the  morning 
of  the  13th  inst.,  at  Camp  Overton.  The  necessary  medical 
attendance  and  supplies  will  be  furnished,  the  supplies  to 
be  put  in  packages  not  exceeding  forty  pounds.  One  hundred 
rounds  of  extra  rifle  ammunition  (1,903)  per  man,  and 
forty  rounds  of  pistol  ammunition  will  be  taken.  Field 
and  travel  rations  will  be  prepared  for  you  at  Camp  Over- 
ton  or  Zamboanga.  Squad  boxes  with  extra  clothing,  etc., 
may  be  taken  aboard  ship  to  leave  at  base. 

Bring,  if  possible,  one  hundred  picked  cargadores ;  if  not, 
wire  deficiency  and  it  will  be  made  up  here.  Tomas  Torres, 

114 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

civil  interpreter,  will  accompany.  The  destination  of  these 
troops,  further  than  Camp  Overton,  will  not  be  made  known 
to  even  the  officers  with  them.  Acknowledge  receipt  by 
wire. 

Very  respectfully, 

DANIEL  H.  BRUSH, 
Lieut.  Colonel,  Inspector  General, 

Acting  Military  Secretary. 

In  accordance  with  this  confidential  memorandum,  a  pro- 
visional company  of  the  22nd  Infantry  was  again  organized  on 
October  9,  1905.  Following  are  the  names  of  the  officers  as- 
signed to  this  company: 

First  Lieutenant  Solomon  B.  West,  Commanding. 

Second  Lieutenant  Philip  Remington. 

Second  Lieutenant  B.  B.  McCroskey. 

The  provisional  company  left  Camp  Keithley  at  4:30  P.  M., 
October  11,  1905.  At  this  time  nothing  definite  was  known  of 
Datu  All's  whereabouts,  though  he  was  generally  thought  to 
be  on  his  ranchiera  on  the  Malola  river. 

In  order  to  avoid  any  possibility  of  encountering  Ali's  spies, 
the  expedition  proceeded  to  Digas,  on  the  gulf  of  Davao,  landing 
at  Digos  on  October  16.  At  this  point  a  detachment  of  ten 
Filipino  scouts,  under  Lieutenant  Henry  Rogers,  P.  S.,  joined 
the  Americans;  and  before  proceeding  further,  all  footsore  and 
sick  men  were  weeded  out  and  left  behind. 

On  the  morning  of  October  22  the  advance  guard  of  the 
column,  under  Lieutenant  Remington,  reached  Datu  Ali's  ran- 
chiera. The  main  body,  under  Lieutenant  McCoy,  followed 
along  closely,  while  flank  patrols  were  sent  out  under  West  and 
Johnson. 

Perceiving  Datu  Ali  on  the  porch  of  his  house,  with  some 
ten  or  twelve  of  his  followers,  Lieutenant  Remington  with  the 
advance  guard  of  two  squads,  rushed  forward,  hoping  to  capture 
the  unarmed  party  by  a  complete  surprise.  However,  the  move- 
ments of  Remington's  men  were  quickly  discovered,  and  the 

115 


History  of  the 

enemy  disappeared  inside  the  house,  Datu  AH,  himself,  firing 
point  blank  at  Lieutenant  Remington  as  the  latter  reached  the 
entrance.  The  shot  missed  Remington,  but  killed  Private  L.  W. 
Bobbs,  Company  G,  22nd  Infantry.  At  almost  the  same  instant 
Lieutenant  Remington  returned  the  fire  from  his  pistol,  shooting 
the  Datu  through  the  body  and  bringing  him  to  his  knees. 
Struggling  to  his  feet  the  Datu  made  a  desperate  effort  to 
escape,  but  was  shot  dead  by  the  men  of  the  advance  guard,  two 
of  whom  were  wounded  in  the  course  of  the  fight.  Private 
Morton  L.  Bates,  Company  K,  subsequently  died  of  his  wounds, 
and  Private  John  J.  Rorke,  of  Company  G,  was  less  seriously 
wounded. 

This  second  provisional  company  of  the  regiment  acquitted 
itself  as  splendidly  as  had  the  first,  accomplishing  its  mission 
in  the  quickest  time  and  with  the  minimum  loss  of  life,  and 
unquestionably  added  another  lustrous  page  to  the  regiment's 
history.  Following  the  action  recommendations  were  submitted 
for  the  award  of  a  certificate  of  merit  to  Sergeant,  First  Class, 
J.  C.  Gunn,  Hospital  Corps ;  Sergeant  Louis  A.  Carr,  Company 
K,  Corporal  Barry  Smith,  Company  G,  and  Private  William 
B.  Hutchinson,  Company  K,  all  of  the  22nd  Infantry. 

November  3,  1905,  the  provisional  company  returned  to 
Camp  Keithley  and  was  disbanded. 

At  this  point  the  active  service  of  the  22nd  Infantry  in  the 
Philippines  came  to  an  end ;  the  regiment  engaged  in  no  further 
field  service,  and  spent  the  following  month  in  making  extensive 
repairs  to  some  Spanish  gunboats  which  had  sunk,  and  in  con- 
sequence had  first  to  be  raised.  This  in  itself  constituted  an 
engineering  project  of  considerable  proportions. 

The  22nd  Infantry  left  Manila  for  the  United  States  via 
Nagasaki  on  December  15,  1905,  and  arrived  at  San  Francisco, 
January  14,  after  an  uneventful  voyage  on  the  transport  Sherman. 

Upon  arrival  in  the  United  States  the  regiment  proceeded  to 
stations  as  follows : 

Headquarters,  band  and  the  first  battalion — Fort  McDowell, 
California. 

116 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Headquarters  2nd  battalion;  Companies  E,  F,  G,  H,  I  and 
L,  Presidio  of  San  Francisco. 

Headquarters  3rd  battalion;  Companies  K  and  M,  Depot  of 
Recruits  and  Casuals,  Angel  Island,  California. 

January  19,  the  2nd  battalion  moved  to  Alcatraz  Island  for 
duty  as  guard  at  the  military  prison  at  that  station. 


117 


History  of  the 


CHAPTER    XIII 

The  San  Francisco  Earthquake  and  Fire 

At  8:10  A.  M.,  April  18,  1906,  the  first  news  of  the  terrible 
disaster  at  San  Francisco  was  received  by  the  regiment  from 
the  army  transport  Slocum,  which  brought  orders  to  Colonel 
Reynolds  in  General  Funston's  handwriting,  directing  the  former 
to  report  his  command  at  the  Ferry  building  in  San  Francisco 
at  once.  No  information  was  given  as  to  the  equipment  re- 
quired or  the  length  of  service  to  be  expected. 

Exactly  twenty  minutes  after  the  receipt  of  Funston's  orders, 
regimental  headquarters  and  the  first  battalion  embarked  on  the 
Slocum,  reaching  the  ferry  at  nine  o'clock.  Fire,  debris  and 
wreckage  of  various  sorts  prevented  a  landing  being  made  at 
this  point,  however,  and  the  troops  finally  got  ashore  at  Powell 
street  at  9:40  A.  M.  From  this  point  Company  D  was  sent  to 
the  Custom  House,  the  remainder  of  the  battalion  to  the  Phelan 
building.  Desperate,  but  unsuccessful  efforts  were  made  by 
the  regiment  to  save  the  San  Francisco  Call,  Examiner,  Phelan 
and  James  Flood  buildings. 

In  the  meantime  a  base  of  operations  was  established  by  the 
regiment  at  Portsmouth  Square  and  Kearney  street.  Twenty 
corpses  were  discovered  and  held  all  night  for  the  deputy  coroner. 
April  19,  this  base  was  moved  to  Washington  square,  in  the 
Ttalian  settlement.  This  movement  caused  some  concern,  owing 
to  the  shortage  of  water,  but  the  command  managed  to  keep  at 
work  in  spite  of  this  hardship.  On  the  same  day  headquarters  of 
the  third  battalion  and  Companies  K  and  M,  from  the  discharge 
camp,  and  Companies  E  and  G,  from  Alcatraz,  reached  the 
terror-stricken  city.  April  20,  the  greater  part  of  the  regiment 
was  employed  in  a  tremendous  effort  to  save  the  San  Francisco 
wharves  from  destruction ;  most  of  them  were  saved  as  a  result 
of  the  regiment's  work. 

The  fire,  however,  eventually  forced  the  troops  to  abandon 
these  wharves  and  to  board  the  steamer  Monarch,  moored  along- 

118 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

side.  The  men  were  landed  from  the  Monarch  at  Fort  Mason, 
from  which  point  the  fire  along  the  wharves  was  attacked  from 
the  rear.  By  the  night  of  April  20,  this  section  was  practically 
under  control  and  the  fire  almost  completely  extinguished. 

At  the  same  time  Companies  K  and  D  succeeded,  aided  by 
the  city  fire  department,  in  saving  the  Custom  House.  Prac- 
tically the  entire  command  had  been  on  continuous  duty  of  the 
most  arduous  nature  for  sixty  hours,  without  sleep  and  with 
little  food ;  the  conduct  of  the  troops  was  in  all  cases  above  praise. 

The  following  account  of  the  efficiency  and  heroism  of  some 
of  the  individual  members  of  the  regiment  is  but  an  example  of 
the  many  instances  of  like  nature  that  helped  so  much  to  relieve 
the  stricken  city  in  its  hour  of  greatest  need: 

Privates  Harvey  Johnson,  Frank  R.  McGurtz  and  William 
Ziegler,  all  of  Company  E,  22nd  Infantry,  became  separated  from 
their  organization  by  the  flames  in  Powell  street.  These  soldiers 
were  missing  for  several  days,  and  much  concern  was  felt  for 
their  safety.  However,  they  made  their  way  back  up  the  steep 
hill  near  that  street  and  found  themselves  in  the  midst  of  hun- 
dreds of  frantic  Italians,  helping  themselves  to  everything  in 
sight  in  the  form  of  food  or  liquor.  Johnson,  McGurtz  and 
Ziegler  took  charge  of  this  mob,  established  complete  control, 
organized  a  camp  and  placed  all  the  liquor  under  guard.  Fur- 
ther than  this,  they  established  a  relief  station  and  issued  rations 
to  the  people.  In  all,  these  three  men  furnished  food  and 
shelter  to  three  thousand  persons. 

This  act  is  referred  to  in  the  annual  report  of  the  Secretary 
of  War  for  1906. 

April  23,  Company  E  successfully  attacked  another  fire  on 
the  piers  and  saved  the  greater  part  of  that  section  of  the  docks. 

In  the  meanwhile  the  second  district  was  organized  as 
follows : 

Companies  D  and  K  were  posted  on  Van  Ness  avenue,  be- 
tween Union  and  Filbert  streets;  Companies  E  and  M  at  the 
corner  of  Van  Ness  avenue  and  Bay  street;  headquarters  and 
staff  of  this  battalion  were  returned  to  the  discharge  camp. 
April  23,  Company  G  was  shifted  from  Golden  Gate  park  to  the 

119 


History  of  the 

corner  of  Van  Ness  avenue  and  Bay  street.  April  27th,  Com- 
pany E  was  shifted  to  the  Spear  street  depot.  From  the  19th 
to  the  28th,  Companies  I  and  L  were  detailed  as  guard  at  Sau- 
salite.  April  30th,  Company  F  and  H  relieved  E  and  G. 

On  May  1,  the  22  Infantry  band  arrived  in  San  Francisco, 
and  thereafter  gave  daily  concerts  at  the  various  relief  stations 
which  had  been  established  by  the  regiment  throughout  the  city. 

A  few  days  later  the  second  district  was  reorganized  as  the 
third  district.  May  20,  this  district  was  discontinued  and  regi- 
mental headquarters  and  the  band  returned  to  Fort  McDowell. 
Companies  I  and  L  were  transferred  to  the  Presidio  of  San 
Francisco  on  June  4,  and  on  June  15  Company  C  was  relieved 
and  returned  to  its  proper  station.  Some  detachments  of  the 
22nd  Infantry  remained  on  duty  in  San  Francisco  until  the 
middle  of  July,  1906. 

Summing  up  the  services  of  the  regiment  during  the  trying 
period,  it  will  be  noted  that  parts  of  it  were  on  duty  in  the  fire- 
swept  regions  from  April  18  to  the  middle  of  July,  1906.  Dur- 
ing this  period  the  22nd  Infantry  had  been  instrumental  in  sav- 
ing government  and  private  property  aggregating  millions  of 
dollars  in  value,  untold  numbers  of  lives,  and  in  upholding  law 
and  order  and  furnishing  protection  to  the  helpless  citizens 
against  the  thieves  and  lawbreakers  who  inevitably  run  amuck 
on  the  heels  of  such  a  catastrophe.  It  is  indeed  a  creditable 
chapter  of  the  regiment's  history. 


120 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 


CHAPTER   XIV 

Service  at  Home;  1906-1908 

The  regiment's  annual  target  practice  for  1906  commenced 
May  19.  This  season  marked  the  first  with  the  new  Springfield 
rifles,  the  U.  S.  magazine  rifle,  model  1903. 

Maneuvers  at  American  Lake 

July  11,  1906,  regimental  headquarters,  band,  headquarters 
first  battalion  and  Companies  A,  C  and  D,  22nd  Infantry,  left 
for  McDowell,  Cal.,  en  route  to  the  coming  maneuvers  at 
American  Lake,  Washington.  This  detachment  stopped  at  Al- 
catraz,  where  they  were  joined  by  Company  H  of  the  regiment, 
while  headquarters  of  the  third  battalion  and  Companies  I  and 
L  proceeded  to  Oakland,  California,  from  the  Presidio  of  Cali- 
fornia. Companies  K  and  M,  coming  from  the  depot  of  recruits 
and  casuals,  also  proceeded  to  Oakland  to  entrain  for  American 
Lake. 

The  two  sections  of  the  Southern  Pacific  train  carrying  the 
regiment  arrived  at  Murray,  Washington,  the  detraining  point, 
on  July  13,  and  the  regiment  immediately  went  into  the  com- 
fortable and  well-located  camp  at  American  Lake. 

Following  are  the  organizations  which  took  part  in  the 
maneuvers:  Third  Infantry,  Seventh  Infantry,  Fourteenth 
Infantry,  Twentieth  Infantry,  Twenty-second  Infantry,  Regi- 
mental headquarters  and  one  squadron  Second  Cavalry,  regi- 
mental headquarters  and  six  troops  Fourteenth  Cavalry;  First, 
Ninth,  Twenty- fourth,  Seventeenth  and  Eighteenth  batteries  of 
Field  Artillery;  Companies  C  and  D,  first  battalion  of  Engi- 
neers ;  Company  H,  Signal  Corps ;  Company  B,  Hospital  Corps, 
and  several  machine-gun  units. 

The  troops  conducted  a  very  successful  and  instructive  series 
of  maneuvers  lasting  until  the  middle  of  September,  1906. 

121 


History  of  the 

On  the  15th  of  September  the  22nd  Infantry  broke  camp  and 
the  several  organizations  returned  to  their  proper  stations. 

The  First  Machine  Gun  Platoon 

In  July,  1906,  the  War  Department  issued  orders  to  organize 
the  regimental  machine-gun  platoon.  In  the  22nd  Infantry  this 
unit  was  organized  and  commanded  by  First  Lieutenant  Henry 
A.  Ripley,  and  consisted  of  one  sergeant  and  two  gun  detach- 
ments, each  gun  detachment  being  composed  of  one  corporal 
and  nine  privates.  Company  A  provided  one  sergeant  and  six 
privates;  Companies  B  and  C  each  furnished  one  corporal  and 
six  privates. 

Establishment  of  the  School  of  Musketry 

In  March,  1907,  the  School  of  Musketry  of  the  Pacific 
Division  was  organized  and  established  at  the  Presidio  of 
Monterey,  California.  Company  C,  22nd  Infantry,  officered  by 
Captain  P.  W.  Davison,  1st  Lieutenant  K.  W.  Tevry  and  Second 
Lieutenant  Dean  Hal  ford,  and  the  regimental  machine  gun 
platoon  under  First  Lieutenant  H.  A.  Ripley,  was  detailed  as 
a  part  of  the  school  personnel.  These  troops  left  Fort  McDowell 
on  March  22,  1907.  Captain  F.  C.  Stritzinger,  Jr.,  22nd 
Infantry,  was  appointed  an  assistant  instructor  at  the  school. 
Second  Lieutenants  E.  E.  McCammon  and  C.  B.  Moore,  and 
one  enlisted  man  from  each  company  of  the  22nd  Infantry  were 
detailed  to  take  the  first  course  in  the  school  of  musketry. 

Following  the  departure  of  Company  C  from  Fort  McDowell, 
Company  K  was  transferred  to  their  barracks.  At  the  same 
time  Companies  I  and  L  were  moved  from  the  Presidio  of 
San  Francisco  to  the  depot  of  recruits  and  casuals. 

Annual  target  practice  for  1907  was  conducted  by  the 
organizations  of  the  regiment  during  May,  June  and  July. 

June  12,  Field  and  Staff,  2nd  battalion,  and  Companies  F 
and  H  moved  from  Alcatraz  Island  to  the  Presidio  of  Monterey ; 
June  24,  Companies  E  and  G,  having  completed  their  target 

122 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

practice,  moved  from  the  rifle  range  to  the  Presidio  of  Mon- 
terey. 

Strike  Duty  at  Goldfield,  Nevada 

December  4,  1907  the  regimental  commander  was  directed 
to  place  two  companies  in  readiness  to  move  to  Goldfield,  Nevada, 
for  strike  duty.  This  was  due  to  an  impending  strike  among 
the  members  of  the  local  union  of  the  Western  Federation  of 
Miners.  Companies  B  and  K  were  selected  by  the  colonel  for 
this  duty,  but  on  the  following  day  the  entire  regiment,  less 
the  band  and  Company  C,  received  orders  to  proceed  immediately 
to  Goldfield. 

The  regiment  left  Fort  McDowell  at  8  A.  M.,  December  6, 
1907,  on  the  army  transport  Slocum  for  Oakland,  California, 
the  point  at  which  the  command  was  directed  to  entrain.  The 
following  officers  accompanied  the  first  section  of  the  regiment 
on  this  service: 

Colonel  Alfred  Reynolds,  commanding;  Majors  Daniel  A. 
Frederick  and  Jacob  F.  Kreps;  Captain  L.  T.  Richardson, 
adjutant;  Captain  Orrin  R.  Wolfe,  quartermaster;  First  Lieu- 
tenant H.  A.  Ripley,  adjutant,  1st  battalion.  Company  B: 
Captain  George  E.  Stewart,  Second  Lieutenant  Edward  A. 
Pearce.  Company  D :  First  Lieutenant  Robert  Whitfield.  Com- 
pany I :  Captain  William  H.  Wassell.  Company  K :  First 
Lieutenant  John  H.  Baker,  Second  Lieutenant  R.  V.  Venable 
(attached).  Company  M:  First  Lieutenant  David  A.  Henkes. 

Company  A  remained  at  Fort  McDowell  to  garrison  the  post 
and  carry  on  the  routine  of  guard  duty,  etc.,  while  Company 
L  remained  at  the  depot  of  recruits  and  casuals. 

Upon  arrival  of  the  first  section  at  Goldfield  the  town  and  its 
inhabitants  were  found  in  a  quiet  and  peaceful  condition.  Camp 
was  immediately  established  near  the  freight  depot  of  the 
Tonopah  and  Goldfield  railroad.  These  were  the  first  United 
States  troops  ever  seen  in  Goldfield,  Nevada. 

The  second  section,  arriving  shortly  after  the  first,  went 
into  camp  on  the  opposite  side  of  town.  The  following  officers 
of  the  regiment  accompanied  this  section: 

123 


History  of  the 

Company  E:  Second  Lieutenant  Edward  E.  McCammon 
(attached). 

Company  F:  Captain  Lawrence  A.  Curtis. 

Company  G:  First  Lieutenant  Harry  Graham,  Second  Lieu- 
tenant M.  H.  Thomlinson. 

Company  H:  First  Lieutenant  James  R.  Goodale,  Second 
Lieutenant  John  T.  Burleigh. 

Captain  Curtis  was  in  command  of  this  detachment  and  First 
Lieutenant  Solomon  B.  West  was  adjutant. 

General  Funston,  commanding  the  Department  of  California, 
complimented  the  regiment  on  the  movement  to  Goldfield  in 
the  following  letter  to  Colonel  Reynolds: 

HEADQUARTERS,  DEPARTMENT  OF  CALIFORNIA, 

San  Francisco,  California, 

DECEMBER  26rH,  1907. 

COLONEL  ALFRED  REYNOLDS,  22nd  Infantry, 
Fort  McDowell,  California. 

SIR: 

The  department  commander  desires  to  express  his  ap- 
preciation of  the  promptness  with  which  you,  on  the  6th 
instant,  after  receipt  of  telegraphic  orders,  prepared  your 
command  and  embarked  on  vessel  en  route  to  train  for 
Goldfield,  Nevada. 

Very  respectfully, 

J.  W.  DUNCAN, 

Colonel,  General  Staff, 
Chief  of  Staff. 

The  quiet  and  passive  attitude  of  the  Goldfield  miners  in- 
dicated that  there  was  no  necessity  for  troops  to  remain  on  duty 
in  the  town.  Accordingly,  orders  were  issued  directing  the  units 
of  the  regiment  to  return  to  their  respective  stations  on  Decem- 
ber 30.  Two  days  prior  to  that  set  for  departure,  however,  this 
order  was  revoked.  The  remainder  of  the  service  at  Goldfield 

124 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

was  uneventful,  the  troops  suffering  somewhat  from  the  intense 
cold  that  prevailed  during  December  and  January. 

January  3,  1908,  Companies  H  and  I  were  filled  to  maximum 
strength  by  transfers  from  the  other  organizations  of  the  regi- 
ment and  left  on  duty  in  Goldfield.  The  remainder  of  the  regi- 
ment then  returned  to  its  proper  stations.  January  14,  Com- 
pany L  moved  from  the  discharge  camp  to  the  Presidio  of  Mon- 
terey, and  on  February  12,  this  Company  was  attached  to  the 
school  of  -musketry  for  duty.  At  the  same  time  Captain  Frank 
Halstead  relieved  Captain  Joel  R.  Lee  in  command  of  Company 
L,  the  latter  officer  having  been  transferred  to  the  23rd  Infantry. 

March  7,  1908,  Companies  H  and  I  were  relieved  from  duty 
at  Goldfield  and  returned  to  their  permanent  stations,  the  former 
to  the  Presidio  of  Monterey,  the  latter  to  the  discharge  camp. 

On  April  3,  1908,  Captain  William  H.  Wassell,  22nd  Infantry, 
died  at  Fort  Bayard,  New  Mexico,  from  exposure  in  the  course 
of  his  service  in  the  Goldfield  mining  region.  The  death  of  this 
gallant  and  noble  officer  was  a  terrible  shock  to  the  remainder 
of  the  regiment  to  which  he  had  so  endeared  himself ;  and  it  is 
fortunate  that  the  22nd  Infantry  will  always  possess  a  tangible 
memory  of  his  services,  for  Captain  Wassell  prepared  the  his- 
tory of  the  regiment  from  1898  to  1904,  and  the  text  of  his  work, 
with  some  minor  changes,  has  again  been  used  in  the  preparation 
of  this  book. 


125 


History  of  the 

CHAPTER    XV 

Service  in  Alaska,  1908-1910 

In  the  spring  of  1908  orders  were  issued  directing  the  relief 
of  the  10th  Infantry  in  Alaska  by  the  Twenty-second  Infantry. 
This  relief  was  to  take  place  on  July  1.  Accordingly,  on  May 
3,  Company  A  of  the  22nd  proceeded  from  Fort  McDowell,  Cal., 
to  Fort  William  H.  Seward,  Alaska,  to  make  preliminary  ar- 
rangements for  the  relief. 

Before  leaving  for  its  new  station  the  regiment  went,  on  May 
7,  to  take  part  in  San  Francisco  in  the  parade  in  honor  of  the 
visit  of  the  Atlantic  fleet,  which  was  then  on  its  famous  cruise 
around  the  world.  Two  days  later  a  detachment,  consisting  of 
Companies  B,  I,  K  and  M,  under  Major  Daniel  A.  Frederick, 
proceeded  to  Oakland,  California,  for  another  parade  in  honor 
of  the  same  event. 

Early  in  June,  Lieutenants  Ripley,  Remington,  McCammon, 
Moore  and  Adams  were  sent  on  to  the  stations  in  Alaska  to  com- 
plete preparations  for  the  relief  of  the  10th  Infantry  and  to  take 
over  the  property  at  the  various  posts.  The  sailing  date  of  the 
regiment  was  set  for  June  20,  1908.  So  on  that  day  the  22nd 
Infantry  left  the  United  States  on  the  army  transport  Crook, 
for  a  tour  of  service  in  the  north. 

The  Crook  reached  Skagway,  Alaska,  on  June  26.  Com- 
panies G  and  M  immediately  disembarked  and  prepared  for 
their  move  to  Fort  Egbert,  but  there  being  no  adequate  trans- 
portation available,  ttiey  returned  to  Fort  Seward  the  follow- 
ing day.  June  28  and  29,  regimental  headquarters,  the  band, 
and  Companies  F,  G  and  M,  took  station  at  Fort  William  H. 
Seward.  The  remaining  units  of  the  regiment  proceeded  to 
stations  as  follows : 

July  2,  Companies  K  and  L  at  Fort  Liscum. 
July  10,  Companies  B  and  E  at  Fort  St.  Michael. 
July  12,  Companies  H  and  I  at  Fort  Davis. 

126 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

July  20,  Companies  C  and  D  proceeded  from  Fort  St.  Michael 
to  Fort  Gibbon  by  traveling  up  the  Yukon  on  the  river  boat. 
Companies  G  and  M,  in  the  meantime  reached  Fort  Egbert  on 
July  5,  having  left  Seward  four  days  previously  and  travelled 
by  railroad  to  White  Pass,  thence  by  steamer  down  the  Yukon 
to  their  destination.  The  companies  were  quickly  settled  in 
rheir  new  posts,  and  for  the  remainder  of  the  year  engaged  in 
routine  garrison  life. 

January  1,  1909,  the  22nd  Infantry,  still  under  the  command 
of  Colonel  Alfred  Reynolds,  was  stationed  as  follows: 

Regimental  headquarters,  band,  machine  gun  platoon,  Com- 
panies A  and  F,  Fort  Seward,  Colonel  Alfred  Reynolds,  com- 
manding. Companies  G  and  H,  Fort  Egbert,  Captain  Henry 
A.  Harrigan,  commanding.  Companies  C  and  D,  Fort  Gibbon, 
Lieutenant-Colonel  George  F.  Cooke,  commanding.  Headquar- 
ters second  battalion,  Companies  B  and  E,  Fort  St.  Michael, 
Captain  Ferdinand  W.  Kobbe,  commanding. 

Headquarters  First  Battalion,  Companies  H  and  I,  Fort 
Davis,  Major  J.  F.  Kreps,  commanding.  Headquarters  Third 
Battalion,  Companies  K  and  L,  Fort  Liscum,  Captain  Frank 
Halstead,  commanding. 

No  change  of  station  took  place  during  the  year  1909. 

January  18,  Captain  F.  G.  Stritzinger,  Jr.,  who  had  been 
on  duty  as  an  assistant  instructor  at  the  school  of  musketry, 
Presidio  of  Monterey,  was  relieved  from  that  assignment  and 
ordered  to  Fort  Liscum,  where  he  relieved  Captain  Halstead  in 
command  of  the  post  and  of  the  Third  Battalion,  22nd  Infantry. 

The  year  1909  passed  in  much  the  same  routine  way  as  had 
the  previous  year,  only  one  event  of  interest  taking  place  to  break 
the  monotonous  but  pleasant  service.  A  request  was  made  by 
the  United  States  Marshal  at  Juneau  for  a  detachment  of  troops 
to  assist  him  in  the  apprehension  of  an  Indian  accused  of  mur- 
der. The  request  having  received  the  approval  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  War,  a  detachment  of  ten  men,  five  from  each  of  Com- 
panies A  and  F,  under  Captain  P.  W.  Davison,  regimental 
adjutant,  left  Fort  Seward  at  7  A.  MV  May  31,  on  the  govern- 
ment harbor  boat  Peterson.  This  detachment  joined  the  mar- 

127 


History  of  the 

shal  at  Juneau  and  accompanied  him  to  Lake  Inlet,  Sumdrum, 
Windham  Bay,  Hobart  Bay,  Cleveland  Passage,  Port  Hough- 
ton,  Kake  Village  and  back  to  Juneau.  The  suspected  murderer 
was  not  apprehended  and  the  troops  returned  to  Fort  Seward 
on  June  5.  In  the  course  of  this  expedition  the  little  detach- 
ment traveled  424  miles  by  water. 

During  the  year  many  men  from  the  regiment  were  detailed 
to  work  with  the  Signal  Corps  on  the  maintenance  and  repair  of 
the  Alaskan  telegraph  lines.  In  this  connection  the  following 
telegram,  commending  a  soldier  of  the  22nd  Infantry  for  his 
services,  speaks  for  itself: 

FAIRBANKS,  ALASKA,  December  9th,  1909. 
Signal,  Seattle. 

"Civilian  Meyers  reached  Minto  seventh  frozen  condi- 
tion critical.  Given  emergency  treatment  station  men. 
Brought  by  Bert  Anderson,  Infantry,  credit  due  Anderson 
intelligent  compliance  emergency  treatment  and  hard  travel- 
ling temperature  forty  five  below.  LEWIS." 

Only  very  limited  training  was  possible,  and  during  the  open 
season  most  of  the  troops  were  kept  occupied  bringing  up  sup- 
plies to  the  Yukon  posts  and  Fort  Davis.  The  condition  of 
the  tundra  during  this  season  added  to  the  difficulty  of  con- 
ducting any  extensive  military  instruction.  In  spite  of  this  con- 
dition, however,  at  the  conclusion  of  the  target  season,  the  22nd 
Infantry  had  attained  first  place  in  the  department  in  individual 
merit  firing,  and  second  place  in  the  general  figure  of  merit. 

On  February  26,  of  this  year,  Chaplain  (Major)  Edward  H. 
Fitzgerald,  retired  from  active  service  and  left  the  regiment. 
Chaplain  Fitzgerald  had  served  continuously  with  the  regiment 
since  1897,  and  had  accompanied  it  through  the  Cuban  cam- 
paign and  all  of  its  service  in  the  Philippines. 

The  beginning  of  the  year  1910  found  the  regiment  still 
under  the  command  of  Colonel  Reynolds,  and  at  the  same  sta- 
tions as  the  preceding  year.  Orders  had  been  received  in  No- 
vember, 1909,  that  the  regiment  would  return  to  the  United 

128 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

States  in  the  summer  of  1910.  No  date  was  set  at  that  time. 
It  was  further  announced  that  on  being  relieved  the  regiment 
would  proceed  to  Fort  Sam  Houston,  Texas,  for  station. 

The  customary  routine  duties  of  the  Alaskan  posts  occupied 
the  troops  until  July,  when  the  transfer  took  place.  Owing 
to  inclement  weather  during  much  of  the  summer,  the  annual 
target  practice  was  only  partially  completed  and  was  later  con- 
tinued and  completed  in  Texas.  Prior  to  the  departure  of  the 
regiment  from  Alaska,  a  comprehensive  memorandum  was  pre- 
pared by  the  outgoing  officers  covering  in  detail  all  matters 
relating  to  the  life  of  the  Alaskan  garrison.  This  was  prepared 
primarily  for  the  use  of  the  officers  of  the  incoming  regiment 
and  their  families,  and  touched  on  the  methods  of  obtaining 
supplies  of  food  and  clothing;  shopping  facilities,  accommoda- 
tions, amusements,  towns  in  the  vicinity  of  the  various  posts, 
climate,  sports,  servants  and  transportation  facilities. 

July  3,  1910,  the  army  transport  Buford  arrived  at  Fort  Wil- 
liam H.  Seward  with  the  Sixteenth  Infantry,  which  was  the 
relieving  regiment.  On  the  same  day  regimental  headquarters, 
the  band,  machine  gun  platoon  and  Companies  F,  G,  H  and  K 
of  the  16th  disembarked  and  relieved  regimental  headquarters, 
band,  machine  gun  platoon  and  Companies  A  and  F  of  the  22nd 
Infantry.  The  latter  troops  embarked  immediately  on  the 
Buford.  The  transport  .left  Fort  Seward  at  6:30  P.  MV  July 
5  and  proceeded  to  Fort  Liscum,  where  it  arrived  at  5  p.  M., 
July  7.  The  following  day  Companies  C  and  I,  16th  Infantry, 
disembarked  and  carried  out  the  relief  of  Companies  K  and  L, 
22nd  Infantry,  which  embarked  the  same  day.  The  Buford  left 
Fort  Liscum  at  6  P.  M.,  July  8,  and  arrived  at  Fort  Davis, 
Nome,  Alaska,  at  9  A.  M.,  July  15.  The  following  day  Com- 
panies B  and  E,  16th  Infantry,  disembarked  and  relieved  Com- 
panies H  and  I,  22nd  Infantry,  the  latter  companies  embarking 
on  the  Buford  the  same  day.  While  at  Nome  the  22nd  Infantry 
band  gave  two  concerts  in  the  town,  affording  a  great  deal  of 
pleasure  to  the  inhabitants.  At  1 :30  P.  M.,  July  17,  the  Buford 
left  Nome  for  Fort  St.  Michael,  arriving  at  that  place  at  3  A.  M., 

129 


History  of  the 

July  18.  Companies  D  and  M,  16th  Infantry,  disembarked  on 
the  18th,  Companies  A  and  L  on  the  19th,  and  Companies  B, 
C,  D,  G,  E  and  M  of  the  22nd  embarked  on  the  nights  of  the 
18th  and  19th. 

At  5  P.  MV  July  21,  1910,  the  Buford,  carrying  the  entire 
22nd  Infantry,  sailed  for  San  Francisco.  This  home  port  was 
reached  at  2  p.  M.,  July  31,  after  a  pleasant  and  uneventful 
voyage.  The  regiment  disembarked  at  1  P.  M.,  August  1,  and 
immediately  entrained  at  Point  Richmond,  California,  for  the 
new  station  at  Fort  Sam  Houston.  The  journey  to  San  An- 
tonio, Texas,  was  made  by  the  Santa  Fe  route,  and  was  with- 
out event,  aside  from  the  natural  effect  on  the  personnel  of  the 
sudden  change  of  temperature  and  climate. 

The  entire  regiment  arrived  at  Fort  Sam  Houston  on  August 
7,  and  was  directed  to  prepare  immediately  for  the  maneuvers 
to  be  held  at  Leon  Springs.  The  regiment  marched  to  Leon 
Springs  on  August  9  and  10.  This,  the  first  long  march  under- 
taken by  the  troops  since  leaving  Alaska,  at  a  time  of  the  year 
when  the  Texas  heat  was  most  intense,  caused  a  considerable 
amount  of  suffering  among  the  men.  The  maneuvers  at  Leon 
Springs  lasted  until  August  30,  and  on  the  following  day  camp 
was  broken  and  the  regiment  marched  back  to  Fort  Sam  Hous- 
ton, arriving  September  1.  Companies  H  and  I,  under  com- 
mand of  Lieut-Colonel  William  C.  Butler,  remained  at  Leon 
Springs  to  complete  target  practice  and  returned  to  the  post 
September  19. 


130 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

CHAPTER   XVI 
SERVICE  ON   THE   MEXICAN   BORDER 

The  Maneuver  Division 

March  13,  1911,  orders  were  received  directing  the  forma- 
tion of  a  complete  Infantry  Division  and  a  Cavalry  Brigade  at 
San  Antonio,  Texas.  These  were  designated,  respectively,  the 
Maneuver  Division  and  the  Independent  Cavalry  Brigade. 
Major  General  William  H.  Carter,  U.  S.  A.,  was  placed  in  com- 
mand of  these  units.  The  22nd  Infantry  was  assigned  to  the 
Second  Brigade  of  the  Maneuver  Division. 

The  formation  of  the  division  was  completed  between  March 
10  and  16,  1911,  but  the  22nd  Infantry  remained  in  garrison 
until  April  11,  absorbing  a  large  contingent  of  recruits  during 
February  and  March.  On  April  11,  Regimental  Headquarters 
less  the  band,  and  the  First  and  Second  Battalions,  left  their 
quarters  at  Fort  Sam  Houston  and  proceeded  to  camp  at  the 
division  mobilization  point.  Here  they  were  joined  on  April  14 
by  the  Machine  Gun  Platoon  of  the  regiment. 

April  25,  the  Second  Brigade  left  camp  for  Leon  Springs, 
arriving  at  noon  the  following  day.  The  brigade  remained  at 
Leon  Springs  until  the  29th,  when  it  returned  to  the  division 
camp  at  Fort  Sam  Houston.  In  the  meantime  the  regiments 
were  receiving  recruits  in  such  large  numbers  that  the  author- 
ized strength  was  exceeded,  and  the  War  Department  finally 
issued  instructions  allowing  an  enlisted  strength  of  one  thou- 
sand men  for  each  of  the  Infantry  regiments  of  the  Maneuver 
Division.  At  first  this  resulted  in  a  shortage  of  the  necessary 
equipment  for  the  men,  but  sufficient  supplies  of  all  kinds  were 
on  hand  in  the  division  in  the  course  of  a  few  days.  A  review 
of  the  Maneuver  Division  was  held  in  camp  on  April  1,  and  on 
the  16th  the  entire  division  paraded  in  the  city  of  San  Antonio. 
May  13  the  division  again  marched  to  Leon  Springs  for  maneu- 
vers, remaining  there  until  May  21,  when  the  troops  returned  to 

131 


History  of  the 

camp.  June  2,  the  division  again  marched  to  Leon  Springs  to 
conduct  further  division  maneuvers.  The  return  march  to  Fort 
Sam  Houston  was  made  during  the  night  of  June  8-9,  the  divi- 
sion covering  26  miles  during  this  time.  The  following  day 
the  22nd  Infantry  went  back  to  their  permanent  quarters  at  Fort 
Sam  Houston. 

The  regiment  was  relieved  from  duty  with  the  Maneuver 
Division  on  July  22,  and  immediately  ordered  to  Austin,  Texas, 
to  arrive  at  that  place  on  August  6,  to  take  part  in  the  field 
training  of  the  Texas  National  Guard.  Other  troops  ordered 
to  the  same  duty  included  one  troop  of  the  3rd  Cavalry  and 
one  battery  of  the  3rd  Field  Artillery.  The  regiment  left  San 
Antonio  at  5:30  P.  M.  July  31,  1911,  and  was  joined  by  the 
cavalry  and  field  artillery  troops  the  following  day.  The  average 
daily  march  of  the  command  from  San  Antonio  to  Austin  was 
16  miles,  and  the  latter  place  was  reached  on  August  6  according 
to  schedule.  The  regular  troops  went  into  camp  at  Camp  Mabry, 
where  they  remained  until  August  17.  On  that  day  the  return 
march  was  commenced,  and  the  column  reached  San  Antonio  on 
the  21st. 

During  the  year  many  men  were  lost  to  the  regiment  by 
discharge;  between  January  1  and  March  31  fifty  per  cent,  of 
the  enlisted  men  were  discharged,  and  of  these,  thirty  per  cent, 
re-enlisted  in  the  regiment. 

November  10,  1911,  Colonel  Alfred  Reynolds  relinquished 
command  of  the  regiment,  and  took  advantage  of  a  well-earned 
leave  of  absence  lasting  until  March  1,  1912,  when  he  was  placed 
on  the  retired  list  of  the  Army.  Colonel  Reynolds  joined  the 
22nd  Infantry  on  April  10,  1906,  at  Fort  McDowell,  California, 
and  remained  in  active  command  of  the  regiment  until  the  date 
of  his  departure. 

Colonel  D.  A.  Frederick  was  attached  to  the  regiment  on 
October  15,  1911,  and  assumed  command  on  the  departure  of 
Colonel  Reynolds.  The  former  had  previously  served  with  the 
22nd  as  a  Major  from  January  26,  1906,  to  October  28,  1908. 
The  year  1911  brought  about  many  other  changes  among  both 
the  commissioned  and  enlisted  personnel  of  the  regiment. 

132 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

The  following  year  was  taken  up  for  the  most  part  with 
more  or  less  routine  duty  along  the  Rio  Grande,  and  in  recording 
the  history  of  the  various  units  of  the  regiment  during  this 
period  only  the  changes  of  station  and  the  basic  duties  are  set 
down  here.  These  facts  are  taken  almost  verbatim  from  the 
monthly  returns  of  the  22nd  Infantry  for  1912. 

The  month  of  January  was  spent  in  garrison  at  Fort  Sam 
Houston. 

February  24,  the  entire  regiment  was  ordered  to  El  Paso, 
Texas,  for  guard  duty  along  the  Mexican  border.  The  regi- 
mental transportation  and  animals  left  Fort  Sam  Houston  on 
the  morning  of  February  25 ;  the  first  section  of  troops  at 
12 :05  P.  M.  the  same  day,  the  second  section  following  three 
hours  later.  The  regiment,  as  a  unit,  went  into  camp  at  Fort 
Bliss  February  27;  distance  traveled  from  San  Antonio,  630 
miles. 

March  1,  the  First  Battalion,  22nd  Infantry,  relieved  the 
18th  Infantry  along  the  Rio  Grande;  units  of  the  regiment  taking 
station  as  follows: 

Battalion  Headquarters  and  Company  B,  Santa  Fe  Bridge; 

Company  A,  Stanton  Street  Bridge; 

Company  D,  near  Washington  Park; 

Company  C,  Smelter. 

Small  detachments  were  sent  also  to  Pecos  River  High 
Bridge ;  Columbus,  New  Mexico ;  Canutillo,  New  Mexico ;  Pelea, 
New  Mexico;  Clint,  Texas,  and  Fabens,  Texas. 

The  Second  Battalion  was  assigned  to  duty  at  various  points 
along  the  Rio  Grande,  with  instructions  to  enforce  the  neutrality 
laws  along  the  border.  This  battalion  was  relieved  by  the  Third 
on  April  2,  and  the  Third  Battalion,  in  turn,  by  the  First  on 
May  2. 

June  3,  the  Second  Battalion,  22nd  Infantry,  less  Company  G, 
relieved  the  First  Battalion,  18th  Infantry,  less  Company  A. 
Company  G,  22nd  Infantry,  was  sent  to  Yselta,  Texas,  to  replace 
a  troop  of  the  14th  Cavalry.  At  the  same  time  the  Third  Bat- 
talion, less  Company  K,  relieved  the  First  Battalion,  less  Com- 

133 


History  of  the 

pany  D,  the  relief  of  the  latter  company  -by  the  former  taking 
place  on  June  16. 

June  28,  Company  K  was  replaced  by  a  troop  of  the  3rd 
Cavalry,  and  another  troop  of  the  same  regiment  took  the  place 
of  the  22nd  Infantry  detachment  at  Columbus,  New  Mexico, 
June  27.  This  detachment  proceeded  from  Columbus,  New 
Mexico,  June  27.  This  detachment  proceeded  from  Columbus 
to  Huachita  and  Hernandez,  New  Mexico.  In  the  meantime 
the  First  Battalion  had  been  in  camp  at  Fort  Bliss,  Texas,  since 
June  3,  where  the  troops  engaged  in  the  usual  camp  duties. 

July  2,  the  second  battalion,  22nd  Infantry,  turned  its  sta- 
tions and  duties  over  to  three  companies  of  the  18th  Infantry 
and  Company  D,  of  the  22nd.  On  the  same  day  the  Third  Bat- 
talion, less  Company  K,  was  replaced  by  the  First  Battalion. 
These  two  battalions  again  changed  places  on  August  2,  when, 
also,  the  Second  Battalion,  relieved  a  like  unit  of  the  18th  Infan- 
try. August  9,  Company  B  was  transferred  by  rail  to  Fort 
Hancock,  Texas,  in  compliance  with  orders  issued  from  the  head- 
quarters of  the  patrol  district  of  El  Paso. 

September  2,  the  Second  and  Third  Battalions  were  relieved 
from  duty  along  the  river  and  returned  to  camp  at  Fort  Bliss, 
Companies  A,  C  and  D  proceeding  from  Fort  Bliss  to  posts  on 
the  Rio  Grande. 

September  20-21,  Company  B,  which  had  been  on  duty  at 
Fort  Hancock  since  August  9,  marched  back  to  Fort  Bliss. 
Distance  marched,  33  miles. 

No  changes  of  station  occurred  during  the  following  month 
of  October,  and  all  organizations  of  the  regiment  continued  their 
guard  and  patrol  duties  along  the  border.  Annual  target  practice 
was  completed  by  the  Second  Battalion  October  23,  and  the 
Third  Battalion  proceeded  to  the  range  two  days  later. 

November  2,  the  Second  Battalion  relieved  a  battalion  of 
the  18th  Infantry  along  the  border ;  battalion  headquarters,  with 
Companies  E  and  F,  took  station  at  Washington  Park;  Com- 
pany C  at  Ysleta;  Company  H  at  the  El  Paso  foundry. 

On  the  16th,  the  Third  Battalion,  less  Company  K,  replaced 
the  First  Battalion,  less  Companies  A  and  B.  Battalion  head- 

134 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

quarters  and  Company  M  were  posted  at  the  Santa  Fe  bridge; 
Company  I  at  the  cement  works;  Company  L,  at  Harts  Mills. 
The  following  day,  Company  G  was  relieved  from  its  post  at 
Ysleta  by  a  troop  of  cavalry,  and  then  in  turn  replaced  Com- 
pany A  at  the  Stanton  Street  bridge,  the  latter  organization 
returning  to  Fort  Bliss.  The  Third  Battalion  completed  target 
practice  November  14,  and  was  immediately  followed  on  the 
range  by  the  First  Battalion. 

No  further  changes  of  station  or  duties  took  place  during 
1912  or  in  the  first  month  of  1913. 

On  the  evening  of  February  24,  orders  were  received  direct- 
ing the  movement  of  the  22nd  Infantry  to  Texas  City.  The 
regiment  broke  camp  on  the  25th  and  spent  that  day  loading  the 
heavy  baggage  on  the  train,  this  work  being  accomplished  during 
a  violent  wind  and  rainstorm.  The  regiment  reached  Texas 
City  on  the  28th  and  went  into  temporary  camp  along  the  rail- 
road track.  The  distance  traveled  by  rail  in  making  this  journey 
amounted  to  870  miles. 

The  months  of  March  and  April  were  taken  up  with  field 
training  and  exercise  at  the  Texas  City  maneuver  camp.  As  a 
part  of  this  duty  the  22nd  Infantry  marched  to  Galveston,  Texas, 
on  May  12,  pitched  shelter  tents  and  remained  until  the  19th, 
when  they  returned  to  Texas  City  by  marching;  the  distance 
marched  was  35  miles.  Field  training  continued  during  the  rest 
of  the  month. 

June  24,  the  regiment  marched  to  Dickinson,  Texas,  pitched 
shelter  tents,  remained  in  camp  two  days,  and  returned  to  Texas 
City  on  the  26th,  working  out  a  maneuver  problem  on  the  march. 
The  distance  marched  was  24  miles. 

August  11,  the  22nd  marched  to  Galveston,  Texas,  and  went 
into  camp  a  short  distance  north  of  the  Crockett  reservation. 

During  the  remaining  four  months  of  1913  the  regiment 
remained  at  Texas  City,  where  it  was  occupied  with  the  routine 
duties  of  the  camp. 

Field  exercises  and  maneuvers  continued  during  the  early 
part  of  1914;  in  January  the  entire  regiment  took  part  in  a 

135 


History  of  the 

thorough  course  of  field  firing.  In  March  two  divisional  maneu- 
vers took  place,  the  22nd  Infantry  participating  in  both. 

April  16,  1914,  the  regiment,  as  a  unit  of  the  Second 
Division,  started  on  a  march  to  Houston,  Texas,  for  the  purpose 
of  taking  part  in  a  parade  in  that  city  on  San  Jacinto  day, 
April  21.  They  reached  Houston  on  the  19th,  but  at  3  :25  A.  M., 
April  20,  the  regiment  was  ordered  to  march  at  once  to  Texas 
City.  The  22nd  Infantry,  as  part  of  the  Sixth  Brigade,  left 
Houston  at  eight  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the  20th,  and  reached 
Texas  City  on  the  22nd.  At  Texas  City  the  regiment  again 
went  into  camp,  and  took  up  its  former  duties. 

April  18,  Company  C,  under  Captain  John  B.  Sanford,  pro- 
ceeded on  the  harbor  boat  Poe,  to  Galveston,  to  engage  in  a 
military  exhibition  at  that  place. 

The  long  period  of  division,  brigade  and  regimental  maneu- 
vers was  broken  in  October,  1914,  when  the  entire  regiment 
was  granted  a  month  of  comparative  rest.  Many  leaves  of 
absence  were  granted  to  the  officers  and  most  of  the  enlisted 
men  took  advantage  of  passes.  A  number  of  hunting  and 
fishing  parties  were  organized,  and  other  forms  of  recreation  and 
diversion  furnished  the  officers  and  men  of  the  regiment  with 
a  well-earned  holiday. 

At  8  P.  M.,  December  15,  1914,  orders  were  received  over 
the  telephone  from  Division  headquarters,  directing  the  regi- 
ment to  prepare  immediately  for  service  at  Naco,  Arizona.  In 
the  vicinity  of  this  town  two  opposing  factions  of  Mexicans 
had  intrenched  themselves,  and  in  the  course  of  their  operations 
some  stray  shots  had  fallen  in  American  territory,  killing  and 
wounding  a  number  of  persons.  The  United  States  government 
issued  a  protest  and  demanded  that  the  fighting  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  international  boundary  cease  at  once.  The  demand  was 
to  be  backed  up  by  the  force  of  troops  already  at  Naco,  aug- 
mented by  the  Sixth  Brigade. 

The  22nd  Infantry  was  scheduled  to  start  for  Naco  on 
December  16,  but  lack  of  railroad  transportation  delayed  the 
start  until  7  A.  M.  the  next  day.  The  last  section  of  the  train 
carrying  the  regiment  reached  Naco  at  10  A.  M.,  December  20. 

136 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Shelter  tents  were  pitched  north  of  the  town  without  delay, 
but  these  formed  inadequate  protection  against  the  continuous 
wind  and  rain  storms  which  beset  the  camp  for  the  following 
week.  Large  pyramidal  tents  were  received  and  erected  by  the 
men  on  the  24th,  bringing  much  joy  and  relief  to  the  command. 

The  Third  Battalion,  under  Major  W.  T.  Wilder,  was  at 
once  designated  for  outpost  duty.  The  territory  in  which  the 
battalion  undertook  this  duty  was  known  as  the  Naco  sector  of 
the  line  of  outposts.  On  January  17,  1915,  the  Mexicans  with- 
drew from  their  positions  near  the  border,  and  the  outpost  was 
relieved  on  the  20th. 

In  January,  the  22nd  Infantry  received  orders  to  change  its 
station  to  Douglas,  Arizona,  the  move  to  commence  on  the  25th, 
and  one  battalion  to  move  at  a  time.  For  this  purpose  the 
regiment  was  divided  into  provisional  battalions,  the  first  con- 
sisting of  Companies  C,  D,  G  and  K ;  the  second  of  Companies 
B,  E,  F  and  H;  the  Third  of  headquarters,  band,  and  Com- 
panies A,  I,  L,  M,  and  the  machine  gun  company.  Each  bat- 
talion was  to  use  the  same  transportation,  and  two  days  was 
the  time  allotted  for  each  battalion  to  make  the  march — one  day 
for  the  transportation  to  return  from  Douglas  to  Naco.  The 
first  two  battalions  completed  the  change  as  scheduled,  but  the 
last  battalion  was  delayed  by  a  heavy  rain  and  snow  storm. 
In  making  this  march,  a  distance  of  28  miles,  each  of  the  bat- 
talions left  Naco  at  8:30  A.  M.,  camped  at  Forrest,  Arizona, 
the  first  night,  and  reached  Douglas  about  noon  on  the  second 
day. 

Practically  the  entire  month  of  February  was  consumed  by 
the  regiment  preparing  the  camp  site  and  putting  the  ground  in 
such  condition  as  would  make  it  as  comfortable  as  possible. 

During  March,  the  regiment  engaged  almost  continuously  in 
company,  battalion  and  regimental  exercises,  and  in  one  brigade 
maneuver.  Additional  roads  and  walks  were  built  in  camp,  and 
many  other  improvements  made. 

During  this  month  Lieutenant-Colonel  R.  H.  Noble  was 
relieved  from  command  of  the  regiment  by  Colonel  Charles  M. 
Truitt. 

137 


History  of  the 

Routine  training  was  continued  in  April,  the  time  being 
especially  devoted  to  company  practice  marches,  which  included 
instruction  in  individual  cooking. 

In  accordance  with  instructions  from  headquarters,  Sixth 
Brigade,  the  regiment  made  a  practice  march  to  Slaughter's 
ranch  on  May  5,  pitched  shelter  tent  camp  and  returned  to 
Douglas  the  following  day.  The  distance  marched  was  34 
miles. 

At  the  end  of  May,  each  company  of  the  regiment  was 
tested  to  determine  its  proficiency  in  field  training.  In  June, 
tests  were  likewise  held  of  each  battalion. 

The  usual  schedule  of  training  and  instruction  occupied  the 
regiment  during  July,  including  gallery  practice,  in  which  all 
the  companies  engaged.  Following  this  practice  the  regiment 
engaged  in  its  annual  known-distance  firing  during  August,  this 
month  having  been  previously  designated  by  brigade  head- 
quarters. 

In  September,  in  addition  to  company  and  regimental  exer- 
cises, which  took  place  two  days  each  per  week,  one  day  each 
week  was  devoted  to  a  brigade  maneuver.  On  the  28th,  field 
and  combat  firing  on  the  Class  B  range  commenced,  and  lasted 
well  into  the  following  month. 

At  5:30  A.  M.,  November  1,  under  Major  John  Howard,  the 
entire  regiment  occupied  trenches  along  the  Mexican  border  in 
a  sector  about  a  mile  and  a  half  east  of  the  camp  at  Douglas. 
At  3:35  P.  M.,  the  same  day,  the  brigade  commander  ordered 
the  regiment  withdrawn  and  placed  in  reserve.  The  withdrawal 
took  place  at  4 :00  P.  M.  On  the  4th,  one  battalion  was  placed 
in  a  line  extending  from  Avenue  F,  inclusive,  to  Gibb's  ranch, 
exclusive,  both  in  the  town  of  Douglas.  Between  these  two 
points  a  line  of  cossack  posts  was  established  along  the  inter- 
national boundary.  The  other  two  battalions,  constituting  the 
reserve,  remained  in  camp.  The  purpose  of  this  move  was  to 
enforce  neutrality  along  the  border  during  Villa's  attack  on 
Agua  Prieta,  Mexico,  November  1-3,  1915. 

138 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

The  last  month  of  1915  again  found  the  regiment  at  Douglas, 
Arizona,  under  the  command  of  Major  Palmer  E.  Pierce,  per- 
forming the  usual  camp  duties. 

January  28,  1916,  the  22nd  Infantry  was  inspected  by  the 
assistant  to  the  Department  Inspector.  Major  Frank  D.  Web- 
ster relieved  Major  Pierce  in  command  of  the  regiment  during 
the  month;  otherwise  no  important  changes  occurred. 

April  19,  1916,  Companies  E  and  F  proceeded  by  marching 
to  Warren,  Arizona,  for  temporary  station.  The  total  distance 
marched  was  25  miles.  These  two  companies  rejoined  the  regi- 
ment at  Douglas  on  June  3.  On  the  26th,  however,  at  9:30 
p.  MV  the  entire  regiment  left  Camp  Harry  J.  Jones,  marched 
one  mile  to  the  town  of  Douglas  and  there  entrained,  at  11 :25 
p.  MV  for  Bisbee,  Arizona.  From  Bisbee,  the  regiment  marched 
26  miles  to  Warren,  Arizona,  arriving  there  at  3  p.  M.,  June 
27,  1916. 

Outpost  and  guard  duties  continued  at  Warren  until  Sep- 
tember 24,  1916,  when  the  regiment  left  that  station  and  pro- 
ceeded by  motor  transportation  back  to  Camp  Harry  J.  Jones, 
at  Douglas,  arriving  at  10:15  A.  M.  that  day.  In  the  mean- 
time, Colonel  John  C.  F.  Tillson  assumed  command  of  the  regi- 
ment on  September  2,  1916. 

At  the  end  of  September,  orders  were  issued  directing  the 
formation  of  a  provisional  regiment  at  war  strength;  the  regi- 
ment to  proceed  by  marching  to  Fort  Huachuca,  Arizona.  The 
22nd  Infantry  furnished  10  officers  and  497  enlisted  men  for 
the  regiment.  The  latter  command  left  Douglas  October  19, 
1916,  and  returned  ten  days  later,  after  marching  a  total  of 
129  miles. 

During  the  latter  part  of  October,  Company  E,  22nd 
Infantry,  Captain  J.  H.  Van  Horn,  proceeded  to  Warren, 
Arizona,  under  instructions  from  headquarters,  Arizona  dis- 
trict, and  there  demolished  the  camp  which  had  been  used  by 
the  District  of  Columbia  National  Guard,  and  also  by  the  22nd 
Infantry  from  August  14  to  September  23,  1916.  The  remain- 
der of  the  year  1916  was  spent  at  Camp  Harry  J.  Jones,  and  was 
without  incident. 

139 


History  of  the 

The  annual  inspection  of  the  regiment  for  1917  took  place 
between  February  20  and  24  of  that  year;  the  inspection  was 
made  by  Lieutenant-Colonel  E.  A.  Helswick,  Inspector  Gen- 
eral's department. 

Transfer  of  the  Regiment  from  Douglas,  Arizona,  to 
New  York 

March  22,  1917,  the  personnel  of  the  22nd  Infantry  re- 
ceived the  very  welcome  news  that  they  were  to  leave  their  sta- 
tion at  Douglas,  Arizona,  and  proceed  to  New  York  City  for 
station.  The  22nd  was  selected  for  this  move  on  account  of 
its  long  and  arduous  tours  of  field  and  foreign  service ;  particu- 
larly on  account  of  the  long  tours  in  the  Philippine  Islands, 
where  the  regiment  had  undertaken  such  grilling  campaigns 
against  the  Moros. 

The  regiment  left  Douglas  at  5 :10  P.  M.,  March  25,  1917,  on 
their  journey  of  2,750  miles  to  New  York.  Headquarters  and 
the  First  Battalion  arrived  at  Fort  Jay,  N.  Y.,  on  April  1 ;  the 
Second  Battalion  at  Fort  Totten,  New  York,  the  same  day,  and 
the  Third  Battalion  proceeded  to  Fort  Hamilton,  N.  Y.,  also 
on  the  first.  The  two  latter  stations  are  permanent  posts  of  the 
Coast  Artillery,  with  comfortable  barracks  and  quarters ;  and 
the  troops  lost  no  time  in  making  themselves  comfortable  in  sur- 
roundings which  seemed  luxurious  after  their  long  service  under 
canvas  at  Camp  Harry  J.  Jones.  Fort  Jay,  on  Governors 
Island,  N.  Y.,  ordinarily  an  infantry  post,  had  been  garrisoned 
only  by  a  handful  of  men  since  the  troops  first  went  to  the 
border  in  large  numbers,  coincidentally  with  the  temporary 
evacuation  of  most  of  the  other  posts  of  like  nature  throughout 
the  country.  The  Fort  is  ideally  located  within  seven  minutes 
of  the  city  of  New  York,  and  is  in  every  sense  a  very  desirable 
station. 


140 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry  , 

CHAPTER   XVII 
THE    WORLD    WAR 

The  First  Overt  Act 

The  United  States  declared  war  with  Germany  on  April  6, 
1917.  The  details  of  the  declaration,  the  causes  thereof  and 
the  national  and  political  significance  of  the  severance  of  friendly 
relations  between  the  two  nations  are  beyond  the  scope  of  this 
book,  and  consequently  are  not  dealt  with.  Only  those  phases 
and  events  of  the  war  which  concern  the  22nd  Infantry  as  a 
whole,  or  any  unit  thereof,  are  set  down,  for  it  is  with  the  history 
of  the  22nd  Infantry  only  that  we  are  concerned. 

Immediately  following  the  declaration  of  war,  on  April  6, 
the  First  Battalion,  22nd  Infantry,  proceeded  from  Fort  Jay  to 
Hoboken,  New  Jersey,  where  they  transferred  the  crews  of  the 
German  ships  lying  alongside  the  great  North  German  Lloyd 
and  Hamburg-American  line  piers,  from  their  ships  to  Ellis 
Island,  New  York  harbor,  where  they  were  interned.  This 
action  was,  beyond  all  doubt,  the  first  act  of  war  committed  by 
the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States  against  Germany.  The 
transfer  of  the  German  sailors  was  effected  in  a  quiet  and  orderly 
manner,  and  without  resort  to  force  of  any  sort.  On  the  com- 
pletion of  this  duty  the  First  Battalion  returned  to  Fort  Jay. 
The  Third  Battalion  of  the  regiment  acted  as  guard  at  Ellis 
Island  from  April  12  to  April  20. 

It  was  not  long  before  the  Government  realized  that  not  only 
was  the  property  and  shipping  of  the  great  German  lines  in 
Hoboken  of  such  enormous  value  that  it  must  be  protected  and 
guarded,  but  also  that  the  piers  and  deep-water  slips  afforded 
facilities  for  the  handling  of  overseas  shipments  of  either  men 
or  supplies,  which  were  unequalled  at  any  other  port  in  the 
country.  As  a  result  of  this  viewpoint,  the  Second  Battalion, 
22nd  Infantry,  was  ordered  from  its  station  at  Fort  Totten,  New 

141 


History  of  the 

York,  to  the  piers  in  Hoboken,  on  April  18,  1917,  the  order 
being  received  while  the  battalion  was  on  a  practice  march  about 
one  mile  from  the  post  at  10:30  A.  M.  The  command  was 
marched  back  to  Fort  Totten  at  double  time,  packed  up  its  full 
field  equipment,  and  left  for  Hoboken  by  boat  at  3:30  on  the 
afternoon  of  the  same  day.  The  battalion  reached  Hoboken  at 
about  8  P.  M.,  April  18,  and  immediately  went  into  quarters  on 
the  piers,  Companies  E  and  F  taking  over  the  Hamburg-Amer- 
ican line  section,  while  Companies  G  and  H  were  quartered  on 
the  North  German  Lloyd  side.  The  officers  of  the  Second  Bat- 
talion at  this  time  were  as  follows: 

Captain  George  N.  Bomford,  commanding  the  battalion  and 
Company  H. 

1st  Lieutenant  J.  B.  Bennett,  Jr.,  commanding  Company  G, 
and  acting  battalion  adjutant. 

Captain  J.  H.  Van  Horn  and  Second  Lieutenant  D.  S.  Apple- 
ton,  Company  E. 

Second  Lieutenant  J.  V.  Ware,  Company  F. 

Second  Lieutenant  F.  M.  Van  Natter,  Company  G. 

Second  Lieutenant  J.  A.  Anderson,  Company  H. 

Within  the  course  of  two  or  three  days  a  thorough  system 
was  devised  for  the  proper  guarding  of  the  piers  and  ships, 
and  the  battalion  entered  upon  a  tour  of  guard  duty  that  lasted 
for  many  months. 

June  22,  1917,  Companies  A,  B,  F,  G,  K  and  L  left  their 
respective  stations  at  Fort  Jay  and  Fort  Hamilton  and  pro- 
ceeded by  rail  to  the  New  Jersey  State  Rifle  Range  at  Sea  Girt, 
New  Jersey,  where  annual  target  practice  was  held.  Throughout 
this  practice  the  troops  lived  under  canvas  at  Camp  Edge, 
named  for  the  governor  of  the  state.  The  above  organizations 
returned  to  their  proper  stations  July  14,  and  on  the  following 
day  Companies  C,  D,  E,  H,  I,  M,  machine  gun  company  and 
supply  company  left  for  Camp  Edge  to  fire  the  prescribed  annual 
course.  The  latter  units  left  Sea  Girt  and  returned  to  their 
proper  stations  on  July  25. 

August  3,  1917,  the  22nd  Infantry  was  called  upon  to  furnish 
three  officers  and  400  enlisted  men  for  immediate  duty  overseas. 

142 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

At  a  conference  of  the  field  officers  and  company  commanders 
held  at  regimental  headquarters  on  that  day,  the  enlisted  per- 
sonnel for  this  detail  were  selected,  each  on  account  of  some 
specific  qualification,  such  as  motorcyclists,  automobile  and  truck 
drivers,  horsemen,  horseshoers,  wagoners,  mechanics  and  telegra- 
phers. This  detachment  was  transferred  to  headquarters  troop, 
headquarters  train  and  military  police  of  what  was  then  termed 
the  First  Expeditionary  division  and  later  became  famous  as  the 
First  Division,  American  Expeditionary  Forces.  The  officers 
selected  were  as  follows : 

Captain  George  F.  Rozelle,  Jr.,  to  command  the  headquarters 
troop;  First  Lieutenant  P.  K.  Kelly,  to  command  the  first  com- 
pany; Second  Lieutenant  Charles  W.  Yuill,  to  command  the 
second  company. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  it  is  not  within  the  province  of  this 
book  to  follow  the  subsequent  careers  of  these  men  in  France, 
but  theirs  is  the  history  of  the  First  Division  rather  than  the 
22nd  Infantry.  Suffice  it  to  ,  say,  that  the  officers  and  men 
ultimately  became  distributed  among  nearly  all  the  organizations 
of  the  First  Division,  and  throughout  their  service  conducted 
themselves  in  a  manner  of  which  their  old  regiment  may  well 
be  proud.  Captain  Rozelle  was  awarded  the  Distinguished  Serv- 
ice Cross,  and  Captain  Yuill  was  cited  in  orders  for  gallantry 
on  five  separate  occasions.  Regimental  Sergeant-Ma j or  Patrick 
Regan,  who  had  been  transferred  from  duty  as  first  sergeant 
of  Company  H,  22nd  Infantry,  was  the  recipient  of  the  Con- 
gressional Medal  of  Honor.  Many  of  these  men  never  again 
returned  to  the  United  States,  but  of  those  who  did,  a  large 
percentage  re-enlisted  in  the  22nd  Infantry  and  are  still  serving 
therein. 

In  September,  1917,  the  regimental  supply  company  was  at- 
tached to  the  42nd  National  Guard  division,  then  being  mobil- 
ized at  Camp  Mills,  Garden  City,  Long  Island;  and  a  detach- 
ment of  three  officers  and  sixty-one  enlisted  men  was  detailed 
to  perform  guard  duty  at  Camp  Merritt,  New  Jersey,  from 
September  1  to  September  21.  During  the  same  month,  Colonel 
Tillson  was  placed  on  temporary  detached  service  as  in  com- 

143 


History  of  the 

mand  of  the  Port  of  Embarkation,  in  Hoboken,  and  Major  Rus- 
sell V.  Venable  assumed  command  of  the  regiment.  Colonel 
Tillson  and  Captain  Rush  B.  Lincoln,  regimental  adjutant,  re- 
turned to  duty  with  the  regiment  the  following  month. 

October  23,  1917,  after  six  months  of  continuous  guard 
duty  on  the  Hoboken  piers,  Companies  E,  F  and  H  were  re- 
lieved from  that  duty  and  transferred  to  Fort  Hamilton,  New 
York,  for  station.  Company  G  remained  temporarily  at  Hobo- 
ken in  order  to  turn  over  in  detail  the  information  essential  to 
continual  guarding  of  the  piers  by  the  incoming  troops  of  the 
13th  Infantry.  On  the  same  day,  Company  I  proceeded  to 
Fort  Niagara,  New  York,  leaving  detachments  performing 
guard  duty  at  Clayton  and  Black  Rock,  New  York.  Detach- 
ments of  Company  K  were  sent  also  to  Ellis  Island  and  the 
Morse  Dry  Dock  Company,  in  Brooklyn,  for  duty,  while  Com- 
pany L  was  transferred  from  Fort  Hamilton  to  Frankford 
arsenal,  Pennsylvania,  furnishing  detachments  for  guard  at 
Cramp's  Shipbuilding  Company,  Philadelphia  and  Gloucester, 
New  Jersey.  Company  M  changed  station  from  Fort  Hamilton 
to  Fort  Niagara,  New  York,  and  on  November  27,  Company  H 
also  left  Fort  Hamilton  for  station  at  Plattsburg  Barracks,  New 
York. 

During  the  month  of  December,  1917,  the  following  changes 
of  stations  and  duties  of  the  units  of  the  regiment  occurred : 

One  officer  and  38  enlisted  men  of  Company  F,  from  Fort 
Hamilton  to  Lehigh  Valley  Railroad  piers,  Jersey  City,  N.  JM 
on  December  13 ; 

Two  officers  and  28  enlisted  men  of  Company  F,  from  Fort 
Hamilton  to  the  National  Dock  Company's  piers  on  Black  Tom 
Island,  New  Jersey; 

Company  G,  from  the  Hamburg- American  line  piers,  Hobo- 
ken, New  Jersey,  to  the  New  York  Dock  Company's  piers, 
Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Company  K  furnished  a  detachment  of  two  officers  and  59 
men  for  guard  duty  at  Ellis  Island,  N.  Y.,  and  another  detach- 
ment of  two  officers  and  51  enlisted  men  for  the  same  duty  at 
the  Morse  Dry  Dock  and  Repair  Company,  at  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

144 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Eighteen  enlisted  men  of  the  machine  gun  company  were 
placed  on  detached  service  from  Fort  Hamilton  and  assigned  to 
duty  at  the  New  York  Dock  Company  in  Brooklyn  on  Decem- 
ber 30. 

January  29,  1918,  Company  D,  consisting  of  three  officers 
and  79  enlisted  men,  proceeded  to  Kearney  Meadows,  New 
Jersey,  where  they  were  detailed  to  guard  the  Foundation  Ship- 
building Company.  The  only  other  change  of  station  during  the 
month  was  that  of  Company  E,  which  was  transferred  from 
Fort  Hamilton  to  Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y.,  January  8-9.  Com- 
pany D  returned  to  Fort  Jay  from  Kearney  Meadows  on  Feb- 
ruary 3.  t 

March  13,  one  officer  and  53  enlisted  men  of  Company  K, 
comprising  the  detachment  on  duty  at  Ellis  Island,  were  re- 
turned to  Fort  Hamilton,  where  they  rejoined  the  company; 
three  officers  and  54  enlisted  men  left  Fort  Hamilton  March 
14,  for  duty  as  a  guard  over  the  docks  and  warehouses  utilized 
by  the  French  High  Commission.  This  property  was  located  at 
Franklin  and  Dupont  Streets,  Greenpoint,  Brooklyn. 

The  following  month  of  April  the  organizations  continued 
to  make  many  changes  of  station ;  these  were  as  follows : 

April  1,  25  enlisted  men  of  Company  G  were  attached  to 
Company  F,  a  detachment  of  two  officers  and  59  men  of  this  com- 
pany was  detached  as  a  guard  at  the  Erie  Railroad  piers  in 
Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  from  April  2-27.  On  April  28,  the  entire 
company,  including  the  25  men  of  Company  G,  moved  to  Sandy 
Hook,  New  Jersey. 

Company  G  left  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  on  April  4 
and  proceeded  to  Howard  Place,  Bayonne,  New  Jersey. 

April  16,  Company  K,  three  officers  and  63  men,  was  trans- 
ferred by  rail  from  the  French  High  Commission  Docks  to 
Gloucester,  New  Jersey,  there  to  act  as  a  guard  at  the  Pusey  and 
Jones  Shipbuilding  Company. 

May  13,  1918,  the  supply  company,  22nd  Infantry,  having 
completed  its  duties  in  connection  with  the  42nd  Division  at 
Camp  Mills,  Long  Island,  moved  by  wagon  train  from  that 
place  to  Fort  Hamilton ;  total  distance  covered,  35  miles. 

145 


History  of  the 

Companies  A  and  D  moved  from  Fort  Jay,  N.  Y.,  to  Camp 
Edge,  Sea  Girt,  New  Jersey,  for  target  practice,  August  9, 
1918.  The  two  companies  returned  to  Fort  Jay  August  20. 

August  21,  Companies  B  and  C  left  Fort  Jay  for  East  Poto- 
mac Park,  Washington,  D.  C.  They  arrived  in  Washington, 
D.  C.,  at  6:00  A.  M.  the  following  day.  Companies  A  and  D 
followed  as  soon  as  possible,  and  reached  Washington  at  6:00 
A.  M.  August  24.  Company  E  was  transferred  from  Madison 
Barracks,  New  York,  to  Fort  Jay,  arriving  at  the  latter  post 
at  9:00  A.  M.  August  21.  On  the  same  day,  Company  F  was 
transferred  from  Sandy  Hook  to  Fort  Jay,  and  Company  I 
moved  from  Fort  Niagara  to  Fort  Jay,  arriving  on  August  24. 
Company  L  was  also  transferred  to  Fort  Jay,  leaving  Frankford 
Arsenal,  Pa.,  on  the  morning  of  August  27  and  arriving  at  Fort 
Jay  at  3 :30  P.  M.  the  same  day. 

August  8-9,  1918,  Company  G  moved  from  the  Elco  Boat 
plant,  Bayonne,  New  Jersey,  to  the  Syracuse  Recruit  camp, 
Syracuse,  New  York.  August  26,  headquarters  company  pro- 
ceeded from  Fort  Jay  to  Camp  Edge,  Sea  Girt,  New  Jersey, 
and  returned  from  that  station  September  7. 

From  September  3-6,  inclusive,  a  so-called  "slacker  drive", 
or  round-up  of  evaders  of  the  selective  draft,  was  held  in  New 
York  City.  Company  F,  22nd  Infantry,  five  officers  and  188 
enlisted  men,  was  placed  on  duty  in  the  city  in  connection  with 
this  movement.  The  company  had  little  to  do  in  aiding  the 
draft  authorities  to  pick  up  the  delinquents,  and  having  been 
relieved  from  this  duty  on  September  6,  proceeded,  three  days 
later,  with  Company  L,  to  Sea  Girt,  N.  J.,  for  target  practice. 
Both  companies  returned  to  Fort  Jay  on  September  22. 

October  10,  Company  E  left  Fort  Jay  at  3:30  p.  M.,  for 
Morgan,  New  Jersey,  arriving  at  6:00  P.  M.  the  same  day. 
A  terrific  explosion  had  just  occurred  in  the  powder  magazines 
at  the  government  plant,  and  this  company  was  immediately  dis- 
patched as  a  guard.  Company  G  was  transferred  from  the 
Syracuse  Recruit  camp  to  Anatol,  New  Jersey,  October  19. 

146 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

On  November  11,  1918,  the  armistice  was  signed,  and  all 
military  operations  against  the  enemy  were  suspended  at  11 
A.  M.  that  day. 

To  say  that  the  foregoing  record  of  almost  continuous 
change  of  station  of  all  the  organizations  of  the  22nd  Infantry 
constitute  a  narrative  of  the  part  it  played  in  the  World  War 
would  be  a  statement  far  from  the  truth.  It  is,  however,  quite 
impossible  to  tell  in  detail  of  the  long  and  arduous  tours  of 
guard  duty  performed  by  the  regiment  during  the  nineteen 
months  of  the  war.  That  the  regiment  played  a  highly  important 
part  in  the  government's  plans  to  defeat  the  enemy  is  beyond 
question,  and  the  fact  that  of  all  the  millions  of  dollars*  worth 
of  property  entrusted  to  the  regiment's  care  between  April  6, 
1917,  and  November  11,  1918,  not  one  atom  was  ever  lost  to 
the  nation  or  to  an  individual  owner,  speaks  for  the  manner  in 
which  the  22nd  Infantry  accomplished  its  task  in  words  far  more 
potent  than  can  be  set  down  in  the  pages  of  a  book. 


147 


History  of  the 


CHAPTER   XVIII 

Service  in  Garrison,  Subsequent  to  the  World  War 

After  shifting  from  place  to  place,  from  station  to  station, 
always  to  continue  in  one  form  or  another  the  monotonous 
routine  of  furnishing  protection  to  property,  the  signing  of  the 
armistice  found  the  organizations  of  the  regiment  distributed 
as  follows : 

Regimental  headquarters,  Colonel  John  C.  F.  Tillson,  com- 
manding, and  Companies  F,  I  and  L,  Fort  Jay,  N.  Y. 

Supply  company,  machine  gun  company  and  Companies  K 
and  M,  camp  at  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

Companies  A,  B,  C  and  D,  East  Potomac  Park,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Company  H,  Plattsburg  Barracks,  N.  Y. 

Company  E,  Morgan,  New  Jersey. 

Company  G,  Anatol,  New  Jersey. 

Companies  K  and  M  were  transferred  from  the  Syracuse 
Recruit  camp  to  Fort  Jay,  N.  Y.,  November  18-19,  1918;  the 
supply  and  machine  gun  companies  came  from  Syracuse  to  Fort 
Hamilton,  N.  Y.,  the  following  day,  and  Company  F  was  trans- 
ferred from  Fort  Jay  to  Fort  Hamilton  on  the  19th. 

There  were  no  changes  of  station  during  December,  the 
various  companies  carrying  out  the  regular  duties  pertaining 
to  them.  But  there  yet  remained  a  number  of  shifts  to  be 
made  before  the  22nd  Infantry  would  be  settled  in  its  permanent 
stations,  which  had  been  designated  for  the  regiment  long  before 
it  left  Douglas,  Arizona,  for  New  York. 

The  four  companies  stationed  at  East  Potomac  Park,  in 
Washington,  which  had  come  to  be  known,  unofficially,  at  least, 
as  the  Capitol  Guard,  was  relieved  in  January;  Companies  A 
and  D  were  transferred  to  the  Quartermaster  Terminal,  Green- 
wich Point,  Philadelphia,  arriving  there  at  11:00  P.  M.,  Jan- 
uary 15.  Company  B  left  East  Potomac  Park  and  proceeded 

148 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

to  Raritan  Arsenal,  Metuchen,  N.  J.,  on  January  10.  Company  C 
moved  to  Morgan,  New  Jersey,  January  16.  All  these  move- 
ments were  made  by  rail  over  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad. 
Company  B  was  joined  by  G  at  Raritan  Arsenal  on  the  10th, 
the  latter  organization  coming  from  Anatol,  New  Jersey. 

January  16,  Company  H  moved  to  the  yards  of  the  Sub- 
marine Boat  Corporation  at  Port  Newark  terminal,  New  Jersey. 
This  unit  had  been  attached  to  the  First  Battalion  on  duty  in 
Washington. 

In  February,  the  garrison  at  Raritan  Arsenal  was  further 
augmented  by  Company  F,  which  moved  to  that  station  from 
Fort  Hamilton  on  February  28. 

The  two  following  months  saw  no  changes  of  station  or 
duties  in  the  regiment.  Routine  garrison  and  guard  duty  was 
continued,  according  to  the  location  of  the  organization. 

So  many  changes  of  station  taking  place  within  the  regiment 
make  it  difficult  for  the  reader  to  follow  the  disposition  of  the 
command  from  time  to  time,  so  the  stations  of  all  the  organiza- 
tions of  the  22nd  Infantry  on  April  30,  1919,  are  given  as 
follows : 

Regimental  headquarters,  headquarters  company,  Companies 
I,  K,  L  and  M,  Fort  Jay,  N.  Y. 

Supply  and  machine  gun  companies,  Fort  Hamilton,  N.  Y. 

Companies  B,  F  and  G,  Raritan  Arsenal,  Metuchen,  N.  J. 

Companies  C  and  E,  Morgan,  New  Jersey. 

Companies  A  and  D,  Greenwich  Point  Terminal,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

Company  H,  Submarine  Boat  Corporation,  Port  Newark 
Terminal,  N.  J. 

May  7,  1919,  the  machine  gun  company  from  Fort  Ham- 
ilton, and  Companies  I  and  K,  from  Fort  Jay,  proceeded  to  the 
United  States  Naval  Rifle  Range,  at  Caldwell,  New  Jersey, 
where  the  annual  target  practice  was  held.  These  organizations 
completed  the  prescribed  course  and  returned  to  their  proper 
stations  on  May  27. 

149 


History  of  the 

On  May  12,  Company  H  left  the  Submarine  Boat  Corpora- 
tion at  Newark  and  took  station  at  the  Raritan  Arsenal, 
Metuchen,  N.  J.,  the  transfer  being  made  by  motor  truck.  A 
detachment  of  one  officer  and  20  enlisted  men  of  this  company 
remained  at  Newark.  May  27,  this  detachment  was  relieved 
by  men  from  Companies  I  and  K  at  Fort  Jay,  and  proceeded 
to  join  Company  H  at  Raritan  Arsenal. 

May  20,  Company  D  was  transferred  from  the  Greenwich 
Point  Quartermaster  Terminal  in  Philadelphia,  to  station  at 
Fort  Hamilton,  N.  Y.  May  31,  Company  C  also  moved  to  Fort 
Hamilton  from  Morgan,  N.  J.,  and  on  the  same  day  Company  E 
left  Morgan  for  station  at  Fort  Niagara,  N.  Y. 

Second  Lieutenant  William  J.  Hershenow  and  the  22nd 
Infantry  band  left  Fort  Jay  and  took  temporary  station  at  the 
Port  of  Embarkation,  Hoboken,  N.  J.,  on  May  31.  The  band 
remained  in  Hoboken  a  month,  and  returned  to  Fort  Jay  on 
the  last  day  of  June,  1919. 

June  3,  Company  A  moved  from  the  Greenwich  Point  Quar- 
termaster Terminal  to  a  point  at  the  junction  of  18th  and  Race 
streets,  Philadelphia,  where  it  performed  guard  duty  for  the 
remainder  of  the  month,  returning  to  Fort  Jay  on  the  first 
of  July. 

Company  F  left  Raritan  Arsenal  on  June  7,  and  proceeded 
via  the  New  York  Central  and  West  Shore  railroad  to  Fort 
Niagara,  N.  Y.,  arriving  the  following  day.  Company  G  also 
moved  to  Fort  Niagara  from  Raritan  Arsenal,  June  7-8,  1919. 

During  this  month  all  the  organizations  of  the  regiment 
devoted  a  great  amount  of  time  to  the  discharge  of  men  enlisted 
or  drafted  for  the  emergency,  there  being  a  consequent  reduc- 
tion in  the  enlisted  strength  of  the  companies. 

July  21,  1919,  the  machine  gun  company  and  Companies  B, 
C  and  D,  moved  via  the  Pennsylvania  railroad  to  the  Aberdeen 
Proving  Ground,  Aberdeen,  Maryland,  arriving  at  12 :30  on  the 
morning  of  the  following  day ;  distance  traveled  160  miles. 

The  First  and  Third  Battalions  of  the  regiment,  with  the 
supply  and  machine  gun  companies,  participated  in  the  parade 
held  in  New  York  City,  July  15,  1919,  in  honor  of  the  return 

150 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

of  President  Woodrow  Wilson  from  Paris,  where  he  had  been 
attending  the  Versailles  Peace  Conference.  The  route  of  the 
parade  was  east  from  23rd  street  and  Seventh  avenue  to  23rd 
street  and  Fifth  avenue;  thence  north  on  Fifth  avenue  to  57th 
street  and  terminating  at  Carnegie  Hall,  a  total  distance  of 
about  one  and  one-half  miles. 

August  31,  1919,  the  regimental  band  again  went  to  the  Port 
of  Embarkation  in  Hoboken,  where  it  remained  on  duty  until 
October  3. 

There  were  no  changes  of  station  in  September  and  only  two 
in  October.  The  supply  company  changed  station  from  Fort 
Hamilton  to  Fort  Niagara  on  October  27,  and  Company  D  was 
moved  from  the  Aberdeen  Proving  Ground,  Maryland,  to  Fort 
Porter  on  October  30. 

During  the  following  month,  however,  the  changes  were 
numerous  and  of  more  than  usual  interest,  because,  with  one 
or  two  exceptions,  they  marked  the  transfers  that  finally  located 
the  battalions  of  the  22nd  Infantry  in  their  permanently  assigned 
stations  at  Forts  Jay,  Porter  and  Niagara.  These  changes  are 
recorded  here  in  the  order  in  which  they  took  place : 

Company  A,  from  Sea  Girt,  New  Jersey,  to  Fort  Niagara, 
N.  Y.,  November  5-9,  1919. 

Company  L,  from  Sea  Girt,  New  Jersey,  to  Fort  Jay,  N.  Y., 
November  5,  1919. 

Machine  gun  company,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds  to  Fort 
Niagara,  N.  Y.,  November  28-29,  1919. 

Company  B,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds  to  Fort  Niagara, 
N.  Y.,  November  28-29,  1919. 

Company  C,  Aberdeen  Proving  Grounds  to  Fort  Porter, 
N.  Y.,  November  28-29,  1919. 

Companies  E,  F  and  H  left  Fort  Niagara,  N.  Y.,  at  5:30 
A.  MV  November  2,  1919,  by  train,  en  route  to  Brownsville, 
Pennsylvania,  arriving  at  Brownsville  at  9:30  A.  M.  the  follow- 
ing day.  These  three  organizations  remained  on  duty  in 
Brownsville  until  November  24,  when  they  returned  to  Fort 
Niagara,  arriving  November  25. 

151 


History  of  the 

This  left  the  22nd  Infantry  distributed  between  Forts  Jay, 
Porter  and  Niagara,  with  no  companies  or  detachments  per- 
forming any  duties  away  from  their  posts.  There  were  no 
further  changes  of  station  or  duties  during  1919,  and  on  the 
last  day  of  the  year  the  stations  were  as  follows : 

Headquarters  company  and  Companies  I,  K,  L  and  M, 
Fort  Jay,  N.  Y. 

Machine  gun  company,  supply  company  and  Companies  A, 
B,  E,  F,  G  and  H,  Fort  Niagara,  New  York. 

Companies  C  and  D,  Fort  Porter,  New  York. 

Only  one  permanent  change  of  station  occurred  during  1920 ; 
on  January  15  of  that  year,  Companies  A  and  B  were  moved 
from  Fort  Niagara  to  Fort  Porter.  This  move  resulted  in  the 
consolidation,  at  one  post,  of  each  of  the  three  battalions ;  regi- 
mental headquarters  and  the  Third  Battalion  at  Fort  Jay;  the 
First  Battalion  at  Fort  Porter;  the  Second  Battalion  with  the 
supply  and  machine  gun  companies  at  Fort  Niagara. 

No  further  changes  took  place,  and  the  above  is  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  regiment  at  the  date  of  the  completion  of  this  his- 
tory. 

Annual  target  practice  was  held  by  the  First  and  Second 
Battalions  at  Fort  Niagara,  N.  Y.,  between  June  1  and  July  23, 
the  companies  of  the  First  Battalion  proceeding  to  Fort  Niagara 
for  that  purpose.  The  Third  Battalion  held  its  target  season  at 
Camp  Upton  during  June  and  July,  two  companies  moving  to 
camp  at  a  time,  while  the  other  two  carried  on  the  routine 
guard  and  fatigue  at  Fort  Jay. 

May  25,  1920,  Colonel  John  C.  F.  Tillson,  having  attained 
the  age  limit,  was  placed  on  the  retired  list  at  Fort  Jay.  Colonel 
Tillson  had  been  in  command  of  the  22nd  Infantry  since  1916, 
and  had  actively  commanded  the  regiment  and  the  post  of  Fort 
Jay  during  the  entire  period  of  the  war,  when  the  units  were 
engaged  in  the  difficult  and  responsible  duty  of  protecting  the 
city  of  New  York.  The  loss  of  Colonel  Tillson  was  keenly  felt 
by  the  officers  and  men  of  the  regiment,  and  in  token  of  their 
esteem  the  former  tendered  him  a  beautiful  farewell  reception 

152 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

and  dance,  and  the  latter  a  magnificent  silver  loving  cup,  on  the 
occasion  of  his  retirement. 

Colonel  John  McA.  Palmer  was  assigned  to  the  command 
of  the  regiment  on  June  11,  1920,  and  joined  June  19.  Colonel 
Palmer  had  previously  been  on  duty  with  the  general  staff  of 
the  War  Department,  in  which  capacity  he  had  done  a  great 
deal  of  work  with  the  Senate  Committee  on  Military  Affairs, 
appearing  before  that  body  on  several  occasions  to  present  the 
views  of  the  general  staff  on  army  reorganization,  particularly 
those  phases  bearing  on  the  creation  of  a  Chief  of  Infantry  and 
the  adoption  of  a  single  promotion  list  for  all  officers. 

September  16,  1920,  at  one  minute  after  noon,  there  occurred 
in  New  York  City  one  of  the  most  terrible  catastrophes  of  the 
age.  A  bomb  was  exploded  at  the  corner  of  Wall  and  Nassau 
streets,  in  front  of  the  offices  of  J.  P.  Morgan  and  Company, 
in  the  very  heart  of  the  financial  district  of  New  York.  The 
explosion,  which  was  believed  to  have  been  the  work  of  some 
ultra-radical  faction,  caused  the  death  of  thirty  persons  and  the 
injury  of  over  two  hundred. 

On  account  of  the  proximity  of  the  explosion  to  the  United 
States  Sub-Treasury,  request  was  made  to  Major  General  R.  L. 
Bullard,  commanding  the  Second  Corps  Area,  for  a  detachment 
of  troops  to  guard  that  building.  Company  M,  22nA  Infantry, 
First  Lieutenant  Benjamin  F.  Pelton,  was  immediately  dispatched 
in  motor  trucks  to  the  scene  of  trouble,  where  they  rendered 
great  assistance  to  the  police  in  holding  back  the  crowd.  At  1 :10 
p.  M.,  Company  K,  Captain  Daniel  S.  Appleton,  which  had  been 
held  in  reserve  at  Fort  Jay,  was  ordered  to  join  Company  M 
in  New  York.  Proceeding  by  motor  truck,  this  organization 
reached  the  scene  of  the  explosion  just  twenty  minutes  after 
the  order  was  received.  The  two  companies  established  a  dead 
line  around  the  United  States  Sub-Treasury  and  kept  all  persons 
without  credentials  away  from  the  vicinity  of  the  explosion. 
No  trouble  of  any  kind  occurred  after  the  arrival  of  the  troops, 
and  both  companies  returned  to  Fort  Jay  about  4  P.  M.  the  same 
day.  While  on  duty  in  the  city  this  detachment  was  under  the 

153 


History  of  the 

command  of  Major  Clifford  Bluemel,  commanding  officer  of 
the  third  battalion,  while  the  situation  as  it  involved  Federal 
troops,  was  under  Lieutenant-Colonel  Rinaldo  R.  Wood,  22nd 
Infantry. 

The  remainder  of  the  year  1920  passed  quietly  and  without 
incident.  On  account  of  the  exceptionally  bright  prospects  for 
training  and  education  in  the  army  at  this  time,  the  influx  of 
recruits,  added  to  the  high  percentage  of  re-enlistments,  brought 
the  strength  of  the  companies  far  above  what  it  had  ever  before 
been  in  time  of  peace.  The  latter  part  of  the  year  found  the 
regiment  gradually  getting  back  to  what  may  be  termed  a  peace 
status.  Much  provision  was  made  at  all  posts  to  provide  for 
the  comfort  and  recreation  of  the  command,  and  to  give  the 
posts  the  aspect  of  permanent  homes. 

On  May  5,  1921,  Colonel  Palmer  left  the  regiment  to  become 
Aide  de  Camp  to  the  General  of  the  Armies,  General  Pershing. 
The  new  regimental  commander,  Colonel  Samson  Lane  Faison, 
was  assigned  July  19,  1921.  Colonel  Faison  served  as  Brigadier 
General  during  the  war,  and  during  this  time  commanded  the 
30th  Division. 

On  October  1,  1921,  a  strange  coincidence  gave  the  22nd 
Infantry  a  battalion  of  the  regiment  from  which  it  was  created. 
The  1st  Battalion,  13th  Infantry,  less  Companies  A  and  B,  had 
been  on  duty  at  Hoboken,  New  Jersey,  as  guards  and  escorts 
to  the  military  dead  just  then  being  returned  from  France. 
Headquarters  Company,  1st  Battalion,  Companies  C  and  D,  13th 
Infantry,  were  transferred  to  the  22nd  Infantry  and  on  Novem- 
ber 15,  1921,  joined  the  regiment.  Three  officers,  Major  D.  G.  C. 
Garrison,  Captain  E.  E.  Hagler,  Jr.,  and  'Captain  Charles  M. 
Kemp  and  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  men  were  involved  in 
the  transfer. 

Another  transfer  at  this  time  increased  the  strength  of  the 
regiment.  The  36th  Infantry,  stationed  at  Camp  Devens,  Massa- 
chusetts, was  ordered  on  the  inactive  list  and  its  remaining  per- 
sonnel, on  October  13,  1921,  was  transferred  to  the  22nd  Infan- 
try at  Governors  Island.  These  included  Major  R.  W.  Drury, 

154 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Captain  I.  E.  Doane  and  Captain  J.  E.  Tiedmen,  and  Captain 
C.  F.  Sullivan  and  about  one  hundred  and  eighty  men. 

During  the  month  of  May,  1922,  notice  was  received  from 
the  War  Department  that  the  22nd  Infantry  would  be  trans- 
ferred to  Fort  McPherson,  Georgia,  taking  with  it  only  a  nucleus 
of  its  organization.  Upon  arrival  it  was  to  be  reorganized  by 
transfer  and  recruiting. 

At  the  end  of  May,  1922,  the*  following  was  a  roster  of  the 
officers  of  the  regiment: 

Colonel  Samson  L.  Faison,  Commanding 
Lieut.  Colonel  William  G.  Doane 
Major  David  B.  Falk 
Captain  Grover  C.  Graham,  Adjutant 

Headquarters  Company. Captain  Elmer  E.  Hagler,  Jr.,  Com'nding 

1st  Lieutenant  Lemiel  L.  Reece 
Service   Company Captain  Charles  F.  F.  'Cooper,  Com'nding 

1st  Lieutenant  William  A.  Flanigan 
Howitzer  Company Captain  J.  E.  Tiedeman,   Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  Thomas  W.  Rikeman 
Headquarters  1st  Bn Major  John  C.  Ashburn,  Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  H.  B.  Laux 
Company  A  Captain  Stuart  Cutler,   Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  S.  R.  Webb 

Company  B    

Company  C    Captain  H.  D.  Bagnall,  Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  C.  A.  Reif 
Company  D  Captain  W.  L.  Smith,  Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  H.  B.  Ellison 
Headquarters  2nd  Bn... Major  C.  F.  Rozelle,  Jr.,  Commanding 

Major  Ralph  W.  Drury 

1st  Lieutenant  J.  C.  Green 

Company  E Captain  T.  W.  Doyle,  Commanding 

Company  F   Captain  A.  H.  Cummings,  Commanding 

Company  G   Captain  I.  E.   Doane,  Commanding 

Company  H  Captain  N.  W.  Richmond,  Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  F.  A.  Savage 

155 


History  of  the 

Headquarters  3rd  Bn..  .Major  David  G.  C.  Garrison,  Com'nding 

1st  Lieutenant  John  R.  Guiteras 

Company   I    Captain  A.  R.  Boiling,  Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  Merritt  B.  Booth 
1st  Lieutenant  E.  C.  Applegate 

Company  K Captain  George  L.  Prindle,  Com'nding 

1st  Lieutenant  J.  E.  Raymond 
1st  Lieutenant  Vincent  J.  Tanzola. 

Company  L   Captain  Paul  R.  Knight,  Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  Louis  Simelson 

Company  M Captain  Walker  G.  White,  Commanding 

1st  Lieutenant  John  V.  Domminey 
1st  Lieutenant  Allen  S.  Rush 

Unassigned  22nd  Inf..  .Captain  W.  F.  Gent 

Captain  Charles  Mck.  Kemp 
Captain  N.  M.  Nelsen 
Captain  N.  B.  Chandler 
Captain  A.  B.  Pope 
Captain  A.  G.  Franch 

Attached  to  22nd  Inf ...  Colonel  P.  A.  Connolly 

Captain  Charles  F.  Sullivan 

1st  Lieutenant  A.  C.  Dineen,  Chaplain 

This  change  of  station  marks  a  definite  period  in  the  history 
of  the  regiment,  inasmuch  as  the  small  number  of  officers  and 
men  were  transferred  to  form  the  nucleus  of  the  new  organiza- 
tion, and  to  continue  the  traditions  of  the  regiment  their  names 
are  given  in  the  following  list : 

Lieutenant  Colonel  William  G.  Doane 
Major  George  F.  Rozelle,  Jr. 
Major  David  G.  C.  Garrison 
Captain  Irvin  E.  Doane 
Captain  Grover  C.  Graham 
Captain  Elmer  E.  Hagler,  Jr. 
Captain  Stuart  Cutler 
Captain  Alexander  R.  Boiling 
Captain  Charles  F.  Sullivan 

156 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Captain  Neal  W.  Richmond 
Captain  Charles  F.  F.  Cooper 
Captain  Alexander  H.  Cummings 
Captain  Norman  B.  Chandler 
Captain  Asa  B.  Pope 
Captain  Alfred  G.  French 
1st  Lieutenant  Charles  A.  Reif 
1st  Lieutenant  Herbert  B.  Laux 
1st  Lieutenant  Lemiel  L.  Reece 
1st  Lieutenant  John  C.  Green 

REGIMENTAL  HEADQUARTERS  COMPANY 
Staff  Section 

Warrant  Officer  Harry  F.  Chinner R-648010 

Master  Sergeant  Albert  E.  Simmons R-952993 

Pvt.  1/cl  Vincent  V.  Makasiar R-6043068 

Private  Arthur  E.  Flechtner 6054664 

Company  Section 

First  Sergeant  Andrew  J.  Hatfield R-6054879 

Technical  Sergeant  Fielden  Huff R-2522586 

Mess  Sergeant  James  M.  Sparmo R-2382737 

Corporal  Leo  Rosenstein R-125744 

Corporal   Charles    McLean R-1607998 

Pvt.  1/cl  Jay  E.  Fullington R-6457469 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  4/cl  John  M.  McPhail R-2339954 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  6/cl  Nicolas  Sofilos  R-351661 

SERVICE  COMPANY 
Staff  Section 

Master  Sergeant  Frank  A.  Hefner R-6445902 

Staff  Sergeant  Albert  A.  Pregger R-6509745 

Staff  Sergeant  August  Malenowski R-648009 

Corporal  David  Turpin R-2380823 

Pvt.  1/cl  Earl  N.  Watts R-144864 

Private  Ralph  W.  Korey R-6483976 

157 


History  of  the 

Company  Section 

Master  Sergeant  George  Grabow R-649858 

First  Sergeant  William  N.  Rhude R-954043 

Mess  Sergeant  Louis  Wallbott  R-648660 

Sergeant  George  Kreig R-954016 

Sergeant  Robert  O.  Bryan. . R-649870 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  3/cl  Joseph  A.  Flynn R-6025566 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  3/cl  John  J.   Carroll 6107744 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  4/cl  Marian  Krajewski R-5367614 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  4/cl  Charles    Shilkas    R-952737 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  5/cl  Elford  W.   Drake R-3150175 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  5/cl  Joseph  Asslien   R-61 10160 

Band   Section 

Staff  Sergeant  George  H.  Strobel R-648007 

Sergeant  Albert  W.  Dallas R-648011 

Sergeant  Felix  Gozdzieski R-1013959 

Corporal  Arthur  N.  Bachand 6107893 

Corporal  Edwin  L.  Brown R-598886 

Corporal  Edward  Burna  R-648018 

Corporal  Milus  Reese    R-740842 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  2/cl  Joseph  Depuglio   R-374435 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  2/cl  William  H.  Mclnturff R-722295 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  2/cl  Frank  L.  Vasco R-1376958 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  3/cl  Tom  Bogie  R-345192 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  3/cl  Bruce  H.   Maire 6048182 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  3/cl  Umberto  Miranda  6034339 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  3/cl  Joseph  H.   Reichert R-627827 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  4/cl  Frank  E.  Kenney  R-261666 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  5/cl  Agostinho  A.  DaSilva R-6054211 

Pvt.  Spc.  2/cl  Cornelius  Hargrave   R-352514 

Pvt.  Spc.  3/cl  Ralph  R.  Gordon -.R-648027 

Pvt.  Spc.  4/cl  Alphonse  E.  Litz 6034359 

Pvt.  Spc.  4/cl  Stelios  Pavlakis   R-3285599 

Pvt.  Spc.  5/cl  Howard  Harrington   6054658 

Pvt.  Spc.  5/cl  Harry  A.  LeClair R-72417 

158 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Pvt.  Spc.  5/cl  John  Miller  6006068 

Pvt.  Spc.  5/cl  Dewitt  Riddick   R-1327934 

Pvt.  Spc.  5/cl  Frank  L.  Stuart R-1209547 

Company  "A" 

Sergeant  Gustav  W.  Swensen R-333935 

Sergeant  Louis  Alex   •> R-39503 

Sergeant  Charles  Langlois   R-690301 

Sergeant  Samuel  Vint   6025613 

Sergeant  Harry  W.  Stacey R-2546221 

Corporal  Lee   R.    Coles R-649744 

Corporal  Charles  H.  Francisco R-6054891 

Pvt.  1/cl  Martin  J.  Tyrrell R-741370 

Company  "B" 

Sergeant  John  Emerson R-6031286 

Sergeant  Charles  J.  Green R-1735326 

Sergeant  Richard   Hatfield R-648352 

Sergeant  Adrian  H.   Cissna R-1735327 

Pvt.  1/cl  William  McNaughton 6083304 

Pvt.  1/cl  Albert  T.  Sullivan R-149998 

Sergeant  Jacob  Isenhardt 6023805 

Corporal  Lawrence    Connolly R-651348 

Company  "C" 

Sergeant  John  T.  Urban R-649387 

Sergeant  Alex  Vodoski R-5418773 

Sergeant  Elliot  Watson 6023823 

Sergeant  Guy  G.  McGregor R-2137341 

Corporal  Henry  H.  Williams 6051821 

Corporal  John  Labrizzi R-1028262 

Pvt.  1/cl  Michael  J.  Monahan R-2369599 

Pvt.  1/cl  Charles  L.  Eggleston ;R-561573 

Company  "D" 

Sergeant  Alexander  Powalisz R-2448358 

Sergeant  Robert  P.  McKeever R-317921 

Sergeant  James  Lawrence R-324234 

159 


History  of  the 

Sergeant  Glenn  S.  Huey R-748322 

Sergeant  Andrew  Laine R-649930 

Sergeant  Charles  F.  Henry R-953976 

Pvt.  1/cl  Lawrence  H.  Flesch 6426930 

Pvt.  1/cl  Leslie  J.  McGraw R-1226293 

Company  "E" 

First  Sergeant  Walter  C.  Chaffin R-649381 

Sergeant  Jack  A.  Holmes R-2448740 

Sergeant  Henry   Stellman R-649382 

Sergeant  James  Berry R-649345 

Sergeant  Edward  J.  Casey R-114617 

Sergeant  John  H.  Herzog R-351692 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  4/cl  Julius  Dott R-649401 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  5/cl  Joseph  J.  Konde 6034430 

Company  "F" 

First  Sergeant  John  Gladis R-2266480 

Sergeant  Norman  F.  Miltz R-2390101 

Sergeant  William   Deviney R-648563 

Sergeant  Orton  A.   Scoville R-2300474 

Corporal  Thomas  L.  Wells R-379888 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  5/cl  Boleslaus  Gatza 6031467 

Corporal  William  H.  Lyons 6031287 

Pvt.   1/cl  Wesley  Sprague R-393845 

Company  "G" 

Sergeant  Joseph  Vero R-2546146 

Sergeant  Garnett  G.  Center R-41856 

Sergeant  Albert  A.  Dumars : 6055321 

Sergeant  Banzel  L.   Rose R-2546151 

Corporal  Benjamin  Bryce R-1733757 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  6/cl  Archie  M.  Cudaback R-6031505 

Pvt.  1/cl  Joseph  Suvic   R-2546206 

Pvt.  1/cl  Joseph  Sheehan 6031283 

160 


Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Company  "H" 

Sergeant  Ohlia   Wilson R-2521698 

Sergeant  Peter  Rijik R-114631 

Sergeant  James  Flemming    R-352543 

Corporal  James  Tedesco   R-6025584 

Corporal  George  J.   Shadwell R-106115 

Corporal  James  H.  Mulgannon   6054624 

Corporal  Andrew  M.  Less ; R-17050 

Corporal  John  A.  Mayack 6031463 

Company  "I" 

Sergeant  John  C.  Hickey R-202032 

Sergeant  John  Tobin   R-844638 

Sergeant  William  A.  Staplin R-1159921 

Corporal  Richard  L.  Goldsmith R-1346128 

Pvt.  1/cl  Walter  E.  Finn 6054882 

Pvt.  1/cl  Emil  Pear  R-651717 

Pvt.  1/cl  Edward  Zanta  R-651709 

Pvt.  Luis  Miller  R-6045006 

Company  "K" 

First  Sergeant  Harry  Kottick R-1986270 

Sergeant  George   Sams R-2123812 

Sergeant  Thomas  J.   Kane R-772796 

Sergeant  Robert  Mymatt   R-53530 

Sergeant  John  H.  Beaulieu R-74777 

Corporal  James  A.  Roach R-1426822 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  4/cl  John  J.  Sennott R-387885 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  6/cl  William  W.  Stretch R-56272 

Company  "L" 

Sergeant  Fred  Perkins   R-43344 

Sergeant  Frank  F.  Miller R-953364 

Sergeant  Tony  Portiglia   R-2522632 

Sergeant  Michael  S.  Whalen R-323947 

Sergeant  Joseph  B.  Riska  R-1551208 

Corporal  Edgar  R.  Steele R-6417669 

161 


History  of  the  -Twenty-second  United  States  Infantry 

Corporal  William  M.   Dyson R-1365157 

Pvt.  1/cl  Spc.  4/cl  James  Nagle  R-2522606 

Company  "M" 

First  Sergeant  Herbert  A.  Greene R-6198731 

Sergeant  John  E.  Peterson R-651698 

Sergeant  William  H.  Carroll R-2253841 

Sergeant  Ferdinand  Ruchser   R-l  101239 

Sergeant  Stanley  H.  Burnett R-2522587 

Sergeant  George  Schoelkopf   R-323722 

Corporal  Scott  W.  Curry  R-71076 

Pvt.  1/cl  Leonard  Richard  R-6004688 

This  account  closes  the  history  of  the  22nd  Infantry  up  to 
and  including  the  31st  of  May,  1922. 


K3884 

162 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 


Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


22 


LD  21-100m-9,'48(B399sl6}476 


M162421 


1//4 


A3 

/  *-?._2-  2. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


